INFORMATION TO USERS

This manuscript has been reproduced from the microfilm master. UMI films the text directly from the original or copy submitted. Thus, some thesis and dissertation copies are in typewriter face, while others may be from any type of computer printer.

The quality of this reproduction is dependent upon the quality of the copy subm itted. Broken or indistinct print, colored or poor quality illustrations and photographs, print bleedthrough, substandard margins, and improper alignment can adversely affect reproduction.

In the unlikely event that the author did not send UMI a complete manuscript and there are missing pages, these will be noted. Also, if unauthorized copyright material had to be removed, a note will indicate the deletion.

Oversize materials (e.g., maps, drawings, charts) are reproduced by sectioning the original, beginning at the upper left-hand comer and continuing from left to right in equal sections with small overlaps.

Photographs included in the original manuscript have been reproduced xerographically in this copy. Higher quality 6" x 9" black and white photographic prints are available for any photographs or illustrations appearing in this copy for an additional charge. Contact UMI directly to order.

ProQuest Information and Learning 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, Ml 48106-1346 USA 800-521-0600

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. Reproduced with with permission permission of the of copyright the copyright owner. owner.Further reproduction Further reproduction prohibited without prohibited permission. without permission. ADVOCACY NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS

AND SUSTAINABLE HUMAN DEVELOPMENT

IN POST-WAR

by

Rose Hanna Debbas

submitted to the

Faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences

of American University

in Partial Fulfillment of

the Requirements for the Degree

of Doctor of Philosophy

in

Sociology

Chair imih Farsoun

Kenneth Kusterer

Gay Young

Dean of the College / ^ -** Date 2000

American University

Washington, D.C. 20016

M EW C W D nV E R S in LBftAK

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. UMI Number: 3025988

__ 0 UMI

UMI Microform 3025988 Copyright 2001 by Bell & Howell Information and Learning Company. All rights reserved. This microform edition is protected against unauthorized copying under Title 17, United States Code.

Bell & Howell Information and Learning Company 300 North Zeeb Road P.O. Box 1346 Ann Arbor, Ml 48106-1346

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. ® COPYRIGHT

by

ROSE HANNA DEBBAS

2000

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. For Edward, whose encouragement, patience and support have made this all possible; for my children, Ibrahim, Nadine and Michele, whose love and pride have given me strength; and for my sister Amal, who has stood by me always.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. ADVOCACY NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS

AND SUSTAINABLE HUMAN DEVELOPMENT

IN POST-WAR LEBANON

BY

Rose Hanna Debbas

ABSTRACT

The primary purpose of this research is to explore the role of advocacy Non-

Governmental Organizations (NGOs) in post-war Lebanon. Specifically, it focuses on

the contributions of advocacy NGOs to the process of sustainable human development.

Sustainable human development is defined in this research as development that provides

for economic growth and equitable distribution of the benefits of growth; a democratic

political system that respects human rights, freedom, gender equity and the rights of other

marginalized segments of the population; a functioning healthy civil society; and finally,

a sustainable environment.

This research shows that the contributions of advocacy NGOs in Lebanon

continue to be marginal and limited, due to internal organizational challenges, namely,

lack of funds, lack of commitment and lack of professional human resources. A

patriarchal culture and a sectarian political system and culture were shown as basic

challenges to their work and contributions. Regional politics and interference were

ii

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. shown to be equally important negatively contributing factors.

This research also demonstrates that advocacy NGOs in Lebanon are contributing

mainly to the democratization process of the political system.

Furthermore, this research shows that the role and dynamics of advocacy NGOs in

developing countries differ significantly from those in developed countries, which makes

it imperative for advocacy NGOs in Lebanon to redefine their advocacy role or expand it.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. PREFACE

GIVE THEM NOTHING LESS THAN PRIDE

Know them, for they are family, friends and loved ones Whose faces have been blurred by time and distance; Listen to them, for they are family, friends and loved ones Whose voices have been muted by agony and fear; Reach out to them, for they are family, friends and loved ones Whose hands have been frozen by apathy and despair; Smile to them, for they are family, friends and loved ones Whose eyes have gone dry with sadness and grief; Love them, for they are family, friends and loved ones Whose hearts have been crushed by suffering and sorrow. Give them nothing less than pride, For they are family, friends and loved ones Whose dignity has been tested by hardships and need. Let their faces shine with laughter Let their voices echo with hope Let their hands feel abundance Let their tears run with joy Let their hearts fill with tolerance Let their dignity soar and soar.

Rose Hanna Debbas

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

My heartfelt appreciation goes to my professors: Samih Farsoun, my chairperson,

who has provided me with valuable advice, input and guidance throughout the research

project; Kenneth Kursterer, whose approach to sustainable human development gave me

valuable insights into my research; and Gay Young, whose careful reading and comments

on my dissertation were very beneficial to its final form and content.

V

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. CHAPTER ONE

THE ROLE OF ADVOCACY NGOs IN POST-WAR LEBANON

Introduction

This dissertation will investigate the role of Non-Governmental Organizations

(NGOs) in post-war Lebanon. Specifically, it will focus on advocacy NGOs as vehicles

and agents of social change, and on their contribution to Sustainable Human

Development (SHD). Advocacy NGOs are those organizations which, although partially

involved in relief and/or service delivery efforts and small-project community

development, have a scope of action which goes beyond traditional and limited

developmental functions into a more vision-oriented, theoretically-based development

strategy targeting basic changes in the existing social structure. David Korten, in his book

Getting to the 21st Century, says, "The critical development issue for the 1990s is not

growth. It is transformation. Our collective future depends on achieving a

transformation of our institutions, our technology, our values and our behavior, consistent

with our ecological and social realities."1

In his experience with NGO work, Korten identified a definite pattern of

evolution within the NGO community, away from the more traditional relief activities,

and towards greater involvement in catalyzing larger institutional and policy changes.

1 David C. Korten. Getting to the 21st Century. Voluntary Action and the Global Agenda. (West Hartford, Conn: Kumarian Press, Inc. 1990), 4.

1

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 2

“The pattern seemed to involve three identifiable stages or generations of strategic

orientation, each moving further away from alleviating symptoms, toward attacking ever

more fundamental causes."2 Relief and welfare NGOs are known as first-generation

NGOs; these started from relief and charity efforts, primarily related to religious

organizations. Their activities consist mainly of delivering welfare services to the poor.

They focus on meeting immediate basic needs through direct action, such as provision of

food, shelter, and health services to individuals and families. Many of these

organizations were originally created to help victims of wars and natural disasters. Their

assumption typically is that, as a result of their short-term assistance, the beneficiaries

would be able to resume their normal lives. Those organizations, at their early stages,

rarely theorized why these assisted people had unmet needs. Although their effort

remains an essential and appropriate response to poverty needs and disaster, their

approach as a development strategy is little more than temporary alleviation of symptoms

of underdevelopment.

The second-generation NGOs of the 1970s which Korten identifies focus on self-

reliance strategies, and undertake community-development style projects in areas such as

preventive health care, farming practices, and infrastructure improvement. Their objective

is to sustain benefits beyond the period of the NGOs' active involvement. "The welfare

versus development debate became quite active in the late 70's."3 Thus, many NGOs feel

the need for a more developmental approach. Their implicit theory of development

3 Ibid. 115. 3 Ibid. 118.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 3

assumes local inertia as the heart of the problem. They blame tradition, isolation, lack of

education and proper health care for the state of underdevelopment. They believe that the

situation can be improved by intervening to help communities realize their potential

through raising consciousness, improving education, providing small loans, and

introducing new technologies. Second-generation NGOs see their role as mobilizers of

communities and people. They believe that improving the individuals' skills, and

developing their economic resource values will bring about the desired change, consistent

with the ancient oriental proverb: "Give a man a fish, and you feed him for a day; teach

him to fish and you feed him for a lifetime.” However, many of these interventions

proved to be nothing more than a more sophisticated way of providing relief and services.

They were building long-term dependency on the assisting NGO. Although some of

them addressed patterns and exploitative relationships at the community level, they failed

to look beyond local power structures into national and international systems that

maintain this state of underdevelopment. In most cases, their activities paralleled those of

governments, with no attempt to address the failures and inadequacies of government

agencies and the service providers.

Third-generation NGOs look beyond individual and local communities needs, and

seek changes in specific policies and institutions at the local, national, and global levels.

Third generation strategies focus on creating a policy and institutional setting that facilitates, rather than constrains, just, sustainable and inclusive local development action. The underlying theory of third generation strategies is grounded in an assumption that local inertia is sustained by structures that centralize control of resources, keep essential services from reaching the poor, and maintain systems of corruption and exploitation. Creating the necessary changes often depends on working simultaneously to build the capacity of the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 4

people to make demands on the system, and working to build alliances with enlightened power holders in support of action that makes the system more responsive to the people.4

NGOs of this third generation find themselves working in a catalytic role rather

than an operational service/delivery role. Most NGOs involved in this strategy find

themselves, in one way or the other, working with governments. Working with

governments, however, can present a serious challenge to NGOs: to be able to draw the

thin line between cooperation and co-optation, and between confrontation and

preservation of their autonomy.

Recently, a growing number of NGOs in Lebanon have become aware of

the need to exert greater leadership in addressing the underlying causes and dysfunctions

of the institutional settings and national policies regarding the sectors within which they

work. This study will focus on third-generation NGOs in Lebanon that are committed to

the transformational challenge.

The history of NGOs in Lebanon is very similar to their history in industrial

countries, which dates back to the mid-nineteenth century. Lebanese NGOs started as

charity and relief organizations directly affiliated with religious institutions. In 1909, a

law was passed in Lebanon legalizing the establishment of such organizations. This act

gave non-governmental organizations strong momentum, a first under the Ottoman rule,

and later under the French mandate. The growing role of NGOs in Lebanon paralleled

the socio-economic changes that were taking place there and echoed the discrepancies in

development in various regions of the country.

4 Ibid. 121.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 5

During the two decades following independence, the development of the NGO

community in Lebanon reflected the sectarian composition of the Lebanese society. In the

sixties, during the tenure of President Fouad Chehab (1958-1962), the Lebanese

government mounted an effort to build a modem state based on long-term development

planning, with an attempt to involve the NGOs in the process. Many NGOs came into

being, with a new formulation of their role. They were gradually moving away from

charity and relief into small-scale community development. This was accompanied by

increased public awareness regarding fundamental issues related to equality, development

and peace. However, there remained a large regional unevenness in their numbers as well

as their geographical distribution, which reflected the existing inegalitarian socio­

economic conditions of the different Lebanese regions.

During the 15 years of the civil war, and in the absence of a government able to

cope with the rapidly mounting problems of the Lebanese citizens, NGOs played a major

role in alleviating some of the difficulties and preventing total social collapse. NGOs

collaborated with local communities, a malfunctioning public sector and international

organizations. In spite of the sectarian divide, NGOs struggled to support a coherent

image of Lebanese society by giving generously, without discrimination, wherever their

services were needed. The Red Cross, Caritas, Secours Populaire, AMEL, the YMCA,

and the YWCA are a few examples of such organizations.

Although the Taef Agreement of 1989 put an end to the fighting in Lebanon, it

did not extend its panacea to the fractured Lebanese society, nor did it address the

inherent structural defects of Lebanese society, such as a sectarian political system and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 6

uneven regional sectarian and sectoral development, but it certainly brought peace. As a

result, Lebanon was removed from the list of disaster areas in the world, and international

donations, which were generous during the war, shifted away to other areas of the world.

In the post-civil war period, NGOs were faced with a monumental task, yet were

seriously short of funds. They found themselves in a situation completely different from

the one before and during the war years. They were faced with substantial changes in the

scope of their work, the issues, the need for a different level of professionalism, the

funding, the role of the government and the NGOs’ relationship with the government.

Some NGOs came to realize that the war was not the cause of all those needs and

problems. In fact, it was a symptom and a direct result of those unmet needs and

problems that plagued Lebanese society.

NGOs in Lebanon are currently experiencing a crisis of identity and a strong need

to redefine their roles under the current economic and political transformations that are

taking place in the country.5 Accordingly, NGOs in Lebanon are reassessing their future

role. This study will focus on this new role and effort in terms of their contributions to the

development process in Lebanon.

The objective of this exploratory study is to shed some light on the present

performance and assess the future potential of those NGOs that had committed

5 Antoine Haddad. Lebanese NGOs: Guidelines for a Common Strategy, (manuscript), 199S.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 7

themselves to an agenda of change. It is primarily concerned with the issues that

advocacy NGOs are currently raising and pursuing to affect a qualitative transformation

in the Lebanese social structure.

The NGOs are neither the only, nor the most important sector that can affect a

change in any given society, but, without them, any country would certainly be a lesser

place. It is hoped that the findings and recommendations of this study will be useful to

the Lebanese people, the Lebanese NGO community, the Lebanese Government as well

as local and international donors.

Background of the Study

Since independence in 1943, Lebanese Governments have been trying to bring

about social cohesion in Lebanon, particularly among the several sectarian communities

that constitute Lebanese society. The structure of Lebanese society has long been

characterized as one with strong vertical cleavages. In fact, the consolidation over time

of the parameters of poverty and religion have rendered those cleavages more

pronounced, and have led to the development of separate, parallel and competing

institutions, at the informal and the formal levels resulting in fractured civil and political

society.6 Lebanese society has experienced fragmentation at many levels: social,

economic, political, and cultural. The 16-year civil war was the ultimate manifestation of

the failure of a fractious society in which "uneven economic development produced sect-

6 Samih Farsoun. Cultural Pluralism and Social Class in Lebanon, in Toward a Viable Lebanon. Halim Barakat ed., (Kent, Great Btitain: Mackays of Chatham Ltd. 1998), 109.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 8

classes that are differentiated, unevenly stratified, polarized and antagonistic."7 The

mending of this tom social fabric and the construction of a more amalgamated and

integrated society require great efforts at multiple levels. In the absence of social

institutions with cross-cutting loyalties, as well as a defined economic policy and a

welfare safety net, a strong efficient government, effective political parties, active trade

and labor unions, strong leadership and a coherent national ideology, the NGOs have a

significant role to play.

The importance of NGOs lies in their ability to work at different levels of society.

Although they may not be able to effect quick and radical changes, their peaceful,

incremental, multi-level gradual effect can contribute positively to a new civic culture

and a comprehensive constructive change.

The 16-year civil war led to the ultimate collapse of a malfunctioning social

structure. Although the Lebanese insist, and often rightly so, that the war was a foreign

war fought on Lebanese soil, the fact remains that the fractious social structure had

allowed regional and international forces to wreak havoc with the country.

Uneven socio-economic development had been one of the most significant

underlying factors contributing to the outbreak of the civil war in 1975. Disparities in

regional and sectarian development played a significant role in Lebanon's destabilization.

Rebuilding Lebanon must solve not only the original problems that led to the conflict, but

also those that have emerged and multiplied as consequences of the war. Efforts should

not concentrate on rebuilding the past, but rather on looking into the recent and emergent

7 Ibid. 100.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 9

realities of the country.® Priorities must be given to equitable development among

different sectarian communities, classes and religions.

Post-war efforts of the Lebanese government have concentrated mainly on

physical and infrastructure rebuilding. Social and human reconstruction has been given

less emphasis and attention. A more people-centered approach toward development is

sorely needed. NGOs have helped and continue to do so in the areas of health, education,

and housing. They have tried to fill in where government services have been absent or

insufficient. However, it is only recently that they have started to address social policy

matters regarding healthcare, rights of the disabled, women, children, senior citizens,

human rights and environmental issues. NGOs also serve a political function: they help

increase people's participation in the political process. They provide a voice and political

empowerment to members, and force governments to be open and more responsive.9 As

members of a civil society, they contribute to the process of increased democratization.

By most accounts, Lebanon has been the only non-authoritarian country in the

Arab world. Political power has not been monopolized by one community or one small

group, although it was highly concentrated in the hands of bourgeois Maronites. The

Lebanese Constitution of 1926, which established the state as a parliamentary democracy,

is virtually the oldest functioning quasi-democratic constitution in the Arab world. The

workings of the Lebanese political system were modified in 1943 by Al-Mithaq Al-

* Nasser Saidi. In Peace for Lebanon? From War to Reconstruction. Deirdre Collins ed., (Boulder and London: Lynne Reinner Publishers, Inc. 1994), I9S. 9 James H. Weaver, Michael T. Rock and Kenneth Kusterer. Achieving Broad-based Sustainable Development. (West Hartford, Conn: Kumarian Press, 1997), 214.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 10

Watani (the National Covenant) which established a modified power-sharing, sectarian,

consociational political system. The system was further modified in 1989 by the Taef

Agreement which redresses demographic and political imbalances that had developed in

the 60's and 70's, and distributes power in a fairly broad spectrum."10 However, the

record shows that, while there are elements of democratic politics in Lebanon, the

practice of politics has been far from democratic. For eight years following the Taef

Agreement, the new political system was dominated by the troika of the President of the

Republic, the Speaker of the House and the Prime Minister, none of whom is directly

elected by the people. The Taef Agreement, contrary to its claims, has reinforced

sectarianism throughout the State. Corruption is rampant and money plays a more

important role among politicians than any democratic procedure or civil society

pressures. Even stronger than economic self-interest is external influence, especially that

of Syria and, to a lesser extent, the United States. Added to that is a low level of

accountability between politicians and their constituencies. As a result, politicians are

more attentive to their paymasters, and citizens are rarely able to hold their

representatives accountable. There is also the lack of practicing democracy among the

Lebanese in their day-to-day lives. NGOs have been exerting some effort to increase

people's participation, lobbying to improve the electoral process, and holding politicians

to a higher standard of accountability.

NGOs also serve some ideological functions. They help develop a sense of

citizenship among people. They contribute to constructing a national identity, a national

10 Paul Salem. Rene Moawad Foundation Conference in Washington, D.C. June, 1995.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. II

ideology and a political culture. The intertwining of citizenship and religious identity in

Lebanon makes the formation of a coherent national identity and a tolerant political

culture a difficult task. The fragmentation of the economic and the political structures of

the Lebanese society has been reflected at the ideological level. Two major strains have

plagued the Lebanese ideological structure. The first strain is that between the Arabness

of Lebanon and its Western orientation. The second strain is that between secularization

and sectarianism. Various NGOs have contributed, to varying degrees, toward the

intensification or the dilution of these strains.

The protracted civil war in Lebanon has also engendered apathy and a sense of

powerlessness among the Lebanese population. People became preoccupied with living

in the present and lost hope in the future. Lynellyn Long, in a paper presented in

Washington, D.C. at the Rene Moawad Foundation Symposium (1995), suggested that

studies from her Balkan experience showed that, in times of conflict, NGOs usually fend

off against apathy and despair, and in post-traumatic times, help people recreate their

lives. Lebanese NGOs seem to be making some effort toward peace-building,

reconciliation, and empowering the Lebanese people. This study will investigate the role

of advocacy NGOs in helping Lebanon follow a more sustainable human development

strategy, in an attempt to move beyond the structural and ideological fault lines that have

plagued the country since its founding.

It is hoped that the findings and recommendations of this study will be of value to

the Lebanese people and NGO community, government officials and international donors

in their efforts to achieve a sustainable human development.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. Why Advocacy?

There are two types of considerations involved in choosing advocacy NGOs:

practical considerations and theoretical ones.

Practical Considerations

Focusing

There is no exact figure for the number of NGOs functioning in Lebanon. Records

in the Ministry of the Interior suggest that their number runs into the thousands. "Beirut

alone totals 1,100 associations, 300 of which are significant, and 50 of which can be

considered large and influential, with staffs of over 10 people, yearly budgets of over

$100,000, and branches and activities throughout the country."11

A survey by the Mouvement Social Libanais found that there are probably over

2,000 associations including clubs, organizations, leagues, councils and forums.12 Zuheir

Hatab, in a study of Muslim associations, puts the number of Lebanese associations at

3,327, among which 1,318 are exclusively Muslim. When I asked two of the most active

and influential people in the Lebanese NGO community about the number, both Ghassan

Sayyah and Kamel Mhanna suggested 12,000 as a good estimate.

"Paul Salem and Maya Araji. Associational Life and public space in Beirut: Dialectics of Unity and Diversity, (manuscript), May, 1997. 12 Zuheir Hatab. In Ibid.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 13

An in-depth study of such a large and diversified NGO community is beyond the

capability of a single researcher. Hence, focusing on this type will make the study more

meaningful.

Avoiding Duplication

Recently, there has been a surge of interest in the NGO community in Lebanon,

which motivated many researchers to conduct studies on the subject.

Fadia Kiwan has studied the work of women in Non-Governmental

Organizations, as did Izzat Beydoun and Dalai Bizri. Salem and Araji studied the

associational life in Beirut and Antoine Haddad conducted a study on the "Collectif des

NGOs,” an umbrella organization with 14 members. Accordingly, an emphasis on

advocacy groups is both theoretically and historically more relevant.

Novelty of the Subject

In fact, advocacy NGOs are more or less a recent phenomenon in the Lebanese

NGO community. No past studies have been conducted on this subject, and, to the best

of my knowledge, none are underway now.

Theoretical Considerations

While practical considerations tend to delimit the study and make it more focused

and comprehensive, the theoretical considerations remain more important.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 14

In a study on the role of NGOs in community development, undertaken for the

Economic and Social Council for Western Asia (ESCWA), Shahida al-Baz finds that the

effectiveness of the role of NGOs in bringing about development based on public

participation is related to the paradigm through which we look at the organizations. She

compares two paradigms: the functional paradigm and the structural paradigm.

The functional paradigm takes into consideration the functions of the NGO in

terms of service delivery to the poor and the needy, and in fulfilling the needs of certain

sectors of the population. It usually addresses problems after they happen. They are

usually known as welfare/service delivery organizations. These NGOs bear part of the

government’s responsibilities, and their effort could sometimes alleviate tensions

produced by social inequalities. They may even play an economic role in increasing

income, production and employment. However, these organizations do not aim at a

structural change in the social system. In fact, most of them work within the scope of

maintaining the status quo. In general, these organizations do not encourage citizen

participation. Their role is to reproduce the dependency relations, and passivity that

dominated the NGO sector historically in many societies.

The structural paradigm, on the other hand, is related to the participatory role of

NGOs in the social and political transformation, being one of the basic elements of the

social structure. Under this paradigm, the role of NGOs is looked upon in relation to

other social institutions such as the government and the market. This role is characterized

by being sustainable, rather than temporary, a role promoting empowerment rather than

maintaining dependency. The structures are usually well planned and not adhoc. This

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 15

structural paradigm views those organizations as institutions with specific laws, rules of

procedure, and with defined values to be pursued. These types of organizations go

beyond welfare/service delivery into a developmental role that enhances capabilities,

empowers and defends target sectors of the population. Despite the fact that some of

these organizations continue to provide welfare and services, their basic role still remains

that of supporting the interest of specific groups, and defending them in order to be

legally accepted within the social structure.13

How Are Advocacy NGOs Defined in the Field?

Based on the World Bank’s international work with more than 240 large and

small NGOs, Richard Estes classifies NGOs into five categories: "community

associations, service providers/intermediaries, contractors, cooperatives and policy

advocacy groups." According to Estes, policy advocacy groups operate at the local,

national and international levels. Their primary purpose is to serve as advocates for

groups of persons whose unorganized actions tend to be politically ineffective. Many of

these groups focus on environmental, health and public safety issues. "Given their social

change orientation, advocacy groups often come into conflict with government officials,

but they also contribute towards larger political processes. Advocacy NGOs therefore,

13 Shahida Al-Baz. The Role of Arab Civil Associations in Community Development. Economic and Social Council for West Asia (ESCWA). June 1998.5.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 16

often serve as catalysts for collective action among poor persons in societies

unaccustomed to such behavior."14

Estes states that advocacy NGOs exist at three levels. The community-level

NGO, whose activities are similar to those of political parties, usually promote

corrections of an actual or a perceived injustice. Due to their confrontational attitude

towards the government, they are very often subject to repression.

The indigenous, intermediary NGOs are organizations that represent the

powerless in their fight for policy change. The members of these organizations often

consist of persons who have been disenfranchised by the power structure, e.g. union

members, religious communities, and others.

International advocacy NGOs are groups that attempt to influence policy changes

at national and international levels. Their activities are usually centered on specific issues

such as the environment, minority rights, women, the survival of children.

Nabilah Hamzah, in a study of "Sustainable Human Development and the

Role of NGOs: the Case for Arab Countries,”15 uses three categories for NGOs:

1. Managerial Associations, which are NGOs active in the sports sector, or with

youth, children, environment or education. They provide a training ground for volunteer

work and the spreading of teamwork culture among the young generation. It may involve

training of members in the art and skills of social management.

14 Richard J.Estes. Internationalizing Social Work Education: A guide to Resources For a New Century. (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania School of Social Work 1992), 12. 13 Nabilah Hamza and Adnan Shaabouni. Sustainable Human Development and the Roie of NGOs: The Case for Arab Countries, (manuscript) September, 1999.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 17

2. Direct Social Intervention Organizations, which are NGOs that are involved in

social phenomena such as poverty, need, illness, juvenile delinquency, illiteracy,

handicrafts, and technical training. They may provide a decent opportunity for volunteer

work among youth, and for utilization of both national human resources and national

financial capital.

3. Protest Organizations, which are politically-oriented organizations which have

national demands aimed at developing political practices in the country, as well as

improving the status of the population’s basic human rights and living conditions.

It seems clear from the above discussion that no one scheme of classification can

be applied to any group of organizations. However, in line with the interest of the study,

we notice a common trend which runs through these classifications: the distinction

between organizations whose activities are palliatives for the symptoms of malfunctions

of the social structure, and those organizations that act directly or indirectly to modify the

social structure.

One must be aware here that there are some grassroots organizations that

challenge the existing social structure, but not by pushing for increased economic

egalitarian development, increased democratization and improved environmental

awareness and practices. There have been grassroot organizations in the world that took

societies back into more authoritarian and undemocratic regimes and orders. However,

these cannot be considered to be advocacy groups working towards sustainable

development, order, peace and stability.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 18

What is Advocacy?

In English, the verb "advocate" means "to summon, to counsel, to speak in favor

of, to recommend, to support or defend a cause and to plead on another's behalf."16

The term "advocacy" cannot be found in the Arabic vocabulary. In fact, there is

no word in Arabic that corresponds exactly to the English meaning of advocacy, and none

that can reflect the exact meaning. This fact has proved to be a sort of nuisance to the

Arab NGO community. So, whenever they refer to this type of organization, they either

use the term in English despite its ambiguities to the Arab reader, or they supply a term

that is thought to serve the purpose. Some use the Arabic phrase for "defense

organizations,” Jamiyat Difaiyah, designating organizations that defend a cause or an

issue. Others call them "demand organizations," Jamiyat Matlabiyah, referring to

organizations that place or impose some demands on the government or other ruling

bodies. Still others call them "protest organizations," Jamiyat Ihtijajiah , meaning that

they raise consciousness and voice protests regarding specific issues on their agenda.

Others call them "support organizations," Jamiyat Mousanidah, meaning that the

organizations support certain groups of people, issues or causes. And to describe these

organizational functions, they are very often called "transformation organizations,"

Jamiyat Tghyiriah.

What is significant about the above discussion is that the different Arabic

translations of the term "advocacy” define and identify the different functions or activities

16 Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary, 1999.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 19

that advocacy organizations engage in: protest, support, demand and defense, and,

ultimately, transformational.

I define advocacy organizations as those organizations that strive to increase

people's participation in the decision-making process on issues affecting their lives, by

speaking up and drawing society's attention, and by pressing decision-makers toward a

solution. Their strategies may vary from monitoring and spreading information, to

lobbying for policy and institutional changes.

Types of Advocacy Organizations

Advocacy organizations may vary in terms of:

1. Membership

Advocacy organizations may be grassroots organizations working for their own

members, such as disabled people, senior citizens, or members of a certain profession; or

they could be groups working on behalf of others, such as organizations working for

children's rights, the mentally disabled, detainees or political prisoners.

2. Issues

Some organizations may target issues that benefit the general population, such as

protection of the environment or anti-corruption and traffic safety campaigns. Others

may focus on issues whose benefits target a specific sector of the population, such as

foreign labor, or rural development.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 20

3. Strategy

Advocacy organizations may be well-established groups with a long-term strategy

of intervention such as human rights organizations; or they could be event-based

groupings created to lobby for a specific event, such as the Lebanese Association for

Democratic Elections that was formed to monitor and encourage people to vote during

the municipal elections; or the National Women’s NGO Committee that was formed to

prepare for the Beijing Conference in the Summer of.1995.

How Do Advocacy NGOs Work?

Before addressing the question, one should examine the more basic and essential

question: Where do we start with change?

I posed the above question to an informal gathering of some active NGO people.

Different responses were heard such as “it starts with changing the laws,” “we should

start by changing ourselves." and "we should start in schools and among the youth." Yet

another participant mentioned the change in the election system, and still another said "it

starts with the man on the street.” The most interesting answer is that change starts at all

levels, for change is a comprehensive development project which cannot be successful

unless it moves simultaneously on different levels.

Progress is no longer equated with growth in terms of the market value of

economic output, and continued economic growth is no longer considered the only hope

for the poor. The new paradigm in development is a commitment to growth with equity,

increased democratization and environmental protection, all of which are essential

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 21

requisites for sustainable development. The level of development of a country is no

longer measured by its GNP alone, but rather by its egalitarian distribution of wealth and

income, by the level of respect for human rights and public freedoms, as well as the

degree of people's participation in the decision-making process. Economic, social and

educational change does not succeed unless there is the political will to bring it about,

and the political will cannot exist amid ignorance, poverty, exploitation, and foreign

occupation. Hence, change involves an interrelated effort at all levels of society. Not all

advocacy organizations have the ability to work at all levels, and it is not necessary to do

so. In fact, different organizations may be doing complementary work, thus fulfilling the

goal without wasting efforts on duplicated work. Organizations practicing advocacy may

be engaged in one or more of the activities that advocacy work entails.

Advocacy Activities

Monitoring

An advocacy NGO has the responsibility of monitoring the state of affairs, either

for the country in general, or on a specific issue. Monitoring involves research studies,

gathering of information and data on the subject, formal documentation, objective

analysis of the findings as well as recommendations for action. However, monitoring is

insufficient unless this information is turned over to the parties concerned: both those

who are affected by the state of affairs, and those who have the power to change or amend

it.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 22

Consciousness Raising and Education

Educating the public about certain issues is one way of bringing about change,

and education is the first step toward change in attitudes and behaviors which may

eventually lead to effective action. Education may start in schools and universities, and

starting with youths is a long-term strategy with a multiplier effect that materializes over

time. Consciousness-raising and education can be accomplished through conferences,

workshops and open forums. Information can range from being highly sophisticated and

scientific, intended for intellectuals and scholars, to being simplified and direct,

depending on the audience addressed. Publications, pamphlets and media reporting are

another way of disseminating information and raising public awareness about issues.

Legal Pursuit

Advocacy organizations can be manifested as a form of a legal pursuit. They may

sue on behalf of legal persons, real people, or certain organizations. This is one of the

most effective and direct ways of addressing violations and defending people against

exploitation. Legal pursuit involves defending people or organizations as well as suing

violators and rebutting and vacating certain decisions and decrees.

Administrative and Legislative Pressure (Lobbying)

Advocacy NGOs are known more for this function than for the preceding ones.

They are better known as pressure groups that attempt to bring about changes in social

policies and in the legal system.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 23

On the administrative level, they lobby for the application of fair domestic laws,

as well as for international laws that are part of agreements ratified by the home

government.

On the legislative level, they lobby for the abrogation or amendment of unfair

laws, as well as for the introduction of new laws.

As for lobbying for changes in the social policy, advocacy NGOs work on three

levels: legislation (discussed above), budget, and services.

Lobbying Tools

NGOs can resort to various means of lobbying, from the most peaceful ones of

private audiences with people in power, to the most disruptive within the margin allowed

at that moment, such as sit-ins and demonstrations.

On the other hand, their tactics may vary from lobbying using simple letters or

faxes and petitions, to proposing sophisticated and elaborate proposals of laws to

legislative bodies. They may vary from distributing pamphlets, to executing a nationwide

television and media campaign.

Of course all of this depends on the nature of the organization, its human

resources, its funding, as well as the level of professionalism involved. It is rare that one

single organization can carry out all of the above activities, simultaneously. Yet to be

considered an advocacy organization, an organization should be involved in at least one

of the activities noted above, namely: monitoring, consciousness-raising or lobbying.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 24

From the previous discussion, we conclude that advocacy NGOs are looked upon

as agents of social change. It is only fair to mention here that NGOs are not the sole

players, nor the sole elements in society who bear the responsibility for this change.

However, they form one important element of society which embodies the potential for

correcting structural malfunctions that undermine stability and sustainable development.

In the case of Lebanon, the 16-year war was evidence of a total collapse of a

malfunctioning social and political system. Although the importance of regional and

international responsibility for the crisis of Lebanon should not be ignored, the fact

remains that deep-rooted domestic problems should be addressed in such a manner as to

render the overall system less fragile or susceptible to external interventions.

This study is not concerned with how to bring about peace and order for Lebanese

society. Temporary peace and order can be imposed by an authoritarian regime, or a

neighboring hegemonic state, such as is the current case with the Syrian military presence

in Lebanon. Rather the concern of this study is more to find a sustainable peace for a

country exercising full independence and sovereignty. The imposed peace, for which the

Lebanese are partly grateful and partly very uneasy, has had a taxing influence on

Lebanese society. Many of the problems that the Lebanese society suffers are further

complicated and multiplied by the Syrian military presence. The Israeli occupation of

southern Lebanon, which ended in June 2000, has had a most destructive and devastating

effect on Lebanese society. Therefore, solving these problems becomes a more complex

issue which involves regional and international intervention. In this study, the

performances of the Lebanese advocacy NGOs will be assessed, taking into consideration

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 25

this relevant regional and international dimension, in terms of their contributions to

sustainable development.

The Research Question

The purpose of this study is to explore how, if at all, advocacy NGOs in post-war

Lebanon are contributing positively to the process of sustainable human development.

Given the regional and international constraints, the study focuses on how

successful these organizations have been, in addressing economic growth and socio­

economic disparities, the political system and its provisions for human rights, freedom

and good governance, as well as environmental sustainability in Lebanon. Organizations

will be studied in terms of the following aspects and how these aspects affect their

advocacy role.

1. Age, organizational structure and constituency;

2. Financial status, budget and sources of funds;

3. Relations with the national government, and with local, regional and

international NGOs and other parties;

4. Internal and external challenges; and

5. Issues raised by these organizations.

Answering the above questions helps me to measure the contributions of

advocacy NGOs to the level of sustainable human development in Lebanon. The

indicators used to measure their contribution are of three kinds. First, there will be an

attempt to see if the issues they raise are relevant to the problematic of sustainable human

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 26

development. Second, quasi-quantifiable indicators (in terms of the end results of their

efforts), such as ratification of international covenants, amendment of unfair laws,

revocation of laws, as well as introducing new laws will be used to evaluate their

contributions in terms of the application of existing laws, which are also a good indicator.

Another good indicator is the seriousness of the issues omitted intentionally or

overlooked. Third, inasmuch as their contribution to social consciousness and public

awareness is a long-term process, no quantitative assessment of their contributions can be

made. There will be a qualitative evaluation of the effect of the means used to achieve

their long-term strategy.

The Significance of the Study

There has been little interest in Lebanon with respect to advocacy organizations.

Review of the literature shows no special reference to the subject. A study of

environmental organizations and of one which works on disability issues, may be in

process; but no comprehensive study has examined the diversity of this type of

organizations, namely human rights, women's issues, children’s rights, rights of the

disabled, senior citizens, drug addicts, as well as environmental problems, all of which

address issues and marginalized groups that form the focal point of interest of sustainable

human development.

This study will cover a large variety of these issues and social groups. It will

address advocacy NGOs both in their emerging role and in their potential significance.

Focusing on this type of NGO, which is relatively new to the Lebanese scene, will be

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 27

informative about their role in post-war social reconstruction efforts, and about what is

being done to avoid another national tragedy. It will attempt to shed some light on how

efforts can be improved or amended. The diversity of the issues will allow for a

comparative assessment of their differential effect on the development process. It may be

beneficial to the NGO community to learn where to concentrate their efforts and how to

diversify. It may also enlighten the Lebanese Government on social policy issues and on

the importance of involving civil society in the decision-making process. The study will

also raise new questions for further research, such as the importance of collaboration

between NGOs and other elements of civil society, namely labor unions, political parties,

media and ultimately the Government.

The Nature of the Study: Subject Method and Procedure

The Lebanese advocacy NGOs are the subject of this study. Specifically, it is an

exploratory study of the contributions of this type of NGOs to sustainable human

development. The newness of the advocacy NGOs in Lebanon and the absence of

research on the subject leaves this study open to some interesting findings. Furthermore,

the multitude of factors affecting sustainable human development in Lebanon, be they

domestic, regional or international, marks the study as complex in nature, and ideal for

further research.

The study relies on personal interviews, both structured and semi-structured, as

primary sources of information on these organizations. Secondary data is also used,

including content analysis of their statement of mission, publications, or other literature

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 28

on the subject, as well as participant observation in organizations, conferences and

workshops.

Several members of organizations provided inside information on the NGO

community. Informal discussions with members of the NGO community proved very

useful and informative and led to clarification of some questions that were unanswered in

the interviews.

Organization of the Study

Chapter Two focuses on theories of sustainable human development, and the role

of civic society in the process of development.

Chapter Three focuses on the methodology of the research, sources of data, as

well as limitations and challenges encountered in the process of data collection.

Chapters Four provides a concise analytical history of Lebanon, and a profile of

sustainable human development in post-war Lebanon.

Chapter Five provides data reporting on Lebanese advocacy NGOs.

Chapter Six provides a review of issues raised by advocacy NGOs in Lebanon.

Chapter Seven assesses the contributions of advocacy NGOs to sustainable human

development in post-war Lebanon, provides an analysis and a summary of findings, a

conclusion, a theoretical reconsideration, and recommendations.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. CHAPTER TWO

SUSTAINABLE HUMAN DEVELOPMENT, CIVIL SOCIETY

AND NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS

Sustainable Human Development

The basic research question of this study is to examine whether advocacy

NGOs in Lebanon are contributing positively to the process of sustainable human

development and if so, how. To answer this question, the concept of sustainable human

development should be defined, and the actors involved in the process identified, namely:

the state, the market and civil society. This chapter will review the existing literature on

theories of sustainable development, civil society and NGOs.

In a paper entitled "Sustainable Human Development and the Role of NGOs,”

Nabilah Hamzah argues that four international phenomena led to the reassessment of

development theories, namely: the threat to the environment, the failure of previous

development policies, the collapse of the Soviet Union, and globalization and the spread

of liberalism. These, in turn, engendered three crises: the crisis of the state (loss of

authority, legitimacy and credibility), the crisis of the market (loss of social

accountability), and the crisis of knowledge (inability to cope with cultural specificity).17

17 Nabilah Hamzah and Adnan Shaabouni. Sustainable Human Development and the Role of NGOs: the Case for Arab Countries, (manuscript), September 1999,5.

29

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 30

The three crises allowed for the emergence of a new theory of development and a

new definition of sustainable human development:

Sustainable Human Development is the enlargement of people's choices and capabilities through the development of social capital that provides for the needs of the present generations in the most equitable way, without endangering the needs of future generations. This definition realizes that development starts with people, and does not happen unless people are responsible for its conditions, and that development is a product of a collective effort based on voluntary initiatives, without pressure or prodding, and the interest of different sectors are interconnected and should be viewed in terms of long-term strategies. And development cannot be sustainable unless it is based on a perspective that pays attention to future generations.18

This new approach, contrary to the traditional development approaches that

emphasized a single path to development, namely the transfer of technology and financial

capital, and attributed underdevelopment to traditional cultures and local restraints,

emphasizes diversity and differences, and allows for various roads to development and

for countries to choose their own paths. It puts the human being at the center, and focuses

on human development, education, and institution building that empowers the individual

through collective effort. This approach is based on social capital rather than financial

capital.

Social capital, which is inherent to development, unlike material capital and

human capital which are both tangible, exists in relationships between individuals, and

may be defined as a voluntary form of social organization. The social capital empowers

the individual to take decisions and helps people, as a collectivity, to arrive at decisions

without negating each other. Social capital is not formed by a decree or passed by a law.

“ Banuri, Ibid., 7.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 31

It comes into being through human ethical interaction, and starts at the grassroots. It may

start small and grow upward, its base constantly and organically linked to civil society.

Thus, empowerment came to be a basic concept in the sustainable human

development vision. By empowerment is meant putting people in a position that allows

them full participation in decisions and mechanisms that guide their lives and destinies.

These decisions and mechanisms should not be arrived at in their absence, without the

people being able to express their needs, problems and wishes. This notion entails

participation in political life, and the strengthening of professional civil associations.

Weaver, Rock and Kusterer make a distinction between two models of

development that "vied for the attention of the developing world. Most countries adopted

capitalist- or market-oriented approaches to development, but a significant number of

countries followed a socialist alternative.1'19

The laissez-faire approach of the capitalist mode relied mainly on the market,

trusting that it would provide for people's needs. It emphasized private ownership of the

factors of production, markets for the factors of production, the capitalist firms, and

commodities markets. In this approach, "the actions of private individuals bring about

development, guided by the invisible hand of competition. Competition among firms

results in efficient allocation of resources, innovation, and economic growth.”20 The

government role in this approach is minimal and limited to establishing and protecting

19 James H.Weaver, Michael T.Rock and Kenneth Kusterer, Achieving Broad-based Sustainable Development (West Hartfortd, Conn: Kumarian Press. 1997), 58. 20 Ibid., 59.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 32

private property, enforcing private contracts and providing public goods and quasi-public

goods.21

Social discontent with the laissez-faire approach and with government legislation

that followed to remedy its side effects, led to a more interventionist approach to

development and the adoption of a more assertive role for governments. This was a

govemment-guided Import Substitution Industrialization (ISI) policy that promoted

protectionism and established multiple exchange rates to encourage the importation of

capital, intermediate goods and raw material. The government replaced the market with a

central planning agency to plan the economy, allocate resources, control prices and

administer foreign aid. "As a result of the ISI approach, many developing countries

experienced rapid economic growth and industrialization. By the 1960s, however, the

viability of ISI was being subjected to close scrutiny and heavy criticism."22 Corruption,

income inequality, fiscal deficits, slowdown of agricultural productivity, and

unemployment increased. Hence, ISI proved to be no better than a laissez-faire policy in

providing sustainable development.

By the early 1970s, economists realized that there was a growing level of

inequitable income distribution, an increase in absolute poverty as well as a growing rate

of unemployment. This led to a search for a new development approach that would

promote growth with equity. Some economists recommended labor-intensive exports to

reduce unemployment; others focused on land reform and improving the agricultural

21 Ibid., 60. 22 Ibid., 63.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 33

sector; still others emphasized the basic-need human approach and recommended

investing in human capital, and a group insisted on a safety net strategy provided by the

governments to provide necessities for those who cannot provide for themselves.

Parallel to these three capitalist models were Soviet development strategies being

adopted in other parts of the world. Impressed by the extraordinary performance of the

Soviet Union, and skeptical about capitalism and its instability, while also associating

their underdevelopment with colonial and imperialist policies, some third world countries

followed an alternative path, namely state socialism. "By State Socialism, we mean an

economic system in which the means of production are owned by the state rather than

privately, and in which decisions about resource allocation are made by the government

rather than through markets."23

Russia experienced rapid industrialization and, in no time, became the second

largest industrial power in the world, and Communist China experienced similar gains.

However, these transformations were accomplished at the expense of human rights, rule

of law, and accountability. In both countries, rapid growth gave way to slower growth,

and the socio-political aspects of the socialist model acted as fertile breeding grounds for

political opposition. Environmental degradation notwithstanding, the ultimate argument

that socialism is an alternative path to development became less tenable, especially with

the collapse of the Soviet Union.

In lieu of the above models, Weaver et al., introduce the BBSD approach, whose

four basic elements are “a healthy, growing economy undergoing structural

23 Ibid., 70.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 34

transformation; an economy in which the benefits are widely distributed; a political

system that provides for human rights and freedom, effective governance, and a political

economy that is consistent with preservation of the environment."24 They insist that

development has a political component, and "that freedom and democracy must be

accorded a priority equal to economic growth in any definition of the goals of

development,’' and that unless "particular attention is paid to what happens to women, to

civil society, and to human rights and democratic freedoms, development will fall short

of its goals."25

In a manner similar to Hamzah, they make a clear distinction between material

capital and human capital, and define social capital as social connections or relations that

have been established and can be drawn upon. They define social capital as a production

asset which, when strengthened and formalized, results in the building of civil society,

the network of non-governmental, non-profit organizations.

In his book Getting to the 21st Century. David Korten identifies three global

crises that led to the reassessment of traditional development approaches and the

emergence of a more people-centered approach, namely: an increased number of people

in absolute terms living below the poverty line, the threat to the environment and

increased communal violence. He outlines the three basic needs of global society that

any development strategy should address: justice, sustainability and inclusiveness.

Justice does not require equality of income, nor does it require that the productive be required to support the slothful. It does require, however, that all people have the means and the opportunity to produce a minimum decent

24 Ibid., 13. 25 Ibid., 28,29.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 35

livelihood for themselves and their families... Sustainability does not require that nature be left untouched. It does require, however, that each generation recognize its obligation for stewardship of earth's natural resources and ecosystem on behalf of future generations... Inclusiveness does not mean that everyone must enjoy equal status and power. It does mean that everyone who chooses to be a productive, contributing community member has a right to the opportunity to do so and to be recognized and respected for these contributions.26

Korten believes that most institutions on which the world relies for solving these

social, economic and environmental problems, are creations of a growth-centered

developmental vision, and are therefore unfit to challenge it. Yet, when proponents of a

growth-centered vision went on the defensive, due to failures of their policies, they

countered with structural adjustment policies. The assumption here was that, if the poor

were suffering, it was because there was not enough growth. So, instead, they launched

an attack on structures that restrain growth, rather than on those that restrain justice.

When they introduced growth with equity, they simply were pushing for more growth,

and "sidestepping needed structural reforms and then correcting benefit distribution

problems by strengthening social services to make up for deficiencies in basic needs

through the redistribution of surpluses."27 An equity-led sustainable growth on the other

hand, starts with equity by breaking down unjust structures, thus making equity the

foundation of a broad-based integrated growth. Korten believes that only a people-

centered approach to development is able to bring about a qualitative change.

This vision looks to justice, sustainability and inclusiveness as the defining principles of authentic development. It views development as a people's movement more than as a foreign-funded government project. It looks to

M David C. Korten. Getting to the 21st Century: Voluntary Action and the Giobai Agenda. (West Hartford, Conn: Kumarian Press. Inc., 1990), 4. 17 Ibid., 73.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 36

government to enable the people to develop themselves. It seeks a synthesis of the change objectives of the environmental, human rights, consumer protection, women's and peace movements. It seeks a new human consciousness in which the more nurturing, enabling and conserving dimensions of female consciousness gain ascendance over the more aggressive, exploitative and competitive dimensions of male consciousness that have so long dominated the social and economic life of human societies.28

George Corm, a Lebanese economist and political scientist, currently serving as

Minister of Finance in the Lebanese government, defines sustainable human

development as a process that entails four basic elements: investment in human

resources; wide participation in the development process, and equal distribution of

development benefits; institutional and legal system-building to facilitate application

of economic policies; and government intervention to guarantee the justice of

benefits and participation among all sectors of the population.29

I will use the BBSD approach to assess the state of sustainable human

development in Lebanon. However, I tend to agree with the United Nations

Development Program (UNDP) report that the cultural dimension of development has

been underdeveloped in the concept of sustainable human development. An examination

of the increasing number of recent ethnic and sectarian conflicts around the world dictates

that more attention be given to the role of the homogeneity of the social fabric and the

corresponding political culture.

Ibid., 5. 29 Corm in Nabilah Hamzah and Adnan Shaabouni., Sustainable Human Development and The Role of NGOs: The Case for Arab Countries, (manuscript), 1999, 19.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 37

Civil Society

The above discussion of the new approaches to development shows that recent

development theories have made a remarkable shift from focusing mainly on the state and

the market, to bringing in a new actor, civil society. Thus, it becomes imperative to look

into the theoretical implications of the concept, its role and its prospects in general, and in

relation to the Arab world and, in particular, to Lebanon.

The concept of civil society, which had been dormant since Alexis de

Tocqueville, has reappeared in Western and Latin American social science discourse

since the mid-1970s. In a paper entitled The Problematic o f Civil Society, Samih Farsoun

tries to answer the question as to why such a concept, so pivotal to understanding the

social and political dynamics of our modem times, experiences currency at certain times

and lies dormant at others. His thesis is that

under certain social conditions, e.g. changing world order, fiscal crisis of the state, civil wars, economic crisis, etc...certain social forces, whether social classes, ethnic or sectarian groupings, or social movements, mount political action to defend their interests vis-a-vis the oppressive state and exploitative classes. At that moment or historical juncture, intellectual and political practices bring forth the issue of civil society (or its institutions), its autonomy from the state, and its claim to social, economic and political power in opposition to the state.30

Cohen and Arato link the resurgence of the civil society concept, at the theoretical

level, to the disintegration of the hegemonic paradigms (Pluralism and Neo-Marxism)

and, at the empirical level, to the political upheaval in Eastern Europe, "the early modem

30 Samih Farsoun and Lucia P. Fort. The Problematic of Civil Society, Intellectual Discourse and Arab Intellectuals (manuscript), 1996, 3.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 38

concept of civil society was revived first and foremost in the struggle of the democratic

opposition in Eastern Europe against socialist party-state."31

For Richard Madsen, the renewed impetus for the discussion of the term ‘civil

society’ among twentieth century American social scientists came

from increasing concern about the fragmentation of society through the ‘rights revolutions’ of the 1960s and 1970s, and the triumph of the laissez-faire market ideology in the 1980s. The renewed discussion of civil society began in Eastern Europe, driven by the efforts of dissident intellectuals, first to find a counter-force to totalitarian regimes, and then, again led by their efforts, to find a new basis for the social order after the collapse of these regimes. Citizenship and civil society have thus emerged as central topics in response not just to theoretical concerns, but to urgent public concerns about the profound transformation in societies around the globe at the end of the twentieth century.32

In an essay entitled "The Return of the Citizen," Kymlicka and Norman attribute

this recent renewed interest in citizenship to a natural evolution in political discourse

"because the concept of citizenship seems to integrate the demands of justice and

community membership."33 They also add that this interest

has been sparked by a number of recent political events and trends throughout the world, increasing voter apathy and long-term welfare dependency in the United States, the resurgence of nationalist movements in Eastern Europe, the backlash against the welfare state of Thatcher's England, the failure of environmental policies that rely on voluntary citizen cooperation and so forth.34

31 Jean L.Cohen and Andrew Arato. Civil Society and Political Theory. (Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press, 1992), 15. 32 Richard Madsen. “Citizenship and Civil Society: A Framework of rights and Obligations in Liberal, Traditional, and Social Democratic Regimes,” Contemporary Sociology. (Washington., July 1999). Vol. 28, Issue 4 (456-457). 33 Ronald Seiner, ed. Theorizing Citizenship. (Albany, N.Y: State University of New York Press, 1995), 283. 34 Ibid., 283.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 39

Inasmuch as NGOs constitute one of the many elements that comprise civil

society, the need arises for a definition of the concept of civil society as well as its role in

bringing about positive social change.

Civil society is a contingent concept that should be contextually defined. The

term has acquired different meanings at different times, for different social scientists, and

within different paradigms. Literature on the subject is so diverse that sometimes one

wonders if the discussion is about the same concept. The meaning of civil society differs

in terms of its composition (what it encompasses), nature (oppositional versus

mediational), relation to the state (reformist versus revolutionist), relation to the economy

(inclusive vs. exclusive), as well as its future prospects (optimistic vs. pessimistic).

Two divergent traditions have shaped modem views on the concept of civil

society: the pluralist tradition and the Marxian tradition. At the center of the controversy

between the two traditions lie two interrelated but basic issues. One is epistemological

and the second is an interrelated political, economic and social issue. The

epistemological issue raises some general questions such as what is basically just, fair,

and good? What is more important, equality or liberty? Who is more important, the

individual or the community?

On the other hand, the controversy over the political, economic, and social issue,

the epistemological basis notwithstanding, raises three main relevant questions regarding

the nature and role of the democratic state, the type of economy or mode of production,

and the nature and role of civil society in the process of democratization.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 40

To summarize the Marxian position on the above issues, we can conclude that in

the Marxian tradition a capitalist democratic state is a contradiction in terms. The

capitalist state is coercive and repressive, and should be overcome. The capitalist mode

of production abuses and alienates the masses, and should be replaced by communism,

which "through the annulment of private property" is a necessary premise for "positive

humanism to come into being."35

The Marxist tradition sees civil society in the historical context of a capitalist

society, where civil society is assumed to be oppositional to the state, until, ultimately, it

takes over the state which eventually becomes part of civil society in a state of ‘socialized

humanity,’ where antagonistic classes no longer exist, and people's needs are met, and

people's private and public life are reconciled in a state of human emancipation and

dignity. Hence, for Marx, "civil society embraces the whole material intercourse of

individuals within a definite stage of development of productive forces, embraces the

commercial and industrial life of a given stage and... transcends the state and the nation

although, on the other hand, it must assert itself in its external relations as a nationality,

and internally, must organize itself as a state."36

This ideal ‘human society’ of the Marxian vision was further developed and

operationalized through the Gramscian description of how civil society operates. For

Antonio Gramsci, the capitalist state is repressive and coercive. It uses both coercive

ideological institutional tools, as well as police power to exert hegemony over the masses.

" Marx in Robert C. Tucker, ed. The Marx-Enaels ReaJer. (New York, NY; W.W.Norton &. Company, Inc.), 121. 36 Ibid. 133.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 41

Civil society comprises all these institutions, be it family, schools, political parties, or

legal systems. Within this civil society, exploited classes, at the right historical moment,

mobilized by the "organic intellectuals," would build a counter hegemony and mount a

war of opposition, and conquer the state.37

The collapse of the Soviet Union and the failure of state socialism (mistaken for

communism or socialism) in Third World countries led to the current world-wide trend of

the adoption of the pluralist politics and the capitalist mode of production. Nonetheless

the Marxian theoretical tradition, says Farsoun, "has been kept alive in Wallerstein's

world system theory, Frank and Amin’s dependency theory and Taylor's articulation of

the modes of production school."38

Questions currently raised regarding the state are not "state or not state," but

rather how much state? Questions currently raised regarding the economy are no more

capitalism or socialism, but rather how much more or how much less privatization, and

how much more or how much less laissez-faire?

Within this pluralist discourse, the concept of civil society becomes most controversial, in

terms of its definition, role and prospects.

" Antonio Gramsci, Selections from the Prison Notebooks, trans. and ed. by Quintin Hoare and Geoffrey N. Smith. (New York, N.Y.: International Publishers, 1971). 38 Samih Farsoun and Lucia P. Fort, The Problematic of Civil Society. Intellectual Discourse and Arab Intellectuals.” (Manuscript), 1996. f1\

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 42

Definition of Civil Society

It was Alexis de Tocqueville, in the early nineteenth century, who first noticed the

tendency of Americans to come together in groups. "In no country of the world has the

principle of association been more successfully used, or applied to a greater multitude of

objects than in America."39 De Tocqueville believed that equality with freedom cannot be

secured by abolishing or reducing state institutions to a minimum. Authority is needed to

avoid confusion and disorder, yet political power should be distributed among many

hands to avoid despotism, namely separate legislative, judiciary and executive powers.

He saw civil associations as crucial barriers to state power and despotism. He saw civil

associations lying beyond the immediate control of state institutions, going beyond

narrow private goals, and protecting the minorities from tyranny by the majorities, and

argued that an independent pluralist' civil society is a condition of democracy. To de

Tocqueville the term civil society is reserved for that domain in which individuals join

together, free from the control of either state or church. However, in his later discussions

of civil society, religious associations became one example among others, within the

broader class of civil associations.

In their seminal work “Civil Society and Political Theory,” Cohen and Arato

define civil society as "a sphere of social interaction between economy and state,

composed above all of the intimate sphere (especially the family), the sphere of

associations (especially the voluntary associations), social movements and forms of

39 Alexis de Tocqueville. Democracy in America. Vol. 1. Phillips Bradley, ed., (New York, N.Y. Vintage Books, 1945), 198.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 43

public communications. Modem civil society is created through forms of self­

constitution and self-mobilization."40

Larry Diamond defines civil society as the "realm of organized social life that is

voluntary, self-generating, (largely) self-supporting, autonomous from the state, and

bound by a legal order or set of shared rules,"41 and one which has several tenets. First,

civil society concerns are public, not private. Second, civil society relates to the state

without being a part of it, through pressure brought to bear to redress policy and expose

government corruption. Third, civil society is marked by pluralism and diversity,

reflected by independent mass media and cultural institutions. Fourth, civil society is

market-oriented and rejects central economic planning. Fifth, civil society is distinctive

between different groups which represent different constituencies, and that no one can

claim to represent the whole society.42

Role of Civil Society

Literature on the role of civil society reveals divergent views ranging from the

very conservative role restricted to promoting civic commitments, building citizenship,

providing public and quasi-public functions, to the more politicized and emancipatory

role of advocacy, involving defense of public freedom, human rights, women, the

environment and the marginalized. While Edward and Foley see a revolutionary prospect

40 Jean L. Cohen and Andrew Arato, Civil Society and Political Theory. (Cambridge, Mass: MIT Press, 1992), ix-xi. 41 Larry Diamond in Nabilah Hamzah and Adnan Shaabouni, Sustainable Human Development and the Role of NGOs: The Case for Arab Countries, (manuscript), September 1999,5. 42 Ibid., 5.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 44

in the role of civil society as it organizes itself, not just to perform public functions

independently of the state and corporate power, but also to defend social autonomy,

promote policy changes and, in the extreme, regime change, Cohen and Arato warn

against this over-zealous emancipatory conception of civil society. Based on lessons from

history and empirical experience, they advocate a less revolutionary concept of civil

society. They introduce the idea of self-limitation, which, they insist, should not be

confused with the strategic constraints on emancipatory movements.

Movements rooted in civil society have learned from the revolutionary tradition that these fundamentalist projects lead to the breakdown of societal steering and productivity and the suppression of social plurality, all of which are then reconstituted by the forces of order only by dramatically authoritarian means. Such an outcome leads to the collapse of the forms of self-organization that in many cases were the major carriers of the revolutionary process: revolutionary societies, councils and movements. Paradoxically, the self-limitation of just such actors allows the continuation of their social role and influence beyond the constituent and into the constituted phase.43

It is worth noting here that, in a manner similar to the definition of civil

society, the role of civil society should be defined contextually. The role of civil

society differs theoretically and empirically, depending on the nature of the state and

the economy. The role of civil society, in a liberal, well-functioning democratic and

developed society, differs dramatically from the role of civil society in an

underdeveloped country, governed by an authoritarian regime and an inequitable

economic system, regional and international intervening factors notwithstanding.

43 Jean L. Cohen and Andrew Arato. Civil Society and Political Theory. (Cambridge, Mass: The MIT Press. 1992), 17.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 45

While most of the literature on the role of civil society emphasizes its

positive aspects, there remain some scholars and social scientists who are skeptical

about its prospects. Michael Walzer sees civil society as a realm of fragmentation

and division, and believes that even when civil associations defend a universal creed

and are open to new members, they continue to be particularistic. Inasmuch as they

coexist with other associations that defend other universal creeds, and compete for

new members, the danger lies in strengthening these groups and intensifying the

differences among them.44 Another cautious view of the role of civil society is

advanced by Keith Whittington, who, reconsidering de Toqueville's analysis of the

American scene, remarks that Americans suffered not from a lack of civil

associations but from conflicting goals among social and political groups.

"Sometimes those conflicts arose from the direct self-interest of various factions

within society. At other times, however, political conflicts arose not from competing

interests but from competing visions of the public good derived from and re-enforced

by unrelated associations."45

Despite the divergent and sometimes opposite views regarding the discourse,

definition, role and the prospects for civil society, Cohen and Arato remain

optimistic about the contribution of civil society to democracy. Their approach

envisions a synthesis between a democratic state, a tempered market economy and a

44 Michael Walzer. Rescuing Civil Society Dissent. (Winter 1999), Vol.46. Issue 1., 62-67. 45 Keith E. Whittington. Revisiting Tocqueville’s America: Society, Politics, and Association in the Nineteenth Century. American Behavioral Scientist. Vol 42.21-32.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 46

reflexive civil society. And although they anchor their modem concept of civil society in

the three current debates within the field of democratic theory [namely, elite vs.

participatory democracy, rights-oriented liberalism vs. communitarianism, and welfare

state vs. neo-conservatism] their synthesis avoids any one of the above alternatives and

refuses to correct state paternalism, with an unregulated market economy, considered

another form of colonization of society. Their synthetic project would “seek to

accomplish the work of social policy by more decentralized and autonomous civil

society-based programs than in traditional welfare states and the work of economic

regulation by non-bureaucratic, less intrusive forms of legislation, focusing on procedures

rather than results. In our view, this synthetic project should be described not only by

Habermas's term "the reflexive continuation of the welfare state", but also by the

complementary idea of the reflexive continuation of the democratic revolution. The

former arises in the context of western welfare states, the latter in that of the

democratization of the authoritarian regimes.”46

Civil Society in the Arab World

As with the international controversy over the concept of civil society, the

Arab intellectual discourse has been equally split and diverse. "Social scientists are

not in agreement on the usefulness of the concept or its precise definition. This

debate divides academics not only of the North, but also of the South, some of whom

46 Jean L.Cohen and Andrew Arato. Civil Society and Political Theory. (Cambridge, Mass: The MIT Press. 1992), 26.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 47

see in the concept an ideological product exported by the now post-industrial center to

intellectuals of the periphery to perpetuate its dependency."47 Al-Sayyid lays down three

reasons for the skepticism around the concept: First, “no common definition of the

concept of civil society can be established. Second, "the 1980s resurgence of the concept

could be an effort on the part of conservative scholars to assert that civil society and the

capitalist economy are inseparable." Third, “this concept is merely a new device to repeat

often-heard discourses about civilized nations, development, modernization, and so on.

According to them, conservative scholars strive to rescue discredited notions of

modernization by reformulating their essential argument, largely of an ideal nature, using

the older terminology of civil society."48

Al-Sayyid believed that scholars in the Arab world also differ over the

definition of the term. Some reject the concept categorically and believe that what is

needed for the time being is the strengthening of the Arab state to be able to execute

the development project, and to hedge against penetration by foreign powers.

Islamist intellectuals refuse the term ‘civil society’ as an imported concept that

stresses membership in a particular community, qualified as civil, as distinct from

any other community, particularly one based on religion. Some liberal nationalists

have opted for keeping the concept while adapting it to Arab culture, still others have

kept the original concept of civil society yet split over the Lockean pluralist approach

and the Marxian perspective. Al-Sayyid remarks that the disagreement over the

47 Mustapha Kamel Al-Sayyid. The Concept of Civil Society and the Arab World. In Civil Society in the Middle East. Augustus Richard Norton, ed., Vol. 1 & 2. (Leiden, E.J. Brill Publishers, 1994), 131. 41 Ibid., 133.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 48

concept has enriched the discourse, and that "if the concept of civil society could be

reformulated, instead, to suggest this balance of forces, without linking it necessarily

to a particular economic system, or at least considering it in association with

capitalism as a research hypothesis, that concept may prove useful indeed."49

Al-Sayyid believes that the definition adopted for civil society constitutes the

dividing line of the components of civil society in the Arab world.

However, there is a general consensus that political parties and secondary

associations are in it. Professional associations, business groups, trade unions,

private societies, social clubs, literary and scientific clubs, as well as neo-traditional

institutions that "combine primordial and modem formal organizations and purely

religious associations" would fit in as well. "More problematic in this respect would

be traditional groups that have not yet acquired a formal organization." Islamists

claim that they are a prominent component of civil society, since they enjoy the

support of large numbers of citizens, and are active in various areas of social action,

thus reflecting the vitality and innovative disposition of wide strata of the population

who had hitherto been excluded from politics."50

Al-Sayyid believes that under recent economic and political liberalization

projects in the Arab world, two groups are being marginalized, namely: trade unions

and urban and rural masses. "As for the urban poor and peasants who do not possess

organizations acting on their behalf, they find no place for themselves in an emerging

49 Ibid. 133. 50 Ibid. 137.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 49

civil society."51 As for the actual presence of an active civil society, Al-Sayyid

believes that there is a general consensus among Arab intellectuals that civil society,

no matter how it is defined, is absent in the Arab countries. For civil society to

flourish and survive, a political order should be present that guarantees the citizens'

rights, with a wide public space provided. Neither of those two conditions is

fulfilled, at present. This does not deny the fact that an emergent civil society could

be present in some Arab countries that have more or less embarked on some form of

liberalization

Samih Farsoun, on the other hand, tries to show how the intellectual Arab

discourse has been a reflection of the socio-economic and political events taking place in

the Arab word, with special emphasis on how regional and international issues and

interventions have helped shape the discourse.

Two sub-periods of intellectual Arab history were highlighted by Farsoun: the

first is between 1940 and 1967, and the second between 1967 and 1980. The discourse of

the first period was consumed by the ideas of de-colonization development, political

independence, and vigilance against western neo-colonialism, and gave only lip service to

the question of democracy. Relations between state and society were underplayed in

favor of developmentalism and the strengthening of the state.52 Arab nationalism and

state socialism dominated the Arab political culture of that period. The 1967 defeat of the

Arab countries by Israel brought an end "to the Arab discourse of nationalism, socialist

51 Ibid. 140. 52 Samih K. Farsoun, and Lucia P. Fort. The Problematic of Civil Society, Intellectual Discourse and Arab Intellectuals, (manuscript), 1996.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 50

economic development and the importance of a strong state.”53 Two alternative

ideological currents emerged as a result of a self-appraisal project after the defeat: a

radical social revolutionary current spearheaded by the re-emergent Palestinian liberation

movement and an alternative radical fundamentalist Islamic movement.54 Farsoun

remarks here that, although some leftist Arab intellectuals stressed the need for thorough

revolutionary reconstruction of Arab society, few critics analyzed the nature of Arab

societies and their class structure, with the exception of Sadiq el-Azm who argues "the

Arab state was unconnected to its citizens. The absence of modem institutions leaves the

citizen loyal, not to the state, but to the family, clan and the kinship group. Instead of

building a modem civil society, the defeated Arab regimes reverted to the old discredited

diplomacy of the pre-war years.”55

It was not until 1980 that the questions of civil society, human rights and

democracy gained ascendancy in the Arab intellectual discourse, paralleling what has

been going on in other parts of the world. However, Farsoun sees that "the last two

decades witnessed a major transformation of Arab intellectuals. An ideological, and

political shift has occurred: from anti-imperialism to America as savior, from anti-

Zionism to compromise with Israel, from national liberation to neo-liberal politics, from

Arab socialism to unregulated capitalism, from support of movements for popular power

to parliamentary politics, and from the belief in social justice to that of individual

53 Ibid., 23. 54 Ibid., 24. 55 Ibid., 26.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 51

enrichment and status consciousness."56 And it is through this pluralist discourse that

Arab intellectuals currently look at civil society.

In her book Toward Civil Society in the Middle East. Jillian Schwedler presents

two current debates about civil society in the region. The first debate argues that civil

society is almost nonexistent, weak, or disorganized. The second debate sees civil society

in the Middle East as emerging and active. Elie Kedourie supports the view that civil

society is absent, and attributes that to the region's Islamic culture. Bernard Lewis argues

that there is only a limited number of independent social and political organizations in the

Middle East, some of which do challenge state authority. Peter Mansfield argues that the

Middle East lacks a viable civil society, because the organizations that do exist are co­

opted by the state, and thus rendered ineffective. Antoine Messara believes that there is a

lot to be done on the legal, political, and cultural levels, to foster the development of civil

society in the Arab world.

Supporters of the second debate are more optimistic about the prospects of civil

society in the Middle East. Richard Norton, who rejects the culturalist explanation for

the scarcity of democracy in this part of the world, attributes this tendency to the

weakening of civil society by the authoritarian regimes. Nonetheless, in his article "The

Future of Civil Society in the Middle East", he states: "Given the integral connection

between civil society and democracy, the long term prospects for successful

democratization in Lebanon, Egypt and Iran may be better than commonly assumed."

However, his confidence in civil society to bring about radical social, and political

56 Ibid., 28.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 52

change is limited. "Nonetheless, civil society did not topple regimes, as the regimes

crumbled from internal corruption and hollow claims of legitimacy."57

In fact, Middle East scholars have used and abused the term ‘civil society’, in

their quest for the democratization of the Arab world. "The real concern of some

observers, and many Arab intellectuals as well, is the ease with which the term civil

society has been turned into a political football." Aziz Al-Azmeh had warned of this

danger as long ago as 1994, when he observed that "both, regime and Islamist opposition

in the Maghreb, were claiming civil society as their own, thus threatening the democratic

process itself."58

I define civil society as the sum total of all social relations and social organizations that

exist in the public space situated between the individual and the state. These are relations

and organizations that people enter into voluntarily or that evolve willfully, with the

development of social needs, and not on the basis of ties between individuals that precede

the act of intellectual choice. From within this pluralist discourse of the modem state and

the current world-wide trend toward a market economy, these organizations and social

relations may act as mediating, tempering, fending and if necessary opposing bodies, to

the arbitrary power of the state and the forces of market economy. Components of this

modem civil society are trade and labor unions, professional groups, the media, non­

governmental organizations with all their diversities,

57. Augustus Richard Norton. The Future of Civil Society in the Middle East. Middle East Journal. (Spring 1993), Vol. 47, Issue No. 2,211. 51 Aziz Al-Azmeh. Civil Society in the Middle East. British Journal of Middle Eastern Studies: Exeter, (November 1998), Vol 1. & 2.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 53

non-profit and non-public educational institutions as well as political parties. Although

some of these organizations and political parties may be religious in constituency and

base, they still can be considered part of civil society as long as they defend and represent

their members' interest within a pluralist discourse of tolerance and a participatory

decision-making process. By tolerance here is not meant civil and polite acceptance of

the "different other" but a more aggressive tolerance that allows the other to compete

democratically in the decision-making process as an adversary. However, history and

experience have demonstrated that organizations and political parties based on strictly

religious ideologies or strictly ethnic affiliations exhibited anti-democratic tendencies,

lack of tolerance, and ultimately annulled the desired overlapping of interests that emerge

with cross-sect and cross-ethnic organizations of a secular nature. Here lies the

problematic of civil society as an ideal type and as an analytical tool to understand the

role of civil society vis-a vis the state and the economy, and the more empirical and

contextual role that civil society actually plays in the democratization process. Being

aware of this differentiation between theory and practice contributes to our understanding

of the ‘not-so-often’ positive role of civil society.

Social capital, on the other hand, may be defined as a voluntary form of "social

connections or relations that have been established and can be drawn on,”59 which "is

embodied in relations among people; it calls for their activation with a view to expanding

their capabilities, choices and participation to achieve their common interest."60 Social

59 James H. Weaver, Michael T. Rock and Kenneth Kusterer. Achieving Broad-based Sustainable Human Development. (West Hartford, Conn: Kumarian Press. 1997), 209. 60 Richard J. Estes, http://caster.ssw.upenn.edu/~restes/isw/chapter34.html 0323/97:28.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 54

capital, as a concept, has been used by social scientists also as an ideal type, similar to the

concept of civil society, with the assumption that those social relations are value-laden

with good intentions and moral and ethical values. I tend to agree with James Coleman's

conception of social capital as a neutral concept both morally and ethically and that it can

easily enhance and improve performance among ‘good organizations’ as well as among

‘not-so-ethical ones.’ Viewed from this perspective, the role of social capital again, as

with that of civil society, should be studied empirically and contextually. Within this line

of thought, the role of the Lebanese civil society and of Lebanese social capital formation

will be assessed through NGOs' contributions to the processes of development and

democracy.

Non-governmental Organizations

Definitions and Classifications

A major difficulty that a researcher faces when dealing with non-governmental

organizations is the definition of the term and the classification or typology of their

multiple forms. The diversity of NGOs strain any single definition or classification.

Until 1983, there was no consensus among the World Bank staff as to what defines an

NGO. However, in their later publications, they offer the following definition:

NGOs are private organizations that pursue activities to relieve suffering, promote the interests of the poor, protect the environment and provide basic social services or undertake community development. The term applies to any non-profit organization which is independent from government. They are typically value- based organizations which depend, in whole or in part, on charitable donations and voluntary actions. Although NGOs have become increasingly

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 55

professionalized over the last two decades, altruism and voluntarism remain key defining characteristics.61

Richard Estes defines NGOs as: "those non-profit, voluntary organizations that

carry a broad range of development functions with and on behalf of people. The vast

majority of these organizations exist outside of government, thus their programs emanate

more from the expressed needs of people, rather than from governments."

Nevertheless, the terminology varies around this sector, acquiring different labels

in different parts of the world and even within the same country. For example, in the

United States they may be called ‘private voluntary organizations,’ in the Arab world

they are called ‘civil associations,’ and in Africa ‘voluntary development organizations.’

Sometimes, the sector is referred to as the ‘third sector,’ the ‘independent sector,’ the

‘non-profit,’ the ‘philanthropy’ and ‘charity sector,’ the ‘exempted sector,’ the ‘voluntary

sector,’ or the ‘assosciational sector.’

In a study entitled "In search of the non-profit sector: the quest of definition"

Salamon and Anheir try to show how each of the above terms focuses on one aspect of

what this sector represents, at the expense of neglecting other characteristics. Hence the

name ‘voluntary sector’ focuses on the voluntary effort of people involved in

management and operation, despite the fact that many activities within this sector may be

executed by paid staff. The name ‘philanthropy sector’ focuses on charitable donations

that these organizations acquire from private donors, despite the fact that these donations

usually constitute a small portion of the organizations' budgets. The term ‘independent

sector’ focuses on the independent role that these organizations play in relation to the

61 Richard J.Estes. Ibid.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 56

state and the economy; however, it is well known that the lines between these sectors are

not so impermeable. The term ‘non-governmental organization’ that is often used in

developed countries indicates the absence of relation between those organizations and the

government, despite the fact that many organizations work closely with governments and

some of them are government-dependent. ‘Non-profit sector’ indicates that these

organizations do not work for profit, nor do they distribute profit to those who work for

them.

The author continues to develop a composite and more comprehensive definition

that entails the following criteria for an organization to be counted as a non-govemmental

organization:

An institutional structure (not an adhoc gathering) that is independent of the government (though it does not exclude government grants or cooperation with the government), non-profit oriented (it can make profit but the profit it makes should go to the primary goal of the organization), autonomous and able to run its own affairs, apolitical (is not connected to political parties but can engage in political awareness campaigns), and involves a certain measure of voluntary work.”62

The fuzziness of the definition adds to the difficulty of classification, inasmuch as

there are no impermeable lines between different organizations, nor are there exclusive

categories. David Korten identified four types of NGOs:

1. Voluntary organizations (VOs) that pursue a social mission driven by a

commitment to shared values. They depend on these values to mobilize financial and

62 L.M.Salamon and H.K. Anheir In search of the Non-Profit Sector: the Question of Definitions. Paper presented to the third international conference of research on voluntary and non profit organizations. Indiana University, Indianapolis March 1992.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 57

human resources. Being value-rdriven, they are immune to the political agenda of

governments or economic forces of the market place;

2. People's organizations (POs) that represent their members' interest. They have

member-accountable leadership and are substantially self-reliant.

3. Public service contractors (PSCs) that are third party organizations that

function as market-oriented, non-profit businesses serving public purposes. They are less

likely than VOs to engage in advocacy or controversial issues that may risk their

prospects with donors or governments.

4. Govemment-non-govemmental organizations (GONGOs) that are created by

governments to serve as instruments of government policies.63

According to Richard Estes, the World Bank classifies NGOs into five categories:

Community Associations; Policy Advocacy Groups; Service Providers; Intermediaries;

Contractors and Cooperatives. The World Bank also classifies them in terms of their

functions as: operational/developmental NGOs and advocacy, policy-change-oriented

NGOs.

Historical and Theoretical Overview

Recently, there has been growing interest among social scientists in non­

governmental organizations as part of their interest in civil society. With the recognition

of the limitation of governments came the awareness of the important role that NGOs can

63 David C. Korten. Getting to the 21st Century. Voluntary Action and the Global Agenda. (West Hartford, Conn: Kumarian Press, 1990), 2.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 58

play in the process of development and democratization. Thus NGOs came to be looked

at as a major bridge between society and the state, and between the individual and public

life. Although this interest started in the western, developed countries, in no time it

spread to the people of the south and other underdeveloped countries and most

conspicuously, to the countries of Eastern Europe.

However, the worldwide spread of this phenomenon does not allow for

generalizations about the revitalization process that those NGOs are undergoing. For the

specificities of the social, economic, political as well as the ideological structure of each

country, along with its particular history, one must determine the mode of development of

its NGO sector. Nevertheless, some common features and characteristics continue to be

prevalent, namely the fact that, all over the world, NGOs began in close relation to the

church or other religious institutions, and they all started as charity and welfare

organizations, delivering services and goods to the poor and the needy.

Roles of NGOs have been changing, in a trend that is parallel to the worldwide

changes in the theory of socio-economic development. The goal of the broad-based,

sustainable human development approach, which is an equitable, participatory, and

environmentally sustainable development, is replacing the narrower goal of economic

growth, which has dominated traditional development thinking since World War II.

Rather than being simple recipients of the new development thought, NGOs have been

contributing positively to its formulation both through practice and through advocacy.

The three global crises of poverty, environmental stress and communal violence

that gripped the world in the 1980s, demonstrated the failure of the trickle-down approach

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 59

to development, and the conventional theories and practices that earlier prevailed. There

emerged a realization of the need for a more people-centered approach and a more grass-

root participatory effort to development. Furthermore, there emerged a need for a radical

transformation of institutions, values, technology, and behavior, a transformation that will

enable the people to meet the challenges of the current ecological and social realities.

NGOs that lack the awareness of this need and the flexibility to adapt to new

development-thinking, will find themselves functioning in an obsolete and truncated

fashion. And more often than not, they may be contributing, unknowingly, to the

perpetuation of poverty and dependence. Luckily, a growing number of NGOs around

the world are becoming increasingly aware of their potential and expanding roles, and

thus are reviewing their agendas and strategies. The general pattern currently pursued

among NGOs is a trend away from relief and welfare, toward a greater involvement in

community development as well as institutional and policy changes.

People have always come together in associations, both secular and religious.

Until the late eighteenth century, corporate and communal organizations dominated

European society. In France, they were aimed at the defense of established privileges,

rather than acquiring new rights and benefits. In England, as early as 1780, special

purpose associations became a modular form of organizations, such as anti-slavery

organizations. In America, religion was also the cradle for associational development,

and by the early nineteenth century, the U.S. enjoyed a rich network of religious

associations. This later led to special purpose associations formed across denominational

lines for the pursuit of some specific secular purposes such as temperance, abolitionism,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 60

and feminism, and still later, these associations became centers for collective action.

However, it was not until 1970, with the crises of the welfare state in the developed

countries, and the gradual rolling-back of services offered by the state, that an increasing

need for the services of NGOs developed.

Governments took a different view of this situation. While Great Britain looked

at this sector as an alternative and independent sector of the state, and considered private

donations as its primary source of funds, Germany and France, on the other hand,

encouraged this sector and financed it to fend off against communism.

Early theorizing about this sector goes back to Emile Durkheim, who emphasized the

socio-cultural role of NGOs. He believed that great psychological and social benefits

accrued to people who were affiliated and part of a network. He associated the growing

number of secondary group formations with the breakdown in modem times of the family

and the church, and to the need to find alternative means to tie them together in a freer

and more voluntary fashion.

Economists of the western world theorized about NGOs in terms of their relation

to the state and the market. While the state offers public goods in terms of services and

grants in exchange for loyalty and order, the private sector offers private goods in

exchange for profit, and the NGO sector offers goods whose exchange value is

determined by the cost of the commodity and the principle of sharing, and not by profit.

For Uphoff, "each sector operates out of a distinctive logic: for the state, that of

hierarchical authority; for the market, that of profit and loss; for the voluntary sector, that

of voluntarism. These logics determine the peculiar form of action and the particular

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 61

problems of action in each sector."64 From this perspective, contributing factors to the

existence of this sector are social heterogeneity and the presence of social entrepreneurs

who have the urge to start these initiatives in order to satisfy a public need. These are

people who, in times of crises, capitalize on religious and ethnic conflicts, and use the

services they offer to attract more supporters. A fundamental assumption of the above

perspective is the structural limitations of the state and the market.

The second form of theorizing about this sector is in terms of "filling the gap"

concept. Here, the size of the NGO sector is seen in a negative relation to the size of the

welfare state. The fewer services the welfare state offers, the larger the need for the third

sector. However this theory assumes a certain level of development, and the presence of a

relatively independent commercial and professional middle class.65

It is obvious that all these theories are based on the pluralist discourse of the

western state and the market economy. Despite their valuable input, a lot remains to be

known of the way these NGOs function in other parts of the world, and how different are

their dynamics. During the cold-war years, western social scientists started to look at

civil society and NGOs from a more structural perspective. This was reflected in their

emphasis on the role of civil society in combating totalitarian regimes, as evidenced by

their support of human rights organizations and solidarity movements against socialist

states in Eastern Europe. Western capitalist countries began to show more interest in and

64 Norman Uphoff. Grassroots Organizations and NGOs in Rural Development: Opportunities with diminishing States and Expanding Markets. World Development. Vol 21 (4), 607-622. 65 Shahida Al-Baz. Arab NGOs on the Threshold of the Twenty-first Century. (Cairo, Egypt: International Press, 1997), 21.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 62

support of NGOs of the third world, in their strife for human rights, thus becoming

channels for the globalization process of the western culture. Thus political scientists

began to look at these organizations as agents of social change and democratization.

They emphasized the importance of political participation of various sectors of the

population in the decision-making process, and insisted that no development is likely to

succeed without the parallel development of democracy; hence these organizations came

to be looked at as a means through which disenfranchized segments of the population

could articulate their needs and demands, thus widening the civil structural base of

democracy. They attribute their early start in the traditional religion of societies to the

fact that people usually have two ways of articulating their grievances, formal and

informal means. In the absence of formal means, due to authoritarian governments and

lack of democracy, people resort to informal institutions. Hence, the safest way for them

to articulate their needs and voice their discontent is through religious institutions that

guarantee them a certain measure of security vis-a-vis the state.

The consequences of such a trend have been noted to have a disintegrative

influence on societies that are composed of a heterogeneous social fabric, by contributing

further to the fissure among different religious and ethnic groups, and increasing the

likelihood of civil conflict. On the other hand, non-religious or secular organizations that

cut across sectarian and ethnic lines bind people together in overlapping relations and

interests, and come to have pluralist concerns, thus diminishing the chances for civil

conflict.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 63

The history of the development of NGOs in different parts of the world reveals the

diversity of their experience and the lack of the ability to theorize in general terms about

them. For example, the democratization process in Latin America was not a consequence

of economic development but rather a result of increased poverty and marginalization.

And Latin American NGOs of the 1970s distinguished themselves from relief and welfare

organizations by politicizing their development projects, and turning them into

empowering and emancipatorial mechanisms. Those NGOs worked closely with the

Catholic Church, but independently of political parties and labor unions. They received

financial assistance from international organizations and USAID. The role played by

NGOs in Latin America is a clear demonstration of the transformational role that NGOs

can play, as well as the influence that foreign countries can exert on third world countries,

through the infiltration of local NGOs.66

As for the Arab world, many factors have contributed to the flourishing of this

sector; religion, notably, has had a major influence on it. The zakat system in Islam and

the tithe system in Christianity both emphasize principles of help and assistance to the

poor and the needy. Another factor that contributed positively to the increase in the size

and activities of NGOs in the Arab world is the cohesiveness displayed by Arab societies

during wars and national struggles. Still other, more recent factors are the decline of the

Soviet Union and the loss of the socialist Arab states of their theoretical backing and

credibility, the actual failure of the statistic development policies in the Arab world, and

increased levels of poverty and higher unemployment rates. Furthermore, the

66 Ibid. 27.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 64

predominance of market economy and the globalization of this trend by the United States

as the leader of the capitalist world, entailed a call for privatization and increased

democratization. The debt crises in the Arab world allowed the World Bank to impose its

structural adjustment policies as conditions for the extension of loans. As a result of the

gradual reduction of services offered by the government, at a time when these services

were sorely needed, great segments of the population resorted to forming their own

organizations to be able to meet those needs, while others resorted to specifically Muslim

institutions for the provision of these services, and for the articulation of their grievances.

This was one of the major factors leading to the emergence of Muslim fundamentalism.

The predominance of authoritarian regimes in the Arab world has contributed negatively

to development of the NGO sector. Even where there are laws that protect the formation

of these organizations, the application of the laws has been less than desirable, in

particular toward advocacy organizations whose agendas are more politicized than

service and welfare organizations. Lately, however, a growing number of human rights

organizations, women's rights and environmental organizations, have called for more

freedom and democracy, a trend which is positively correlated with cultural and

educational levels of Arab societies. Advocacy NGOs in Lebanon, like those in other

Arab countries, are a recent phenomenon, yet differ in terms of the sectarian composition

of the Lebanese society and the special relations with western and Arab countries that this

composition has engendered.

This chapter has reviewed existing literature on the concepts of sustainable human

development, civil society and non-governmental organizations. It introduced the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 65

sustainable human development approach, the equity-led people’s approach, and the

broad-based sustainable development approach. The latter will be used as a guideline to

assess the state of affairs in post-war Lebanon. This chapter provided the reader with

theories and definitions of civil society, its role and prospects, and focused particularly on

NGOs as one element of civil society that is of special concern for this study.

The above discussion of theories of development, civil society and NGOs shows

that recent literature has highlighted the role of civil society in the sustainable human

development process. It shows that, when healthy and vibrant, civil society may

contribute positively to the democratization process. It also shows that there are times

when civil society may promote further conflict and confrontation, burden the state, and

paralyze the markets. Nonetheless, NGOs in general, and advocacy NGOs in particular,

are shown to be important elements of civil society that contribute to the development

process. Their role and contributions are affected by the nature and role of the state and

economy of the particular country in which they function, as well as the nature and role

of the other components of civil society, such as the media, labor unions, and the political

parties.

The Lebanese NGO sector, and more specifically the Lebanese advocacy NGOs,

are both a product and a producer of the specificities of the state of affairs of the

Lebanese society, the Lebanese state, and the Lebanese market forces, as well as of

regional and international politics. Thus, their contribution to the democratization of

Lebanese society will be studied in terms of their age; local, regional and international

circumstances that led to their initiation; their organizational structure and practice that

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 66

evolved in response to social needs and problems; and their financial status and sources

of funding as well as their interaction with the government, the private sector and local

and international NGOs. What is of equal priority to the relevance of the issues they raise

are their internal and external challenges that impact directly on their efficiency and level

of success in their efforts.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. CHAPTER THREE

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

This present field research explores the role of advocacy NGOs in post-war

Lebanon, and their contributions to sustainable human development. The estimate of the

number of NGOs currently functioning in Lebanon ranges from 2,000 to 12,000

organizations. However, the focus of this study is advocacy NGOs, which constitute a

small percentage of the total NGO sector. As stated earlier, the focus on advocacy NGOs

had two concerns: the practical consideration, to make the study more focused and more

in-depth, and the theoretical consideration, to focus on NGOs that are committed to an

agenda of structural social change.

This chapter will describe how the research was designed and pursued. In

particular, it will describe the preliminary procedure and field inquiry, the sampling

design and the selection process, sources of data, the questionnaire preparation and

modification, permission for entry, the conduct of the actual interview, participant

observation, weaknesses and strengths of methods, data reporting and data analysis,

validity and reliability of data, cooperation of respondents, and difficulties encountered in

the research process.

67

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 68

Preliminary Procedures and Field Inquiry

My primary interest was to familiarize myself with the work of NGOs in

Lebanon, in a general manner. Hence, my first point of entry was through governmental

sources, in particular, the Ministry of the Interior, in order to obtain an official directory

of NGOs functioning in postwar Lebanon. Lack of computerization and lack of proper

documentation produced negative results, which led me to seek other sources.

First, I appealed to personal friends who work at the Economic and Social

Council for West Asia (ESCWA) and the United Nations Development Programme

(UNDP) for advice on the research process. Other friends who are active in the NGO

community were also approached.

Second, I carried out two preliminary and informal interviews with the two most

active and best known members of the NGO community: Mr. Ghassan Sayyah, president

of the Young Men Christian Association and founder of the Lebanese NGO Forum that

comprises nine of the largest organizations in Lebanon, and Dr. Kamel Mouhanna,

president of AMEL Association, and founder of the "Collectif' of the NGOs that

comprises 13 national organizations and six international ones.

Third, I attended a number of NGO conferences, where lists of attendees, issued

at the door, contained names and telephone numbers of the respective organizations.

Moreover, I tried to familiarize myself through these conferences with well-known names

and faces, as well as with topics and issues in the NGO community. I made it a point to

talk to key people, and introduce myself to them, in order to establish a personal rapport

that might later help with a positive response, when seeking interviews and appointments.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 69

Fourth, as a member of the board of the Rene Moawad Foundation, and a

committed volunteer both in Washington, D.C. and Lebanon, I was asked to help in the

production of a quarterly magazine that the organization devoted to Non-Governmental

Organizations. The effort allowed me to gain access to media sources and provided me

with high-level NGO contacts.

Fifth, I carried out ad hoc interviews with five organizations, as well as other

sectoral organizations, which provided me with lists of particular types of organizations.

Sixth, I reviewed magazines and publications of certain organizations, as they

were available.

Seventh, I reviewed available literature on the NGO sector in Lebanon.

The above search resulted in:

1. A 1999 UNDP list of 133 names of organizations, including names of national

or indigenous organizations, affiliates of international organizations, as well as

international organizations working in Lebanon;

2. A list of 148 organizations that belong to the Lebanese Woman’s Council;

3. A list of 19 human rights organizations;

4. A list of 60 environmental organizations;

5. A list of 42 children organizations belonging to the National Agency for the

Lebanese Child, an umbrella organization;

6. A list of 48 organizations belonging to the Lebanese Union for the Child

Welfare umbrella organization;

7. A list of 39 senior citizens' organizations;

8. A list of 19 organizations belonging to the "Collectif des ONG au Liban;"

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 70

9. A list of 12 organizations belonging to the Lebanese NGO Forum;

10. A list of 75 NGOs, provided by the Environment Information Center;

11. A list of 82 associations for the disabled;

12. A list of 6 organizations that deal with drug issues;

13. A list of 15 international organizations, and

14. Names of youth organizations and organizations that work on democracy and

political participation were arrived at by snowballing procedures.

Once these lists were obtained, I checked for duplication. Subsequently, separate

lists were established for different specialties. However, I found myself well short of the

estimated 2,000 lower limit, let alone the 12,000 upper limit. Further investigation and

probing did not yield better results, and this will continue to be a challenge for any future

researcher on the subject, until such time as the Government of Lebanon documentation

system in order, and makes information more accessible to the public.

Sampling Design and Selection

Although the lists were sorted, and organized according to specialty. I did not

consider those lists as the subject population from which the sampling of the

organizations to be interviewed were selected. Inasmuch as I was conducting a

qualitative exploratory research, I saw fit to use purposive sampling procedures through a

multi-stage sampling process. It was obvious to me that the created lists of NGOs were

not all advocacy-type NGOs, since many of the names on the lists were outright

traditional, service and relief-oriented organizations, which neither engaged in advocacy

effort nor claimed to be interested in this type of work. Hence, the next step was to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 71

identify NGOs that are active in advocacy work in each sector. Any organization

engaged in one or more of the aforementioned forms of advocacy, whether monitoring,

consciousness-raising, legal work or lobbying, was counted as an advocacy NGO,

provided it was still active at the time of the research. The identification of these

organizations in each sector was not an easy task. It took considerable probing within the

NGO community, much follow-up on media reporting, intensive review of crucial social

issues and amendments of laws, and the identification the groups and organizations

which were behind the efforts. There were many interviews with organizations which

were later discarded when I discovered that advocacy was not on their agenda. In fact,

here is where the interaction of theory and research played the most important part. The

theory of sustainable development involved probing into issues of human rights, women,

children, environment, democracy, and other marginalized societal segments and issues.

It is through this lens that NGOs were sampled, to reflect those issues and segments of

the population, always keeping in mind the need to focus on those NGOs which are

committed to a positive change in the structures of society and in the status of the issue or

the group it represents, by examining underlying causes and avoiding palliative solutions

that increase dependency and maintain the status quo. The lists of organizations were

divided into nine categories: the environment, human rights, women, children, youth, the

elderly, the disabled, democracy, and drug issues. Sampling from different categories

took different forms. In terms of human rights and environment issues, all the NGOs on

the two lists were considered advocacy groups, hence the criteria for selection of the

sample were the level of activity of the organization, the importance and relevance of its

issues that the organization raises, as well as the reputation of the organization within the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 72

NGO community, the media and other social and political activists. Seven out of 60

environmental organizations, and eight out of 19 human rights organizations were

interviewed. As for the women's organizations, a review of the literature of women’s

organizations revealed that the majority of them focused on services, be they social,

humanitarian or educational. However, a thorough investigation within the NGO

community in general, and special acquaintance with women activists in particular, as

well as long and open-ended interviews with the current and previous presidents of the

Lebanese Women’s Council, put the number of advocacy women’s organizations active

in women’s rights and women’s issues at six, a very low number compared to those

organizations engaged in service delivery activities. Hence, all six out of six women’s

advocacy organizations were interviewed. As for the children’s organizations, the sorting

of organizations belonging to the two umbrella organizations for children yielded only 19

organizations that focus exclusively on children. The rest are multipurpose organizations

that cater, in one way or another, to children's needs. Of the 19 organizations, seven were

interviewed and these were the most vocal, known to be active in advocacy work related

to children’s issues. My investigation of youth organizations yielded only four, of whom

three were interviewed, and efforts to meet with the fourth were aborted at the last

moment. There are actually 39 organizations that deal with senior citizens, but most of

them are service-oriented or profit-oriented. Sorting out the list left me with a much

lower number of non-profit organizations. Yet, only three of these organizations were

active in lobbying for the elderly, and the rest were engaged in lobbying for funds for

their own institutions. Out of 82 organizations for the disabled, seven were interviewed,

and again the criteria for sample selection were similar to those for human rights and the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 73

environment. Out of six organizations engaged in drug issues, two were interviewed and

two out of two organizations involved with political participation and democracy were

interviewed. In total, 45 organizations were studied, six of which happened to be of

sectarian origin, with the remainder secular. On the other hand, 14 organizations were

grass-root, while the rest were second-party organizations.

Time and human capabilities, as well as a personal need for satisfaction with the

sample, determined the number of organizations to be interviewed, namely, 45

interviews, which constitute the sample on which data will be reported; five multipurpose

organizations which gave me an entrance and a sense of the NGO sector at work, three

organizations which were deemed irrelevant to the research, but nonetheless valuable in

contributing a different perspective on volunteer work.

Data Sources

Data sources used in this research were collected from the following:

1. Forty-five formal interviews with organizational representatives at the decision­

making level;

2. Five informal interviews with representatives of five multipurpose

organizations;

3. Several informal discussions with members of NGOs, as well as with social

and political activists;

4. Attendance and participation in several conferences and workshops for NGOs;

5. Participant observation of various activities of advocacy organizations;

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 74

6. Actual involvement in the NGO community by becoming a member of the

board of five organizations, and

7. Published documents about these organizations.

The primary sources of data in this research were the in-depth, face-to-face

interviews that I personally carried out with representatives of the different organizations.

Most of the time the interviews were conducted in Arabic, at other times they were in

English. The first part of the interview consisted of a semi-structured questionnaire, with

both closed and open-ended questions, where I tried to obtain specific information

considered essential to answer questions raised by this research. I kept probing for more

explanations and more information, in order to verify the answers given. The second part

of the interview consisted of open-ended questions that allowed the respondents to talk

freely about their organizations, how they were started and who started them, as well as

the history of their personal involvement in the organizations. Furthermore, the

respondents were asked to cite the issues that they had worked on in the past, the current

issues, as well as their future plans. At the end of the interview, they were asked to

evaluate their own efforts in terms of success or failure. Participant observation as well

as media reports of the organizations' activities were complementary sources of data,

used in the research process. To supplement and verify data, the researcher reviewed

various documents, publications and by-laws in English, French and Arabic, that were

written or published by the organizations themselves. Conferences and workshops were

another means of collecting information about these organizations.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 75

Preparing and Pre-testing the Questionnaire

Preparing the questionnaire for the interviews was guided basically by the

theoretical implications of the subject of this research, and the research objectives

outlined in the introduction chapter. Questions focused on five major areas that would

shed light on the role of these organizations: age, organizational structure, forms of

advocacy, and constituency of these organizations; their financial status, budget and

sources of funding; their relationship with the government, and other local and foreign

organizations; their internal and external challenges; the issues they raised, or are

currently raising; and their future plans. A sample of the typical interview questionnaire

used in conducting the interview is in Appendix A. A draft of the interview questionnaire

was reviewed by the chairperson of the dissertation committee, who commented and

suggested some changes and provided relevant and valuable advice, to make the

questions more focused. Several modifications were made to the questionnaire, after pre­

testing it with a few organizations. Several questions prompted no answers, and hence,

were omitted, while others were added, as respondents volunteered valuable information

that the researcher did not expect or had not anticipated. Main categories that were added

were "other" and "give examples." Those preliminary interviews were not included as

data in the study.

Permission for Entry

Following the criteria cited above for the sampling of the organizations to be

interviewed, I began the task of collecting names and telephone numbers of the key

people in each organization, thus allowing myself the alternative of avoiding negative

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 76

responses, by asking for the next person in line, who might be eligible to answer relevant

questions and fulfill the purpose of the interview. Arranging for the interview was the

next step that I performed, mainly through telephone calls to the organizations. When it

was difficult to reach the person concerned, I tried to contact the respondents on their

cellular phones, a common feature of communication in Lebanese society. However,

calls via cellular phones were begun with a sincere apology for the inconvenience caused,

giving the respondent the right to choose to discontinue the conversation if caught at the

wrong time. Largely, the responses were positive and encouraging; all responded

courteously and with great interest upon learning that I was conducting research as a

student at the American University in Washington. Most of them commented on how

urgently such a study was needed, and how interested they were in the results of the

completed research. I made it a point to stress and guarantee confidentiality of the

information, if he or she so wished, especially in the cases of statements that have

political implications that may threaten the safety of the respondent or his or her

organization. All the respondents were assured that I had a letter of permission from the

chair of the Sociology Department at American University, soliciting help from

respondents and testifying to the authenticity of the research and to the identity of the

researcher. (A copy of the letter is in Appendix B.) However, except for one respondent,

none of the other respondents asked to see this letter, questioned the authenticity of the

research or my intentions. However, I tried by every means possible to make it easy for

the respondents to agree to a meeting, by making myself flexible in terms of time and

place for the interview, always accommodating the respondent's time schedule and

workload. Sometimes I had to wait weeks before the respondent was available. I was

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 77

always willing to call again if respondents sounded preoccupied with other problems.

However, in a country as small as Lebanon, where everybody knows everybody,

establishing rapport over the phone was one technique that I used to gain access to the

respondents' interest and attention. The mere mention of the name of a friend in common

or of a conference attended together was enough to break the ice and elicit a positive

response. I admit here that the response rate was 100 percent and the only interview that

was canceled was due to the inability of the researcher to arrive on time at the correct

address.

Conducting the Interview

As mentioned earlier, I always accommodated the respondent as to the place and

time of the interview. However, the respondent was alerted ahead of time that the

interview would probably last three hours, a time period that would, hopefully, be

without distraction, and that I would appreciate receiving all documents and publications

available at the time of the interview to help verify relevant information. I also alerted

the respondents before the interview that notes would be taken almost verbatim, and that

they would be quoted in the research unless the respondent expressed some reservation

on certain statements. Most of the interviews lasted around two hours, yet a few of them

went over three hours, due to the sociable attitude of the Lebanese people. I was always

courteously received and offered coffee and refreshments, since most of the interviews

were conducted at the organization offices. Two interviews were held at the homes of

two female respondents, and two interviews, with two male respondents, were carried out

in a quiet cafe, where the respondents treated me to coffee, an act that embarrassed me,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 78

inasmuch as I was the beneficiary of the interview. However, Lebanese hospitality and

the Lebanese patriarchal mentality would not accept it any other way. Whenever the

interview was at the offices of the organization, I made it a point to observe at the

premises, and to note the state of the offices in terms of space, neatness, quality of

equipment, as well as the number of staff or personnel. During the interview, I continued

to probe for more detailed answers and explanations. At the end of each interview, I

would ask the respondent for additional comments, and request any additional

information that he or she deemed relevant. After each interview, I reviewed my notes,

and reflected on the respondent's personal observations. I did that at the earliest possible

time, while all the information was still fresh in my mind, the written notes

notwithstanding. Each interview in Arabic was translated by me personally, and filed in

a separate file, along with all the documents provided by and about the interviewed

organization. Then each file was added to the other files of the same category, whether

human rights, children, women or others.

Participant Observation

Participant observation took place at two levels: first, in relation to the

organizations interviewed, and second, in relation to the NGO community in general, by

participating in other organizations as a full-fledged volunteer and member of the board.

As to the organizations interviewed, participant observation was mainly conducted at

their conferences and workshops, where I became acquainted with the issues they raised,

the level of their organization, their ability to attract audiences and participants, and the

caliber of the panelists, as well as the number of government officials who attended,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 79

whenever they were invited to participate. It also allowed me to get acquainted with the

social and political activists in Lebanese civil society, and sometimes with researchers

and activists from around the Arab world, as well as from other foreign countries. My

proficiency in Arabic, English and French made it easier for me to follow all the

discussions, since speakers often opted to present their papers in Arabic or French.

Fluency in these languages helped me in reviewing documents and brochures that were

often handed out at these conferences.

At the second level, I participated fully in the planning of conferences, social and

cultural events, fund-raising activities, suggesting new strategies and voting and running

for elections. The total immersion in the NGO community life allowed me to understand

and reflect more in-depth on the answers and the information given by respondents. For

example, when members of organizations complained about a shortage of volunteers, my

personal experience in the five organizations in which I am active helped me understand

better the seriousness of the challenge, and the urgent need for increased human

resources. When organizations complained about lack of response from the government,

I could identify with their complaint, having experienced similar difficulties in the

organizations to which I belong. One highlight of my participation was a ten-day

meeting in Cairo, Egypt, as a representative of the Young Women’s Christian

Association, at the World Council meeting. The meeting was very beneficial and

informative, giving me first-hand knowledge about how local and regional issues are

interrelated with international and global ones.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 80

Strengths and Weaknesses of the Methods

I used several methods of data collection, thus allowing the principle of

triangulation to compensate for the possible weaknesses of one method through the

strength of the other. Face-to-face interviews were the most efficient way of getting

accurate and current information on the state of the organizations and their work. They

allowed me to probe for meaningful data and aquire a more personal and subjective

familiarity with the organizations. Interviewing also guaranteed responses and left little

room for unanswered questions. However, interviews had also their own shortcomings in

the sense that I had a feeling sometimes that respondents tried to answer questions in

general terms and, when asked to elaborate, were not always able to justify their initial

responses. Besides, many times I felt that the respondents were trying to provide answers

that I would like to hear. To avoid this, I asked questions in multiple forms, to increase

the validity of the response. Participant observation had its own advantages, since it not

only acquainted me with the policies and issues of the organizations, but also proved

highly informative as a mode of research, due to the richness of the issues it tackled, and

the interesting information it provided. However, while participant observation was very

time-consuming and took great effort, the benefits made it all worthwhile. As for content

analysis, although it was very time-consuming due to the huge amount of relevant

literature provided by the organizations on issues of interest, it still allowed for quiet and

deep reflection on the relevance of the issues, their seriousness and the level of

professionalism, as well as the intellectual level of the way in which those issues were

handled. However, the subject of the research was so wide and varied, and the

organizations interviewed were of so many different types and styles, that no single

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 81

method of inquiry could be sufficient, and the multiple methods used tried to cover as

much as possible given my specific time-frame and the personal capabilities.

Researcher as Participant

An important aspect of the strengths and weaknesses that should be discussed

here is my social location, as a researcher/participant in the research process. Needless to

say, as a participant researcher, I became involved consciously, but more often

unconsciously, in the issues being raised, a fact that may have affected the level of

objectivity of this research and one which makes it imperative for me to define my social

location.

First, my gender: My position as a female researcher may have affected my

judgment and biases toward gender-equity issues.

Second, my religion: Being an ardent believer in Greek Orthodox Christianity,

while at the same time a secularist in terms of education and political orientation, may

have influenced my preference for the direction of social change that I wish to see happen

in the Lebanese society.

Third, my educational background and peer group: Attending religion-mixed and

gender-mixed institutions such as the American University of Beirut may have affected

my social relationships and life-long friendships, allowing for a high level of tolerance

and appreciation of the “other.”

Fourth, my social class: Belonging to the upper-middle class of the Lebanese

society facilitated my entry into many organizations as well as access to sources of

information which, otherwise, would have been difficult to approach.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 82

Fifth, my cultural experiences: Having lived abroad and experienced different

ways of life and cultures may have helped me to get rid of some cultural biases that I may

have harbored before my exposure. This may have affected my inclination to support

and advocate some universal values and issues backed by international agreements,

which otherwise I may have opposed. However, the long years that I have spent in

Lebanon and the Arab world, my love for my country and my Arab cultural heritage may

have affected my judgment vis-a-vis Lebanese internal politics, Lebanese/Arab relation

and Lebanese/Israeli relations.

Data Analysis

Data analysis consisted of three concurrent flows of activities: data reduction, data

display and conclusion-drawing, and verification. Data reduction involved selecting,

focusing, simplifying, abstracting and transforming the data into meaningful information

relevant to the research questions. Collected data from the interviews and content

analysis are presented in a form that provides answers to questions in the questionnaire in

Appendix A. Findings about the organizations are presented in various ways, in this

report, some information is presented in tables and percentages, other information is

presented in verbatim quotations, still other findings are described and commented upon

by me.

Reliability and Validity

Reliability was sought by resorting to the method of triangulation. The use of

face-to-face interviews, along with participant observation and content analysis, provided

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 83

a certain level of confidence in the reliability of the information collected. However, the

quality of the guided interview and the relevance of the questions posed were the means

to guarantee the validity of the findings and of the conclusions. The fact that I promised

the respondents to stick to the ethics of conduct of the sociological discipline gave the

respondents enough courage and interest to be open, truthful and genuine.

Almost all of the respondents seemed to be of a high level of intellectual ability

and were known to be of a high level of ethical integrity, which gave me confidence in

their answers. Although many of the respondents were very cordial to me, and rapport

was quickly established, this was not allowed in any way to influence my objectivity or

my judgment in my evaluation of the state of affairs of the organizations.

Cooperation and Difficulties

In general, all the people contacted for interviews were responsive and

cooperative, some more so than others, depending on their workload and the number of

staff or personnel helping them. In general, respondents were very courteous, highly

supportive and interested in the research project. They all thought that such a study was

badly needed, and that it was high time for an in-depth study of this type of NGO. They

looked forward to receiving the findings and recommendations, and most of all, to

gaining some insight and clues into how they could improve their financial status as an

organization, and how they could improve their members’ commitment and participation.

All of them were very generous in providing me with documents and written material

when it was available and many of them gave me valuable books about the issues they

raise. Limitations to the study were caused by a lack of documentation on the part of the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 84

Lebanese government and the organizations themselves. Three organizations said that

they lost much of their archives during the war years, as a result of fires and physical

destruction. The Israeli destruction of the electric power plants of Lebanon, which

occurred twice during the field study, took its toll on me; I had to climb tens of flights of

stairs as elevators came to a standstill. It also limited my work to daytime, and early

hours of the night, when standby electric generators were still operating. Another

limitation on the study was the fact that I wanted to conduct the interviews myself,

without any assistance, in order to increase the reliability and the validity of the research

process, which proved to be a very arduous task. No funding organization, no

sponsorship or power relationship influenced my sampling or my research procedures.

Thus the study preserved its scientific integrity, being indebted to no one, except my own

ethical and scientific commitment. In terms of the generalization of the findings, the

sample is considered quite adequate, having covered in some categories all the advocacy

organizations available; in others, where the advocacy organizations were numerous, I

made sure that the sample represented over ten percent of the sampling frame.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. CHAPTER FOUR

HISTORY OF LEBANON AND SUSTAINABLE

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT

This chapter provides the reader with a brief history of Lebanon and an

assessment of the state of sustainable human development. It will discuss the state of the

Lebanese economy, the state of the political system, the state of civil society and the

environment.

A Brief History of Lebanon

The Early Independence and Pre-war Years

At the end of the First World War, the victorious Allies were able to redraw the

political map of much of the world. The Ottoman Empire, "The Sick Man of Europe,"

had ceased to exist after 400 years, and the Turkish heartland was ultimately reconstituted

as the Turkish Republic. The Arab provinces were subsequently divided between Britain

and France as mandated territories.

In 1916, France and Britain signed a treaty, known as the Sykes-Picot Accord, to

carve up the Middle East into zones of French and British influence. In April of 1920, the

San Remo peace settlement between Turkey and the Allies gave France a League of

Nations mandate to control Mount Lebanon and interior Syria. On September 1,1920, the

French implemented the Patriarch Howayyik scheme, the primary preference of the

85

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 86

Maronites, and officially converted little Lebanon into Greater Lebanon. And on May 23,

1926, the State of Greater Lebanon received a constitution that transformed it into the

Lebanese Republic. Broadly speaking, it is still the constitution in operation today.

Originally, the Maronites had wanted Lebanon politically for themselves and

although the first president was a Greek Orthodox, with a Sunni Muslim as speaker of

Parliament, the Maronites managed to secure for themselves all other key positions in the

government and in the administration and, ultimately, the Presidency of the Republic. In

Lebanon, however, the Christians on the whole had an advantage over the Muslims: they

were by and large, in rank and file, more familiar with the ways of the modem world.

This placed them in a position to provide the country with most of the needed

infrastructure. It also enabled them to provide a social veneer which covered the fragile

and faulty structure of the State, and the social tension which lay underneath, mainly due

to the uneven development of the different Lebanese communities and regions.

What Lebanon needed to be a success was political accord and an even rate of

social development among the different communities that had come to form its

population and the different regions it had come to comprise. These were two very hard

conditions to reach.

"The National Pact of 1943, an unwritten agreement between Maronite leader

Bichara Al-Khoury and Sunni leader Riad Al-Solh, laid the foundation of modem

Lebanon."67 It stipulated an elaborate power-sharing formula, on a sectarian, theoretically

67 Hani A. Faris. The failure o f peace making in Lebanon, 1975-1989. In Peace for Lebanon? From War to Reconstruction. Deirdre Collins ed., (Boulder and London: Lynne Rienner Publishers, Inc. 1994), 17.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 87

proportional basis. Under the terms of this pact or covenant, the Presidency of the

Republic and the post of head of the army were reserved to Maronites. The office of

prime minister was reserved for a Sunni Muslim, and that of speaker of the parliament,

for a Shia', with a ratio of Christians to Muslims in both Parliament and civil service of

exactly 6:5. The Christians would accept Lebanon's "Arab Face," while Muslims would

accept the country's sovereignty, and disavow any aspirations to union with a larger Arab

or Islamic state.

Equally relevant here is that this National Pact of 1943, besides being based on a

sectarian society, was predicated on an economy underpinned by an extensive

intersection of interests between Maronite bureaucrats and Sunni trading families. "The

intersection of interests manifested itself partially in the 1943 National Pact. It also

manifested itself in a less obvious but still significant manner, by way of an implicit

economic and social contract that provided political accord with a strong economic base.

The contract also fostered a pro-business policy environment with minimal government

interference, including bank secrecy laws, a free foreign exchange market and no income

or profit taxes. Other sectors and regions were virtually cut out of this ‘condominium’

and the prosperity it engendered."68

By the early 1970s there was a general feeling that the 1943 National Pact has

outlived both its usefulness and its demographic social base. While Maronites and

Sunnis outnumbered the Shia' and outperformed them in economic power, at the time the

“ Hussein A. Amery and Atif Kubursi. The Litani River: The Case Against Interbasin Transfer. Ibid. 180.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. Covenant was brokered, the Shia’s ascendancy in numbers, and the social awareness and

political power they had recently achieved in recent years, rendered the dominance of

Maronite and Sunni elite obsolete and unacceptable to the rest of the Lebanese population

and in particular to Shia’ Moslems.

Two sets of conflicting issues were superimposed and mutually reinforced

cleavages in the Lebanese society. The first set was related to domestic problems:

regional disparities, socio-economic imbalances, sectarian rivalries and ideological

conflicts. “Imam Moussa Sadr, as his calls for investments in the South were ignored,

formed the Movement of the Deprived (later the Amal militia), thus for the first time,

giving a coherent voice for Shia's radicalism.”69

The other set of problems involved the Lebanese-Palestinian relationship.

For two decades, the presence of 300,000 Palestinians in Lebanon, barely registered on

the Lebanese political scene, and the Lebanese Authorities limited Palestinian penetration

of Lebanese life to investments by the Palestinian bourgeoisie and the provision of cheap

labor. However, the Arab defeat in the 1967 war against Israel changed the situation, and

the Palestinian refugees who entered Lebanon after the Six Day War swelled the

population of the Palestinian camps to 8 percent of the Lebanese population. In reaction

to the discredited Arab regular armies, various Palestinian military organizations

established themselves among the refugee camp population. Palestinian activities and

military pressures began to erode Lebanese sovereignty around the camps and on the

69 William Harris. Faces of Lebanon: Sects. Wars, and Global Extensions. (Princeton N.J.: Wiener, Publishers. 1997), 159.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. borders with Israel. "The Lebanese state developed its own methods of management,

including non-definition of Palestinian refugee status and rights, Lebanese Army control

of the camps, encouragement of migration and, occasionally, violence. Meanwhile,

Palestinians have pursued an equally tenacious struggle for official Lebanese recognition

of their national and civic rights."70

Israel's unrelenting raids on Palestinian refugee camps prompted them to form

alliances with Lebanese opposition forces in order to secure their presence in Lebanon.

At the popular level, most Christians were threatened by the Palestinian assertions,

especially that 85 percent of the Palestinians are Sunni Muslims, a fact that threatens the

confessional-based balance of power in the country. Although conservative, upper class

Sunnis were unenthusiastic about Palestinian radicalism, Sunni leaders had little choice

but to adjust to Muslim street pressures and identify themselves with the Palestinian

cause. "Gradually, a schism developed in Lebanese society between pro- and anti-

Palestinian resistance organizations which was superimposed in turn, on a long-standing,

unresolved issue that had divided the Lebanese since independence: Lebanon's identity

and role in the region and the extent of its ‘Arab’ obligations.”71

70 Rosemary Savegh. Palestinians in Lebanon: Uncertain Future in Peace for Lebanon? From War to Reconstruction. Deirdre Collins, ed., (Boulder and London: Lynne Rienner Publisher. 1994), 97. 71 Hani A. Faris. The Failure of Peacemaking in Lebanon, 1975-1989. Ibid. 20.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 90

The War Years

On April 13,1975, the shooting of a member at a church was

answered with the killing of 27 Palestinians on a bus. Three days of fighting left 300

dead, and thus the Lebanese civil war began. The war raged for the following 15 years,

separating the Christian and Islamic sectors of the population sharply on central issues:

the sectarian foundations of the Lebanese state, the power balance of the Lebanese state,

and the Lebanese-Palestinian relations. Fighting ebbed and flowed between and within

sectarian groupings, non-Lebanese factions and foreign powers notwithstanding. There

were massacres and counter-massacres, and atrocities were committed against humans

and nature. For 15 long years, chaos was the reigning paradigm.

Efforts at settling the conflict were numerous. Several peace conferences were

held at the local, regional and international levels. Arab and Western powers were

involved in the mediation, some out of a genuine will to help, still others to preserve their

own interests. Five serious attempts at reconciliation set the tone for the later discussions

of the constitutional changes that were enacted in the Taif Accord, and brought an end to

the Lebanese war. There is no need to say that different parties and powers came to these

negotiations for peace with rigid or flexible attitudes, depending on their positions on the

ground, be it a military victory or loss, or abandonment of a foreign power.

The Post-War Years

The Taif accord put an end to the war in Lebanon, thus the post-war years may

also be called the post-Taif era. The Taif Accord is an important document in the history

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 91

of Lebanon, as some consider it the basis for "the Second Lebanese Republic." The Taif

Agreement is divided into four parts:

1. General principles and reforms;

2. The extension of Lebanese sovereignty to the whole territory of Lebanon;

3. The liberation of Lebanon from Israeli occupation, and

4. Lebanese-Syrian relations.

The document reaffirms the national pact of coexistence between the various

Lebanese communities. It stresses Lebanon's independence, unity, sovereignty, and its

parliamentary democracy, and also reconfirms Lebanon's "Arabness." With regard to

reforms, the document calls for equality of seats for Christian and Muslim communities

in Parliament, the transfer of the executive powers from the President of the Republic to

the Council of Ministers, and the strengthening of parliamentary powers. It provides for a

new electoral law, and includes provisions for the establishment of a Supreme Court, a

Constitutional Court, and an Economic and Social Council.

The Accord proposes a gradual process and certain steps to abolish the sectarian

system of power sharing, and the responsibility is entrusted to a national committee

headed by the President of the Republic. The agreement provides for the dissolution and

disarmament of all militias on the Lebanese soil, with a security plan aimed at extending

Lebanese authority over all of Lebanon, with the help of Syrian troops. With respect to

Lebanese relations with Syria, the Agreement provides for the re-deployment of Syrian

forces to the Beka' Valley two years after the constitutional reforms are adopted. It also

provides for the establishment of "privileged relations" with Syria, specifically in the area

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 92

of security. Finally, it provides for the implementation of UN Resolution 425, which

demands the immediate and unconditional withdrawal of Israeli troops.

Reactions to the Taif Agreement vary among different sectors of the population.

But, in general, the Accord falls short of being favored. Discontent with the Taif

Agreement is based on three grounds: its legitimacy, its content, and its application.

There is a wide consensus among the Lebanese that this Accord is a high-jacking

of the Lebanese political will. Deputies who signed it have outlived their legitimacy and

credibility with most of the people, and in no way were true representatives of the

Lebanese people. Besides, these deputies themselves acted under a lot of Syrian pressure

and had very little room to maneuver, and Saudi "financial inducements" played a big

role in bringing about consent. "The supreme irony in all this is that the national will of a

people was smothered through the voices of its representatives. The law recognizes

situations like this with the term "national will abduction."72

From a theoretical point of view, the content of the Taif Accord is challenged by

Daoud Khairallah and Joseph Maila who believe that empowering a sectarian parliament

to the extent that it cannot be dissolved, unless it decides to dissolve itself, and then

entrusting it with the job of abolishing sectarianism is a contradiction in terms.73 The

Accord is further accused of having officially and formally established the basis for

Syrian hegemony in Lebanon. Although it talks about re-deployment of troops, it never

mentions the evacuation of Syrian troops from Lebanese soil.

72 Joseph Maila. The Ta’if Accord: An Evaluation. Ibid. 38. 73 Daoud, L. Khairallah. Secular Democracy: A Viable Alternative to the Confessional System. Ibid. 263.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 93

However, discontent is far more pronounced with the actual application of the

Taif Agreement. There is dissatisfaction with the redistribution of power, which in no

way has brought about improved relations among the different communities. The

governments that took office for eight years following the signing of the Accord have

been accused of implementing the terms selectively. Only those terms that maintained

Syrian hegemony and guaranteed the survival of the ruling elite (responding to Syria's

bidding) were applied. The "Defense and Security Pact" shackled Lebanese movement in

foreign policy, and annulled the role of the Lebanese Government in peace efforts and

negotiations. Other trade and commercial agreements that have been skewed towards

Syrian interests have flooded the Lebanese market with Syrian products, rendering

Lebanese products uncompetitive.

On the 24th of May 2000, Israel was forced by the resistance to

evacuate Southern Lebanon; however, final peace has not yet been established and 30,000

Syrian soldiers are still in Lebanon awaiting further developments in peace negotiations

between Syria and Israel. A new electoral law has recently been passed that continues to

accommodate and secure the reelection of traditional and sectarian leaders. The Social

and Economic Council has been formed, purportedly to address regional disparities,

socioeconomic inequalities, and comprehensive social policies. Sectarian politics and

patronage have played an important role in the formation of this council, which renders

its consultative marginal effectiveness even more marginal.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 94

After 15 years of war, the Taif Accord, once again reinforced and formalized

sectarian cleavages and sectarian politics, which have proved to be one of the major

challenges that Lebanese advocacy NGOs now face.

Lebanon and the Process of Sustainable Human Development

Before delving into the contributions of advocacy NGOs to the process of

sustainable human development in Lebanon, the current state of the country will be

addressed in terms of the basic components of the broad-based sustainable development

process, introduced in the previous chapter (Weaver, et al.):

1. The state of the economy. This will be studied in terms of the nature of the economic

system, macro-economic stability, economic growth, structural transformation of the

economic sectors and the distribution of growth benefits

2. The political system and the limits of democracy. This will be assessed in terms of

political stability, the nature of the Lebanese state and the Lebanese political system, the

state of governance as well as the state of civil society, human rights and sectoral issues.

3. The state and the sustainability of the environment. This will be assessed in terms of

preservation and management of resources, control of pollution levels and protection of

the ecosystem and bio-diversity.

Theories of sustainable human development have linked development to

democracy, irrespective of the direction of the causal relation between them. However,

observance of freedom, human rights and gender equality remain essential to the process.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 95

These issues, along with others, will be addressed and assessed in Chapter Six, in the

discussion of advocacy NGOs in Lebanon.

I base this assessment of the environment on a report prepared by the United

Nations Development Programme (UNDP, 1996) in Beirut. Additional information is

obtained from reports by the NGO sector, sectoral studies, reports, research material and

literature on the subject.

The Lebanese Economy and Sustainable Human Development

Macro-economic Stability and Type of Lebanese Economy

Macro-economic stability is a prerequisite to sustainable human development, and

without it, any development remains impossible. Lebanon emerged from 16 years of war

economically devastated. The outbreak of the war in 1975 interrupted development and

destabilized the once-called miraculous economy of Lebanon. Since independence,

Lebanon had embarked on a liberal economic system that provided the private sector with

freedom of initiative and imposed no restrictions on currency transfer and external trade,

a feature that gave Lebanon a comparative advantage in the region, and transformed it

into an important trade and financial center. Between 1950 and 1960, Lebanon

experienced a rapid expansion of its service and banking sectors, which accounted then

for about two-thirds of the gross national product. Between 1965 and 1975 Lebanon

witnessed a saturation in the service sector and a contraction in the banking business, as

industry took a great leap forward. Export-oriented industry was mainly destined to Arab

markets. In the meantime, the performance of the agricultural sector continued to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 96

decline. The major institutions that stepped in to alleviate the deteriorating social

conditions around Beirut were social organizations that were extensions of Hezbollah, the

Amal Movement and other Shiite organizations.

Pre-war Economy

Up to 1975, the Lebanese economy was characterized by a high degree of

monetary and financial stability and, although the country experienced a deficit in its

balance of trade, this deficit did not at the time have a negative impact on the economic

and social situation in the country, as the overall balance of payments was in surplus.

The oil boom in the Arab world and the inflow of Arab capital combined with the

remittances of Lebanese citizens working abroad contributed to the strength of the

Lebanese economy. However, underlying this positive trend, the Lebanese economy

experienced some structural weaknesses and strains which continue to threaten macro-

economic stability and economic growth in the country even now. There were substantial

discrepancies in growth between the different regions of the country, with the major

growth concentrated in the city of Beirut. There was an inegalitarian distribution of the

growth, as 30 percent of the national income was concentrated in the hands of only 4

percent of the population, while 50 percent of the population earned only 18 percent of

the national income.74 There were also imbalances between the various sectors of the

economy, in favor of the service sector. The above trends took their toll on the

74 United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) Report. Profile of Sustainable Human Development in Lebanon, 1996.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 97

population, as agriculture was neglected and the rural population, impoverished and

abandoned, migrated in greater numbers towards the city, swelling the suburbs and

fostering an uncontrolled and chaotic expansion of Beirut and the surrounding areas.

War-vears Economy

The war inflicted heavy damage on the Lebanese economic infrastructure. It cut

national output by half, and ended Lebanon's position as a Middle Eastern entrepot and

banking hub. Two Israeli invasions and severe internal fighting affected the physical

infrastructure, and private and public institutions. Tourism ceased, trade and transit

activities shrank to a minimum, industrial establishments were extensively damaged and

production declined, and agriculture was almost ruined. Skilled workers migrated in

huge numbers, and the standard of the Lebanese labor force deteriorated. Investors

refrained from investing as, in addition to the brain drain, Lebanon witnessed a capital

drain. Inflation exceeded 400 percent in 198775 and the rate of exchange of the national

currency deteriorated. The erosion of the authority of the central government limited its

ability to collect public revenues, resulting in budget deficits and a large public debt.76

By the end of the war, the Lebanese economy was in shambles and post-war governments

had to start with negative indicators at all levels, in all sectors of the economy.

75 Ibid. 76 Ibid.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 98

Post-war Economy

In the first few years of the post-war era, the economy made a considerable

recovery at the macro-economic level. The currency experienced considerable

appreciation, inflation rates came down, and the balance of payments began to record

surpluses again as a result of large capital in-flows.77 However, growth again was

unbalanced and concentrated in the financial and the real estate sectors, at the expense of

agriculture, industry and export. By 1996, debt was spiraling up and the cost of servicing

the debt reached 37 percent of the general budget. Currently, it is estimated to be at 48

percent.78

Available data show that the Lebanese economy is currently in deep malaise.

Although per capita income grew from less than $1,000 in 1990 to $2,600 in 1995, it is

still only at about 50 percent of the 1974 level.79 As for unemployment rates, recent

statistics put it at 15 percent, excluding underemployment.80 Consumer prices had risen

by 11 percent in 1995, and the balance of payment figures were alarming. Neglect of the

agricultural sector and the concentration of land holdings and finance capital in the hands

of the few have impoverished the rural areas in Lebanon, and driven the rural population

below the poverty line.81 A general slide towards the disappearance of the middle class is

quite evident, with the burden of poverty weighing more heavily on Lebanese women,

77 Ibid. 71 Emerging Lebanon. The Annual Business, Economic and Political Review, (Ilby Road Oxford Business Group, 1999), 33. 79 UNDP Report, 1996. M Ibid. “ Ibid.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. who continue to earn much less than men. In terms of structural transformation, a higher

productivity index is nowhere evident in any sector of the economy be it trade,

agriculture, tourism or industry. The percentage of the budget that the Hariri Plan (for the

first prime minister after the Taif Agreement) "Horizon 2000" has allocated for

reconstruction is skewed toward investment in infrastructure instead of productive

sectors.82 "Horizon 2000" was adopted by the Hariri administration in lieu of a radical

policy of austerity with its attendant increases in taxes and duties, and an unpopular

cutback of expenditures. The present government, which took over in 1999, as Hariri

stepped down with the election of the new president, is trying to cope with the difficult

situation. The current minister of finance is an economist and a development specialist,

and a supporter of the sustainable development approach. He is currently struggling with

the heavy inherited debt burdens, the repeated costly devastation of the infrastructure by

Israeli aggressions and by an underdeveloped and politicized administration and

inadequate legislation, but he is unable to cope with the evolving circumstances.

The Lebanese Political System and Sustainable Human Development

Lebanon and Political Stability

Political stability is a basic prerequisite for sustainable human development.

However, political stability in any country is a function of internal and external factors.

Internal factors are determined by dislocations in the political, economic and social

12 Ibid.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 100

system, which may be exacerbated by regional and external interventions. External

factors, on the other hand, are basically acts of implicit or explicit aggression by other

members or groups of the international community. In both cases political stability and

civil peace are threatened.

Internal Factors

Since its independence in 1943, Lebanon experienced two rounds of instability,

one in 1958, and one extending from 1975 to 1990. Although different in duration and

intensity, regional and international influence and intervention moved in step with

internal structural malfunctions, and threatened not only civil peace but also threatened

and questioned the viability of the Lebanese polity in terms of its current geographical

and demographic definition both times. In both cases socio-economic disparities between

sects, classes, regions, and sectors interacted and polarized the population of Lebanon

along sectarian lines, with a few exceptional cross-sect alliances among secular political

parties and some non-governmental organizations. Both times, negotiations were

brokered between the fighting parties, either explicitly, or implicitly by the United States,

and civil peace was restored through compromises, without solving the underlying causes

of its disruption.

Lebanon and Israel

Apart from the 1948-49 Arab-Israeli war, Lebanon did not actively participate

militarily in the Arab-Israeli wars. However, the presence of a large number of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 101

Palestinians, displaced by Israel gradually drew Lebanon into the conflict. In 1978, Israel

invaded southern Lebanon in an attempt to eliminate Palestinian guerrilla bases. It

withdrew three months later, after a United Nations peace-keeping force was sent to the

area. Israel reinvaded Lebanon again in 1982, occupying the capital and forcing the PLO

to evacuate its headquarters. For seven weeks, Israel relentlessly bombarded the largely

Muslim half of Beirut by air, land and sea. As a result of the Israeli invasion 20,000

people, Lebanese and Palestinians were killed and extensive damage and destruction of

the infrastructure paralyzed the Lebanese economy. The United States brokered the

evacuation of PLO fighters to other Arab countries, and a multinational force of US and

Western European nations was deployed to Beirut to protect Palestinian and Lebanese

civilians. Israeli aggression continues to the present day to take place against Lebanese

civilians and the Lebanese infrastructure, with dramatic social, economic, political and

financial consequences, thus interrupting and limiting the prospects of sustainable human

development.

Lebanon and Syria

Observers of the Lebanese political scene agree that the Taif Accord has brought

peace to Lebanon, but they are skeptical of the sustainability of this Syrian

hegemonically-imposed peace, manned and enforced by 30,000 Syrian soldiers. The

fragility of this peace stems from the fact that it is militarily imposed by a foreign country

(the Arab brotherhood rhetoric notwithstanding), to whom segments of the population are

opposed. Christians, in general, are not happy with the Syrian military presence, or with

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 102

the Syrian political hegemony over the decision-making process, whether in terms of

internal affairs or major foreign policy matters.

The Nature of the Lebanese Political System

Lebanon has been an independent country since 1943. It is a republic with a

democratic parliamentary system, and more specifically, a consociational democratic

system,83 based on a traditional sectarian formula, a fact that renders it an aberrant form

of democracy, one of sects and not of individuals. Legislative power is vested in the

parliament, elected directly by the people every four years. The parliament, in turn, elects

the president of the republic for a term of six years. Executive authority and powers are

in the hands of the Council of Ministers whose composition, similar to that of the

parliament, should be representative of the different confessional Lebanese communities.

Currently Lebanon has 27 ministries, six M ohafazahs (regions) 26 cadas (districts) and

700 municipalities. The main apparatus of control and monitoring are: the Civil Service

Board, the Council for Disciplinary Action, the Central Inspection Agency and the

Government Audit Office. All suffer from shortages of resources. Lebanon has a rather

well developed legal system and a good stock of laws that need updating and

modernization. A Constitutional Council has been established recently to oversee the

constitutionality of the laws, but it is only accessible to the president and members of the

parliament. Although Lebanon has been hailed as the only functioning democracy in the

” Michael C.Hudson. 1985. The Precarious Republic: Political Modernization in Lebanon. (New York: Random House, 1968).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 103

Arab world, the level of democratic practice is less than desirable. The confessional

quota system of parliamentary representation, gerrymandering, manipulation of vote

counts, low participation level of voters, and the external influences on the election

procedures, beg the question of how representative the Lebanese parliamentarians are of

the Lebanese population. Besides, out of 128 representatives, only three are women.

While many question the democratic nature of the Lebanese confessional/political

system, more people are concerned with the decision-making process, which has been

hijacked outside the geographical borders of Lebanon.

The State of Lebanese Governance

Another basic component of the political system is the state of governance.

Governance is the process of choosing, implementing and enforcing policies. Effective

governance is doing the job in an effective way. The level of governance efficiency is

affected by the source of its legitimacy, the highest being when it is derived from a

constitutional base and when backed by rational and legal procedures, and the lowest

being when it is based on threat or use of force. Effective governance entails the presence

of technical and managerial skills in public offices, accountability, predictability,

transparency and organizational effectiveness.

Looking at the state of governance in Lebanon shows that its efficiency is

challenged due to its "patronage/force" legitimacy base as well as the absence of the

above-mentioned factors. Patronage governance in Lebanon has drained its financial

resources, and adversely affected the state of the economy. The lack of accountability

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. and transparency, along with patronage distribution of rewards, has resulted in a high

level of corruption in the administration and at the upper levels of the decision-making

process. Recently anti-corruption campaigns were launched by the new President and the

Cabinet of Ministers. However, these efforts were interrupted, due to political

considerations. Some efforts too, were made to reform the administration which suffers

from an over-staffed, unskilled, unproductive and unqualified personnel, appointed not on

the basis of merit but on the basis of confessional and patronage relationships. Moreover,

the system of remuneration is so poor that it has facilitated the spread of lack of

commitment, low attendance and poor performance. "The recent civil service reform

consisted primarily of shifts and appointments. At the senior level, ministers placed their

shadows in the administration, or fired others according to political considerations."84

Besides, the effort has been derailed by political and sectarian considerations, especially

the fact that employment in the public sector has served as a safety net, or as means to

diffuse the effects of high unemployment rates in the country.

The State of the Lebanese Civil Society

Literature on Lebanese civil society is scarce, although lately the concept has

gained more and more momentum due to global interest, as well as the significant role

that civil society played during the war years. Although there is a generally optimistic

and euphoric attitude about the prospects for civil society in Lebanon, and over-

M William Harris. Faces of Lebanon: Sects. Wars, and Global Extensions. (N.J.: Wiener Publishers, 1997), 230.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 105

exaggerated hopes for its potential, there are some who remain very skeptical and

cautious about an over-enchantment with the concept. In fact, for a civil society to

flourish and survive, a certain level of democratic political life should be present, and

civil society itself should be familiar with democratic practices. The existence of a

functional civil society implies a certain feeling of belonging to a political entity in which

citizens believe and have an interest in safeguarding. A prerequisite of civil society is a

sense of citizenship and loyalty to the national polity that overrides other loyalties and

affinities. The Lebanese citizen's loyalty is first and foremost to family and sect. The

Lebanese family ties and the sectarian ties were reinforced during the war years, as

central government weakened and parts of its functions were taken over by de fa cto

forces, and citizens were left to their immediate and extended families as well as their

sectarian communities, to act as their private safety nets. A state that trivializes its

citizens, pays only lip service to democratic practices and answers to peoples' needs

selectively in times of peace, depending on which class, sect or region they belong to, and

fails to give security and protection in times of war, can not possibly demand allegiance,

nor can such a state enjoy any legitimacy. In fact, such a state may add to the

fragmentation of civil society and alienate its citizens, by breeding competition and

antagonism among its different members or groupings.

In an article on democracy and the marginalized sectors of the Lebanese society,

Nawwaf Kabbarah elaborates on the current state of affairs regarding the development of

civil society in Lebanon. Kabbarah believes that the Lebanese society is still in a

transitional stage, moving from a system of tribal and sectarian divisions to a more

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 106

unified entity under a unified political composition. In fact the pre-war Lebanese

political system was unable to secure civil peace for two reasons: The first reason is that

the Lebanese sectarian power-sharing formula minimized the public sphere for various

segments of the population. In order to keep the confessional balance many civil and

social rights of sectarian minorities and other groupings organized around something

other than the confessional identity were sacrificed including workers, women and

employees. The second reason is a lack of political maturity among the Lebanese people

and, in particular, the people in power. Lebanese people lack the knowledge and the

understanding of the meaning of a democratic nation and institution-building. In fact,

almost all social groupings try to abuse the public space provided within the political

structure, and try as much as possible, to improve their own positions, without working

toward deepening and widening this public space.85 During 17 years of fighting, different

confessional groups tried to secure victories, hoping to monopolize power, and rule the

country. However, the war years revealed a real divide in the Lebanese community

between traditional isolationist elements of the society and the modem national groupings

with their more open and tolerant attitudes. It was these modem organizations such as

trade unions, NGOs and syndicates that played a significant role in preventing any militia

or a certain sect from establishing hegemony over civil society. In fact it was these

organizations that have safeguarded what was left of the democratic life in the country.

And one may even argue that it is these organizations that will move the traditional and

15 Nawwaf Kabbara. Democracies and The Oppressed Classes. In Lebanese Studies Presented to Joseph Moehaizel. (Beirut, Lebanon: An-Nahar Publisher 1996), 257.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 107

sectarian society into a democratic and civil one. So, despite the fact that, at the

beginning of the war, traditional forces and militias were able to control those

organizations for a while, it was not long before the militias and political parties were

discredited by their own constituencies. In addition, the war led to the establishment of

hundreds of relief and service organizations that provided help and support without

discrimination. These organizations acted as a national shield against violence and war.

There were union strikes, teacher strikes, and marches across Lebanon by the disabled, all

expressing their opposition to the language of war and destruction. Despite their short

history, these organizations were able to produce new forms of organization, as well as a

new secular and unified national and democratic discourse that calls for national unity,

democracy and respect of human rights. And what is interesting about these particular

organizations is that they were able, during the war years, to overlook their specific

interests, for the sake of the common good of the country. These organizations were not

defending the political position of a certain sectarian community or a particular region,

but rather they were taking upon themselves the task of defending all the marginalized

sectors of the Lebanese society, be they the disabled, women, children, laborers, or

environmental issues. Yet, above all, they were defending democracy as a desirable

political system and as a way of life. However, traditional structures are still in full force,

not allowing these new social groups to lead the country into a qualitative shift from

primordial and sectarian allegiances to a modem feeling of loyalty and citizenship.

Kabbarah further states that the latest parliamentary elections of 1996 are a

witness to the hegemony of the traditional sectarian discourse over the processes of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 108

candidacy and voting, despite a great effort on the part of these modem organizations to

push in the other direction. This dominance of the sectarian discourse, argues Kabbarah

could be one of the worst by-products of the war, rendering the Lebanese people more

isolated in their own sectarian communities and enclaves.

In an article about the Lebanese civil society and the construction of a democratic

state, Fadia Kiwan defines civil society as,

the space that stores peoples' abilities to establish voluntary relations within the frame of a modem state, and allows them to work and live in social relations that are independent of the state, and it is this space that gives people the power to avoid the state and its authoritarian and totalitarian power, and hence tries to restrain the state and challenges impediments to the state's democratization.86

She believes that the introduction of the Western model of the state into our part

of the world has brought with it the permeation of our ideological discourse, with terms

that are alien to our historical and social composition: ‘citizenship’, ‘civil society’ and

‘democracy-building.’ Hence, if we assume that civil society is an identifiable entity, we

should keep in mind that this entity is characterized by the specificities of time and space,

and hence cannot be replicated.

Yet, if we accept the concept of civil society as that juxtaposed space or common

point where pro- and anti-government people meet, then we can consider civil society as

an analytical tool that will allow us to understand the relationship between the state and

society, and the means for establishing democracy. On the other hand, Kiwan says that

we should make a distinction between civic society and civicl society. In Arabic, the

16 Fadia Kiwan. Civil Society in Lebanon and Building the Democratic State. Ibid. 109.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 109

words for civic society are Mujtamah Madani, or what corresponds to the imported ‘civil

society’ term that is associated with the Western, modem nation state. It encompasses

those organizations and associations that were established after the creation of the nation

state. On the other hand, civil society in Arabic is Mujtamah Ahli, and it corresponds to

those traditional associations that existed prior to the nation-state, and acted

independently of people in authority. Hence, in Lebanon and in the rest of the Arab

world, we can talk about a ‘civil’ and a ‘civic’ society that exist simultaneously, different

in composition and relations, yet interrelated in some areas, especially in building that

space between them and the state.

Kiwan sees that Lebanese society has been historically characterized by the

presence of a public space in opposition to the state. "Some opposed the polity, others

opposed the government, and still others opposed the people in power.”87 And within this

public space, political parties may be included, whenever they are not in power. Kiwan

introduces two ideas related to the development o f‘civic society’ and ‘democracy-

building’ in Lebanon. First, she tries to show how the period between 1922 and 1975, in

the history of Lebanon, has created a certain public space that allowed for the

development of a multi-secular civic society with trade unions, labor unions and political

parties, as well as cultural organizations, as its main components. Second, she tries to

show that this particular modem, secular and multi-confessional civic society formed a

belt of resistance against the war and those who propagated it.

87 Fadia Kiwan. Ibid, 110.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 110

Yet, despite the fact that one cannot claim that it was those organizations that

were responsible for stopping the war, one may argue with confidence that it was this

civic society that has saved the Lebanese state from total collapse, and the society from

further fragmentation. However, this nascent civic society did not continue to flourish

and develop as expected in post-war Lebanon. Kiwan attributes this failure to the fact that

the Taif Accord that put an end to the war, did not provide for a genuine reconciliation

among the different sectarian communities, and left sectors of the population feeling

marginalized, thus retreating into their sectarian enclaves. And besides, political parties

which have lost their popular credibility as well as their ideological basis have failed to

reorganize themselves around common national issues that would allow for cross-national

interaction and the building of national cohesion.

Finally, the prolonged occupation of southern Lebanon by Israel until its very

recent withdrawal in Jun 2000 kept the political scene in jeopardy, and held the Lebanese

society in a state of constant uncertainty and disagreement over a coherent strategy or a

well-defined foreign policy. This being the case, Kiwan sounds mildly pessimistic about

the prospects for civic society in Lebanon. She believes that the kernel of this civil

society is still present, yet it has lost the deep and wide popular support that it enjoyed

during the war years, due to the deteriorating economic conditions that preoccupy the

people, as well as the absence of an effective political power able to correct the

malfunctions. What is more detrimental to the prospects of civic society in Lebanon she

adds, is the misinterpretation of what democracy means to people in power. People are

free to have their own opinions on all issues, but that does not mean their voices will be

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. Ill

heard. Second, a great majority of the Lebanese population is now convinced that the

Lebanese decision-making process does not lie within the Lebanese political system, nor

within Lebanon's geographical borders, but rather outside, in neighboring Arab countries,

whether considered as ‘friends’ or ‘brothers,’ a conviction that affects the Lebanese civil

society in a very negative way.

Paul Salem, in an article entitled "Politics and Culture: Toward an Arab Agenda

for the 21st Century," warned that we should not expect our path to democratization to be

similar to that of Eastern Europe, but that our democracy should be "homegrown." He

continues to say

Recent hopes that civil society organizations and institutions will be the engine for democratization, as was the case in central and Eastern Europe, has also proven exaggerated. To begin with, civil society, in large part, is not civil, democratic, tolerant, inclusive, pluralistic, voluntaristic and participatory as optimistic liberals would like to think. In Lebanon, civil society, in a sense, helped drag the society into civil war. In other countries, civil society is the seat of exclusionary, atavistic, authoritarian, patriarchal and other non-liberal groupings. Those institutions and organizations that we recognize as carrying civic values, and participating in pushing toward a civil and political system based on pluralism, rule of law and democracy, are indeed in the minority. Left to its own devices, civil society would probably drift away from liberal democracy toward other original forms of group association and value.88

Civil society does not necessarily need to be a melting pot, where all other

identities of its members are diluted or devalued, but rather it must be characterized by a

certain level of civility and tolerance that allows for diversities. However, the history of

the Lebanese society has never been one of a tolerant and cohesive coexistence, let alone

88 Paul Salem. Politics and Culture: Toward an Arab Agenda for the 21“ Century. Middle East Policy. Washington. (June, 1999), Vol. 6. Issue 4. 146-156.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 112

a melting pot. In fact, Lebanese society is marked by vertical cleavages, and, more

specifically, sectarian ones. There are currently 18 sects in Lebanon, belonging to two

major communities, the Christian and the Muslim. Along this cleavage line, many of the

Lebanese formal and informal institutions are split. The two communities are

differentiated from each other culturally, socially and politically. However, this

differentiation should not be understood in terms of religious differences alone, but in

terms of a long and complex historical process that goes back to the mid nineteenth

century, while its economic roots go as far back as the sixteenth century. The theoretical

explanation not withstanding, the current Lebanese society is seriously fractured across

the sectarian fault line and the Lebanese civil society reflects the same fractured image.

At the cultural level, sectarian differences are manifested in the use of languages, as

Christians, and in particular Maronite Christians, tend to be, and revel in being

Francophones. Congruent with this language differentiation is an ideological

differentiation about the identity of Lebanon. While Muslims insist that Lebanon is an

Arab country no less so than Syria, Jordan or Iraq, Maronite Christians tend to talk about

the special identity of Lebanon, and try to trace it back to the Phoenician people and talk

about ‘Lebanonism’ as opposed to ‘Arabism.’

At the social level, there has always been a sectarian geographical distribution of

the Lebanese population, Sunnis in Beirut, Tripoli and Saida, Maronites in Mount

Lebanon, Shi'as in the Beka'a and Akkar, and Druzes in the Chouf mountains, while the

Greek Orthodox are mainly in Koura, in North Lebanon. The war has not helped to

change this sectarian demographic distribution. On the contrary, it has reinforced it, as

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 113

thousands of people were displaced, and they usually retreated into their own sectarian

enclaves. However this geographic sectarianism, in turn, reinforced the other divisions

among other institutions: sectarian schools and universities and hospitals. Each

community developed its own institutions catering primarily to its own congregation.

However, the educational segregation had serious repercussions on the quality of

education for certain sectors of the population, as well as a disintegrating effect on the

young generations. Even financial institutions are segregated, and their funds are raised

from different sources, mainly Arab sources for the Muslims, and Western governments

and organizations, for the Christians.89 However, some cross-sectarian organizations of

civil society do exist in the country, and these are basically political parties, trade unions

and some non-governmental organizations and the media. Ideally, these are the elements

of civil society that play a major role in the democratization process by keeping a check

on the arbitrary power of the state and the market. The following discussion will present

a brief description of the state of affairs of these elements and the limitations and the

challenges that they face.

The State of the Media in Post-war Lebanon

Historically, the media in Lebanon have enjoyed a relatively high level of

freedom, and Beirut has always served as a haven for Arab dissidents to voice their

grievances against Arab governments. However, "the laws of 1962 sanctioned press

49 Samih Farsoun Cultural Pluralism and Social Class in Lebanon. In Toward a Viable Lebanon. Halim Barakat, ed., (Kent, Britain: Mackays of Chatham Ltd. 1998).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 114

freedom and set limits prohibiting the publication of news that endangered national

security, or attacked heads of state."90 During the early years of the war broadcasting

remained limited, but in the mid 1980s dozens of private radio and television stations

appeared on the airwaves. The publicly owned Lebanese Television was under strict

orders and restrictions not to broadcast any news that may threaten national security, or

undermine social cohesion. People turned to other, more reliable sources for their news,

and this gave rise to several unlicensed TV stations and radio stations. Unlicensed media

were a symbol of wartime anarchy, and tarnished the prestige of a state reclaiming its

authority.91 Other technical, economic and political factors mandated broadcasting

regulation and the Taif agreement that ended the war declared broadcast regulation a

priority for Lebanon’s government. The Audio-Visual Law of 1994

was the first of its kind in Lebanon. It legalized private broadcasting and revoked Tele-Liban's monopoly on television in Lebanon, but maintained that channels were the exclusive property of the state, and could only be leased. It reaffirmed media freedom, within the framework of the constitution, and mandated more local production. Broadcasting licenses were to be issued by the Council of Ministers, who set requirements and a two-month application deadline. Finally, the law established the National Council for Audio-Visual Media. Upon the recommendation of the above Council, the Council of Ministers reduced the number of private television stations from 60 to four and radio stations from ISO to 10, and recommended the suspension and closure of the media violating the Law.92

The decision of the Council of Ministers was met with objections from union

leaders, broadcasters, journalists, and intellectuals, and even some members of

90 Marwan Kraidi. Broadcasting Regulations and Civil Society in Post-war Lebanon. In Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media. Washington, 1998. Vol. 42, Issue 3,387-400 91 Marwan Kraidi. Ibid. 92 Ibid. Marwan Kraidi.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 115

Parliament. They accused government officials of violating the Lebanese constitution

which provides for freedom of speech, freedom of the press and freedom of association.

They accused Prime Minister Hariri of establishing an oligarchy in Lebanon, and dividing

the pie among the people in power, since the four television stations that were allowed to

continue functioning were distributed among the prime minister, the brother of the deputy

prime minister, and the speaker of the house, while the Lebanese Broadcasting

Corporation International (LBCI), previously owned by the , went to a

number of rich Lebanese investors. Kraidi believes that this convergence of political

power and media ownership, at the expense of civil society, constitutes a serious threat to

democracy in Lebanon.93

Unions and Syndicates

As with some other organizations in Lebanon, syndicates and unions fulfill

multiple functions: mediation, mobilization, and participation as well as pressure. Since

its legal inception, in 1946, the syndicate and union movement has been exposed to

fragmentation through the efforts of people in power who played on sectarian, political

and economic conflicting interests among unions and union leadership. There are

currently 31 syndicated unions in Lebanon that are divided into three types: general

unions, regional unions and sectoral unions. In a study of the current state of affairs of

unions in Lebanon, Haikal Al-Rahi says there are three dangers that threaten current and

93 Ibid. Marwan Kraidi. Ibid

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 116

future prospects of the union movement: fragmentation, the low level of membership, and

the low level of democratic practices within the unions.94

Al-Rahi attributes the fragmentation to legal, political and financial factors. As

for the legal factor, Lebanese law allows for people of different professions to have their

own union or syndicate, while it forbids people belonging to different professions from

belonging to the same union or syndicate. Politically, government officials try to exploit

any conflicting, personal interest within the movement to widen the rift, and thereby

weaken the unions. In addition, government officials give or withhold licenses

selectively, depending on the personal interest they derive from that favor, and depending

on how co-optable a union's prospects are. As for the financial factor, unions depend on

membership fees, but these are insignificant and suffer from the difficulty inherent in

collecting them, and government aid to unions is quite minimal. Many hint that some

private businesses and foreign embassies support certain unions discreetly, for their own

interests.

The second danger that threatens the movement is the low level of membership.

There are no accurate numbers or reliable statistics on the status of unions. However,

some studies estimate the current labor force at 1,200,000. Recent studies have put the

percentage of union membership at 16 percent of the labor force. This low rate is partly

due to employer pressure on their employees, to not join unions, under the threat of being

94 Haikal Al-Rahi. Development of the Union Movement in Lebanon. Unions and Professional Associations in Lebanon. Lebanese Association for Permanent Civil Peace. (Germany: Konrad Adenauer Foundation, Publishers, 1999), 39-58.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 117

fired. Besides, there is a general low level of education and awareness among these

workers that also affects their level of participation.

The third challenge is the low level of democratic practices and involvement of

members, in the absence of an immediate reward. Researchers on the subject note that

unions suffer from bad leadership: some leaders are underqualified and others are either

corrupt or under the thumb of some political patron unions. In addition, presidents and

members of the executive board or official committees tend to remain in office

indefinitely; some presidents have been in office since the very establishment of some

unions. There is also a lack of participation in the decision-making process among the

general membership which meet only once a year, when called to do so for the elections.

On the other hand, Shawkat Shtai95 remarks that there are three reasons for the

marginalization of unions in post-war Lebanon: the interference of the government in the

internal affairs of unions; the increase in the number of issues to be handled, and the

institutional weakness of the unions. Shtai accuses the Lebanese government of trying to

tame and fragment the labor movement. The splitting of the movement that occurred in

1996 was a case in point and a reflection of the power struggle among the political elite.

He continues to say that three weaknesses characterize the labor movement at present:

loss of autonomy, inability to determine its priorities, and lack of financial resources. He

adds that this situation does not only limit the contribution of the labor movement to the

development and revitalization of civil society but it also has negative effects on the other

95 Shawkat Shtai. Critical Questions in a stagnant State of the Unions. Ibid. 59-68.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 118

components of civil society, since it impedes cooperation and weakens the collective

bargaining power.

A study by Samir Khalaf on Labor unions in Lebanon shows that the

Confederation of Lebanese Labor, the largest of union federations, has failed to develop

labor consciousness and solidarity among the working class. He attributes that to

organizational fragmentation, personal rivalries, and opportunism among union leaders.

Furthermore, confederations, being under the control of pro-government politicians,

remained politically conservative and failed to challenge the prevailing political and

economic system. The failure of these unions to raise class consciousness and mobilize

labor around strictly class issues may account for the continuous fragmentation of the

movement and lead indirectly to the reinforcement of sectarian mobilization.96

Political Parties

There is a general consensus among scholars that there is no active political life in

Lebanon currently, that Lebanese society is passing through a political crisis

characterized by the absence of political parties, and that those that are present are in

crisis themselves. George Nassif, in an article on the crises of the Lebanese political

parties says that, in Lebanon there are two types of political parties: the confessional ones

and the ideological ones, and both are in crisis. The first types because they became a

tool in the hands of their confessional communities, and the latter are in crisis because

96 Samir Khalaf. Lebanese Labor Unions: Some Comparative Features. Middle East Economist Paper 1969, 133 & 136.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 119

their ideology has been marginalized or discredited, worldwide, or their ideologies have

become obsolete, and need structural revisions.

He adds that the confessional parties are currently suffering a "clientelist"

relationship with their constituencies. Those who join the party do it for a particular

service or favor. As for the ideological parties, the relationship with their constituency

has undergone some changes, and party members stick to it as a means of social

networking, and sometimes out of a nostalgic commitment. Nassif suggests that political

parties should get rid of their elitist attitude as the purported leaders of society, the only

people who can understand it and are able to save it. Parties should refrain from

retreating into history and judging current events on the basis of old positions and stands

that exacerbate sectarian problems. Parties should abandon the idea of molding Lebanese

society into one coherent whole, and start accepting diversity and differences. Parties

should also give up on the idea of the centrality of politics, and focus more on human

rights, environment issues and other concerns. Parties should forgo violence as a means

for change, and think more in terms of respect of the human being, as an individual and

as a member in a collectivity. Nassif suggests that political parties should answer six

basic questions. Each party should define its position vis-a-vis the post-Taif political

order, the Lebanese-Syrian relationship, the armed Islamic resistance in southern

Lebanon against Israel, the Christian community's current state of affairs, economic

policy and negotiations with Israel. Nassif thinks that by focusing in detail on these basic

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 120

issues, parties can move from the sweeping ideological and theoretical rhetoric to

effective action.97

Farid Al-Khazen, on the other hand, says that the current post-war political scene

in Lebanon is structurally different from earlier times. First, he sees that at the end of the

war, almost all of the parties were exhausted and in a double crisis. One which was

internal, as they had lost credibility with their constituencies, and the other which was

external, regarding their membership with other parties and general, non-partisan public

opinion. Second, he believes that post-war Lebanon has witnessed the emergence of

many radical parties with different Islamic ideologies, which are, in turn, faced with

opposition from both of the other Islamic parties and from other secular parties. The third

important feature of the current political life in his view is the absence of free competitive

politics among political parties, and the dominance of one political discourse that has

impeded the change of people in power.98

On a different note, Shawkat Shtai discusses the legal status of the Lebanese

political parties. He says that despite the fact that political parties are an old feature of

Lebanese political life, the Lebanese constitution does not have a separate law that covers

political parties. Rather, it allows for freedom of speech and opinion, and the freedom to

form associations, but it does not directly address the issue of political parties. What

Shtai finds dangerous in this respect is the blurring of the lines between political parties

97 George Nassif. Giving Up Six Directives. In Political Parties in Lebanon. Lebanese Foundation for Permanent Civil Peace. (Germany: Konrad Adenauer Foundation, Publ, 1998). ” Farid al-Khazen. In Political Parties in Lebanon. Lebanese Foundation for Permanent Civil Peace. (Germany: Konrad Adenauer Foundation, Publ, 1998), 133-142.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 121

and social organizations, inasmuch as they are governed by the same law. Thus, the

government can keep tight control over political parties, in terms of their establishment,

including the revocation of their licenses. A second issue that Shtai raises is that of

democratic practices within the political parties. He concludes that a study of the internal

laws of a number of political parties reveals that there is very little mention of the rights

of members, while the list of the duties of members is endless."

In an article on cultural pluralism and social class in Lebanon, Samih Farsoun

says that, ever since the early 1920s, Lebanon has had secular political parties namely:

the Communist Party of Lebanon (CPL); the National Syrian Socialist Party (NSSP),

which calls for the unity of greater Syria and the unity of all its people-Muslims,

Christians, Druze, Alawis and others. Another secular political party, which was formed

in 1940 by Druze leader Kamal Jumblat, namely the Progressive Socialist Party (PSP),

has remained Druze-based in membership, except for a few intellectuals from other sects.

More secular parties were formed in the 1950s, with the rise of Arab nationalism and

Nasserism. However, they were never able to organize except during the civil war, in

opposition to the conservative Christian parties. Farsoun concludes that "although the role

of the secular parties has not ended, it has again been marginalized."100

Using different labels, Antoine Messara writes on secular and sectarian Lebanese

political parties. He says that since the early years of Lebanese independence, one could

99 Shawkat Shtai., Ibid. 105-107. 100 Samih Farsoun. Cultural Pluralism and Social Class in Lebanon. In Towards a Viable Lebanon. Halim Barakat, ed., (Great Britain: Mackays of Chatham Ltd., 1998), 111.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 122

distinguish between two types of political parties in Lebanon: the radical ones who

questioned not only the political system but also Lebanon's very polity and its viability in

its present form, and the national parties, which were more involved in the domestic

political life, within the existing political framework. The major absent issue from both

discourses was the question of democracy, whether democratic practices in society, or

within the political parties and among them. The climax of Lebanese political parties'

activities was in the five years that pre-dated the civil war. In fact, the presence of the

Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO) in Lebanon had a great effect on the Lebanese

political forces that were allied against the Palestinian armed presence in Lebanon.

During the war years, Messara says that these political parties became tools in the hand of

the war machine. There were armed conflicts both among various political parties and

conflicts within a party, all of which had a negative effect on Lebanese society in general

and on the political parties themselves, as they began to lose their popular support and

credibility.101

Issam Naaman, in "The Current State of Affairs of Lebanese Political Parties,"

tries to assess the level of interaction between them. He says that, at the present time

there are no political alliances between parties. Parties do not agree on any common

vision, or on any shared political project. There were some temporary alliances preceding

the 1992 and 1996 elections, but these were arrived at for personal interests, and not for

the common good of the country. He believes that alliances that may serve national

101 Antoine Messara. In Political Parties in Lebanon. Lebanese Foundation for Permanent Civi! Peace. (Germany: Konrad Adenauer Foundation, Publishers, 1998), 22.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 123

peace should be forged among parties that have a cross-national base, and go beyond

sectarian representation.102

The above literature paints a very dark picture of the status of political parties

today in Lebanon. When added to the media images and the fragmented syndicate and

labor union movement, the picture becomes even darker and the prospects for democracy

grow more faint. The state of the NGOs will be discussed in Chapter Six.

The State of the Environment and Sustainable Human Development

The last component of the BBSD approach is a sustainable environment. The

Ministry of the Environment in Lebanon is a relatively recently created one. It was

established in 1993, in response to intensive lobbying and pressure from NGOs.

However, it is currently being threatened with closure and possible merger with the

Ministry of Rural and Municipal affairs. Since its creation, the Ministry of the

Environment has been constrained by a limited budget, staff and operational resources.

In addition, many of its functions overlap the works of other ministries and public

entities, which render the decision-making process difficult, and the enforcement of laws

rather weak. Hence, its effectiveness and its authority have been limited to a consultative

status rather than an executive one, a reflection of the marginalization of environmental

issues by the Lebanese government. Even when an active minister, supportive of

102 Issam sleiman. Ibid, 102-106.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 124

environmental issues, such as minister Shehayyeb, is in office, decisions regarding certain

environmental violations, were overridden by orders from high authority.

The Lebanese civil war has had devastating effects on the Lebanese environment.

The UNDP report on the state of the environment in Lebanon describes the negative and

severe effects of the war on land resources, pollution levels and the ecosystem through

"unplanned urbanization, land abandonment, degradation of terraced land, forest

destruction and fires, destruction of fish spawning grounds, saline water intrusion into

aquifers, dumping of solid and liquid wastes in land and in coastal waters, air and noise

pollution from vehicles and privately owned electricity generators, urban encroachment

on coastal plains, dispersion of toxic elements into the environment, as a result of chaotic

utilization of chemicals in both industry and agriculture, and neglect of sites of cultural

heritage and natural scenery."103

One obstacle to sound environmental policies has been the misunderstanding

among officials and the public about the meaning of the term ‘environment,’ it being

understood as obligations of people towards nature, rather than their obligations towards

each others and towards future generations. Another concern is that dealing with the

environment has been viewed as the sole responsibility of the government rather than that

of society in general. The report notes that environmental degradation is worsening in the

country’, due to a limited natural resource base, increasing population and inefficient

national environmental policies, practices and management. Environmental degradation

103 United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) Report, 1996.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 125

threatens economic growth and human well-being, and it needs urgent attention, along

with a political will to reverse it. The report notes that NGOs have been active in raising

awareness about sustainable development, and getting involved in local action programs

dealing with aforestation, waste management and urban management. However, it finds

that their work remains limited and, so far, they have not launched any coordinated

initiatives regarding their involvement in environmental management at the national

level.

Abdallah Zakhia, an attorney and a life-time activist in human rights and

environmental issues, says that ever since 1920 Lebanon has had a plentiful supply of

laws regarding the environment. However, they are in need of updating and

consolidating, to facilitate enforcement and to stay abreast of advances in science and

technology. Furthermore, there is the need for the political will to enforce these laws and

restrain the abusers. As with the UNDP report, Zakhia notes that the Lebanese war has

been detrimental to the Lebanese environment. He adds that what makes the situation

more lamentable is the circumvention of laws in favor of some people who are politically

or financially influential. Lebanon witnessed the destruction of its most beautiful

forested mountains that have been turned into quarries. The abuse is not limited to one

area of Lebanon, but covers various regions, most of them touristic sites. The

government seems unable to reverse the trend, either because of a lack of political clout

or because of an illicit agreement with the abusers. The Lebanese coastline has been

exposed to a virtual environmental onslaught. Big investment projects have turned the

seashore into a block of concrete at Jounieh Bay and have blocked the view to the sea

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 126

along tens of miles. Sea-fills in Dbayyeh have turned public property over to the hands

of government and private investors, thus depriving the common people of access to the

seashore. Influential people from the south have continued to dredge sand from the sea to

use or sell for construction. Solid waste management is almost non-existent, as

evidenced by the littered streets, polluted beaches and floating refuse at sea.

The depletion and degradation of fresh water is seriously threatening the health

and life of the population, and 89 out of 200 spring sources are classified as polluted or

pollution prone. Lakes and sources of water and rivers are also polluted, due to the lack

of a sanitary means of waste management and disposal. The Lebanese air is in no better

state, since uninspected cars and the smoke of factories all along the coastline render the

air unhealthy, and the Lebanese in increasing numbers are suffering from breathing and

lung ailments. Deforestation is another threat to the Lebanese environment, since by now,

the percentage of forest areas in Lebanon is 5 percent, which is 15 percent short of what

is considered healthy and sustainable. In the midst of a very densely populated area in the

Dawrah district thousands of tons of fuel are stored in huge containers. Any small

accident could prove fatal to hundreds of thousands of people who live in the area. There

is no careful or constant control over the use of insecticides and fertilizers, which may be

hazardous to man, and to animals. A council charged with the control of the import and

use of insecticides and fertilizers has been impeded by importers of these products, while

the work of the council responsible for food quality monitoring, and product control is

still very limited. Although a law was passed in 1995 preventing the hunting o f small

birds, hunters and importers of hunting equipment lobbied strongly for its abrogation and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 127

were successful. Fishermen continue to use dynamite in their fishing, a process that

threatens sea life for years to come. Lebanon has a problem with waste management,

whether regular residential garbage, industrial waste products of factories or toxic waste

imported by militia members who were paid by foreign governments to dispose of it in

Lebanon. Despite the fact that Lebanon has signed international agreements regarding

some protected areas in Lebanon, such as the Ehden Forest, the Palm Islands of Tripoli

and the Barouk Forest, these protected areas remain under great pressure from activities

backed by local politicians.104

The above description presents a picture of the state of the environment that is

much less than desirable. The government, for lack of resources, commitment and

political will, continues to procrastinate on passing the new environmental code, on the

enforcement and application of existing laws, and on launching an aggressive campaign

against violators and abusers. Environmental issues continue to be marginalized on the

government list of priorities; in conclusion, the dismantling of the Ministry of the

Environment would be a death knell to the environment.

This chapter has provided the reader with a brief history of Lebanon from the

early days of independence (1943) until the present time. Special attention was given to

the Taif Agreement due to its importance in determining the political and economic life

of post-war Lebanon. This chapter also has offered a description of the state of the

economy, the political scene and the environment in post-war Lebanon. This description

104 Abdallah Zakhia. Environmental Issues in Lebanon and Human Rights. Lebanese Studies Presented to Josenh Moehaizel. (Beirut An-Nahar Press Publishers, 1996), 274-292.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 128

is based on UNDP reports on the state of sustainable human development in Lebanon, as

well as on NGO reports and other literature on the subject. This description will be used

in the assessment of the contributions of advocacy NGOs to the development process.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. CHAPTER FIVE

LEBANESE ADVOCACY NGOS

There is no exact figure on the current number of NGOs in Lebanon. Estimates

vary from a low of 2,000 to a high of 12,000. In the absence of reliable government

figures, the general impression among people in the field is that the number has been

multiplying rapidly. This impression may be erroneous. Many organizations which were

dormant prior to the war years have revitalized themselves and reactivated and renewed

their efforts, due to the emerging needs created by the war, and the pouring into Lebanon

of international aid and funding for welfare and relief. Many organizations which were

first centered in big cities have branched out to other regions, and many which had been

focusing on one issue have widened their scope of work to cover new, emerging needs

and issues. There has also been an increase in the number of people joining NGOs,

especially among the young generation.

As civil war continued and the militias consolidated their positions, many of Lebanon's younger generation began to look to the NGO sector as the only remaining one embodying public, civic virtues. As a result, volunteers flocked to it in droves. By and large, the younger generation continues to look upon the NGO sector with hope. In post-war Lebanon, they are beginning to provide the NGO world with new and bold ideas.105

I0S Paul Salem &Maya Araji. Associational Life and Public Space in Beirut: Dialectics of Unity and Diversity, (manuscript) Beirut: The Lebanese Center for Policy Studies, with Support from the Rockefeller Foundation, 1997.

129

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 130

Fadia Kiwan says that women in greater numbers are joining NGOs and, while in

earlier days it was only women from the elite class who were involved in charity work

and philanthropic activities, today it is the middle-class women who constitute the

majority of the NGO constituency, and who flock to volunteer work to make themselves

heard and articulate their evolving needs, as a result of changes in their roles and

responsibilities.106 In recent years, some NGOs have dealt with issues that are popular

globally, such as the environment, human rights, women's rights, democracy and

development, all of which generate media coverage, thus giving them additional

exposure. There has also been a surge in interest in NGOs ail over the world, especially

on the part of international institutions and donors. This interest highlights the role of

NGOs and requires the government to allow some space in the public domain for them to

shine as partners, which in turn allows the government to appear more democratic on the

international scene.

As noted above, NGOs in Lebanon began as charity and relief organizations

which were closely related to religious institutions. Early in the middle of the nineteenth

century, "foreign missions encouraged the creation of these associations, under whose

protection they were able to operate. They founded schools, and health centers and they

sent students to study abroad."107 The newly formed organizations played an important

106 Fadia Kiwan. Women’s Work in Civil Associations. (Beirut: Friedrick Ebert and The Lebanese Women’s Council, 1994), 32. 107 Salem & Araji. Associational Life and Public Space in Beirut. Dialectics of Unity and Diversity, (manuscript) Beirut: The Lebanese Center for Policy Studies, with Support from the Rockefeller Foundation, 1997.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 131

part in the medical, educational, social, and economic life of the Lebanese people, in

particular the Christian community, a fact that inspired Muslim notables to start their own

organizations, in order to overcome the disparity in the state of affairs between the two

communities. Kamel Mhanna, in a study of NGOs in Lebanon, remarks that the age of

NGOs differs substantially in terms of their geographical distribution. He says that in

Beirut and the mountains, association life goes back to more than ISO years, 120 years in

Sidon and Tripoli, 30 years in the Chouf mountains and 25 years in the south Beka’a and

Beirut suburbs. He attributes this difference in the ages of these groups to the differential

level of the state of affairs, socially and economically, in the various Lebanese regions.

In his opinion, this reflects an unbalanced development policy, as well as a major defect

in the Lebanese state policy in handling these discrepancies, thus forming one of the

major causes of the 1975 war.108

Overview of Lebanese NGOs in General

A study by Shahida al-Baz of a sample of 150 active NGOs in Lebanon shows

that only 8 percent of these organizations were established between 1990 and 1995, and

18.7 percent were established during the war years. The rest go back to more than 25

years. According to al-Baz, as with most Arab countries, her study shows a high

concentration of NGOs in urban areas, namely large cities like Beirut and Tripoli. She

attributes this to the fact that, in the early years, the NGOs were an elite initiative,

l0> Kamel Mhanna. The Role of NGOs in Social Development, (manuscript), 1995.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 132

whether of men or women, and inasmuch as NGO efforts started as charity work, only

people who were well-off and educated could afford to donate money and time, and these

people were mainly city dwellers. The al-Baz study shows that 78 percent of NGO

activities focus on urban areas, which confirms the earlier-mentioned discrepancy of the

uneven and unfair distribution of NGO work, and the deprivation of certain areas, namely

southern Lebanon and the Beka'a, as beneficiaries. The al-Baz study shows 18 types of

activities that Lebanese NGOs engage in: children’s activities, health, education, charity,

rehabilitation, youth activities, cultural, activities for the disabled, religious, activities for

senior citizens, women’s activities, environmental organizations, relief organizations,

women's issues activities, human rights activities, rural and urban development, and

family planning. Al-Baz notes that the work of the NGOs in Lebanon is still service and

charity-oriented, which she attributes to the philanthropic origin of NGOs, and to the

religious foundations that emphasize charity and caring for the poor. At the same time, it

is a reflection of the increased prevalence of poverty, as well as the ever-increasing gap

between the classes.

Among many findings of the al-Baz study is that, despite the fact that there is an

internal practice of democratic procedure within the organizations, this remains more like

ritualistic than democratic. The same presidents and boards of directors tend to remain in

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 133

office, despite yearly elections, and the decision-making process is usually concentrated

in the hands of the same few people.109

A study by Fadia Kiwan, using a sample of 116 organizations skewed towards

women’s organizations, shows similar results in terms of the number of organizations

recently established as well as in relation to the focus of the activities being mainly on

social and charity work. Kiwan concludes that women’s organizations in Lebanon

generally focus on local issues rather than national ones. They address immediate

problems, rather than long-term strategies. They lack an evaluation procedure and

concentrate on service activities. She notes that women in these organizations tend to

stay away from political issues, and that they lack political awareness. Like al-Baz, she

notes that women's issues, environmental issues, and human rights issues have either

been absent from, or very low on the agendas of the older organizations. Both authors

agree that there is more advocacy activity among the newer organizations.110

A study by Antoine Haddad of 13 members of an umbrella organization, which

was conducted to identify the main socio-economic challenges that face Lebanon today

and the role that the group could play with regard to these challenges, shows that most of

the NGOs today concentrate their activities on the sectors of education, health and

vocational training. The highest percentage of beneficiaries is located in the capital city

109 Shahida al-Baz. Arab NGOs on the threshold of the twentv-first Century. (Cairo: International Press,. 1997). "° Shahida ai-Baz. Ibid.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 134

and its suburbs. Their main targets are low-income, poor and deprived groups.

Haddad shows that with varying degrees of importance, the different NGOs

identified nine main areas of challenge that face Lebanon today. The main areas were

inflation/poverty/unemployment (26 percent), displacement (15 percent), education (11

percent), reconstruction (11 percent), and health (7 percent). He notes that most of these

organizations are not aware of ways to meet these challenges with "programatic" action.

Haddad says that although all NGOs surveyed in his study have a general assembly and

some form of elected governing body, still "the level of participation of the constituencies

is generally weak, and the level of mobilization is generally low."111

He continues, saying "In the post-war period, NGOs are aware that they face an

identity crisis. Some, not to say a few, are now awakening to the consciousness of

turning their interventions to the broader concept of sustainable human development.”112

This, he suggests, is why most of the NGOs are trying to rejuvenate themselves by giving

new definition to their mission statements, objectives, and forms of interventions.

Haddad says that most organizations perceive a potential role for themselves in the post­

war rehabilitation and reconstruction period in Lebanon. “They identify several tasks that

they can carry out, such as acting as intermediary groups between the government and the

population, acting as pressure groups on the government, sharing in the national decision­

making process, and in the role of the government in the provision of services.”

Antoine Haddad.. Lebanese NGOs: Guidelines for a Common Strategy, (manuscript). 199S. IS. 112 Antoine Haddad. Ibid, 4.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 135

However, NGOs state that they face several restraints in shifting from relief to

development. These constraints include factors such as the lack of statistics, the lack of

expertise, the decrease in available funds, and the absence of cooperation within the NGO

community itself, and with governmental organizations.113

A study by Sharara and Bizri on the work of women in NGOs poses the question

whether Lebanese women add something new to social work. Their hypothesis is that by

penetrating the sectarian system through a denunciation of personal status laws, and by

employing a higher level of democratic practices among women, the efforts of women in

social work will yield a new phenomenon, social cohesion. While their findings are not

conclusive, they seem to show that women’s organizations and women's work in these

organizations are no more democratic than men’s, if not less democratic in their practices.

Besides, inasmuch as many women’s organizations are still traditional in their approaches

and very few have a ’transformational’ vision, their contributions to the change in the

patriarchal gender system, and hence the sectarian system, are still very limited.114

The above review of the literature on NGOs in Lebanon illustrates the consensus

among researchers about the traditional role that Lebanese NGOs are still playing.

However, it is worth noting here that recently a few organizations have seemed to be

headed away from charity and relief and directed towards development and advocacy.

113 Antoine Haddad. Ibid, 21. 114 Azzat Sharara Bevdoun and Dalai Bizri. Women in Social Work. Part II. (Beirut: Oxfam and European Union, 1998).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 136

Those organizations, although they may still be few in number, are leaving their

distinctive mark on the future social change in Lebanon. What are these organizations?

What are their general characteristics in terms of age, organizational practices, gender and

religious constituencies? What form of advocacy do they practice? What is their

financial status in terms of budget and sources of funding? What sort of relationships do

they have with the government and with the other local and foreign organizations? What

are their internal and external challenges? And finally, what are the issues that they are

raising, and how relevant are these issues to sustainable human development?

General Characteristics of the Organizations Studied

Age and Organizational Background of the Organizations

In order to determine the age of the organizations studied, the beginning and the

end of the war years in Lebanon (1975-1990) were used to provide a time-frame. Three

categories of organizations were established: pre-war organizations, war-years

organizations, and post-war organizations. Among the organizations interviewed was the

first organization, founded in 1936, the Union pour la Protection de I'Enfance au Liban

(UPEL), followed by two other organizations established in the 1940s: the Committee

For Women’s Rights (CWR) and the Lebanese Union for Child Welfare (LUCW). The

newest organization among those interviewed is the Generation for the Integration of

Lebanon (GIL), a youth organization that was established in 1998. Table 1 shows

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 137

TABLE 1 AGE OF ORGANIZATIONS VIS-A-VIS WAR

Types of

Organizations Prewar War Post W ar Total

Environment 0 1 6 7

Human rights 0 4 4 8

Women 2 1 3 6

Children 5 1 1 7

Youth 1 0 2 3

Elderly 2 1 0 3

Disabled 1 4 2 7

Democracy 0 1 1 2

Drugs 0 2 0 2

Total 11 15 19 45

Percentage 24.44% 33.33% 42.22%

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 138

that, out of 45 organizations interviewed, 11 were established before the war (24.44

percent), 15 organizations were established during the war years (33.33 percent) and 19

organizations were established in the post-war years (44.22 percent).

Environmental Organizations

Six out of seven environmental organizations were established in the post-war

period. During the war years, despite the damage and destruction, environmental issues

remained marginal compared to the significant losses in human life, personal injury, and

destruction of property and means of subsistence. The post-war interest in the

environment corresponds to the realization of the extensive damage sustained during the

war, and to the worldwide interest in environmental issues, especially after the 1992

Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. During the war years there was no effective

central government that could apply and enforce environmental laws, nor was there any

formal entity to which environmental activists could address their complaints.

The various militias which acted as the de facto rulers of that period were

themselves the main abusers of the environment through armed destruction and foreign

business deals. "After the war we were shocked by the deteriorating conditions of the

environment; we met for eight months with people involved in the field. The government

was absent vis-a-vis this issue," said Gaby Bustros of SOS Environment (SOSE). "Our

first visit to Lebanon was in November 1994. We were asked by the Green Line

organization to come to the port of Beirut and look at two containers of toxic waste," said

Ziad Gebara of Greenpeace. "We started our effort in 1995. We started with schools,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 139

through a recycling program. After the war, people lost interest in politics, and were

more interested in coming together around projects," said Paul Abi Rached of Teutons

Ensemble de Realiser un Reve a nos Enfants (TERRE). "We started our effort in 1983.

The country was going down the drain. I am an art collector and I felt the need to

preserve our heritage," said Saidi of the Society for the Protection of Nature in Lebanon

(SPNL), one of the first environmental organizations in Lebanon. "Our director Andrea

Munla started this initiative in 1996. She used to teach environmental issues in schools,

and found that there was not enough information on the subject, so she established this

Environmental Information Center (EIC) as an off-shoot of the SPNL, with a grant from

the UNDP and LIFE program,” said Ghada Mitri, the coordinator of the center.

Human Rights Organizations

Of eight human rights organizations, four were established during the war years,

and four in the post-war period. No doubt the Lebanese civil war had prompted the

initiation of most of these organizations, for various reasons. "In 1996, a group of

secular-oriented lawyers started the effort, shocked by the violence in Lebanon. They

wanted peace through non-violent means. Lebanon was like a jungle, without any laws or

law enforcement, at the time," said Juliette Wakim, executive director of the Association

Libanaise des Droits de VHomme (ALDHOM.). "The work was initiated in 1996," said

Waleed Saliba of the Movement for Human Rights (MHR),

We were among the first who worked on . We were convinced that our society suffers from a number of malfunctions and we believed we could make a difference. We could have joined other organizations or chosen

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 140

other violent means, but we felt that a humanitarian goal can never be achieved through violence. The civil war in Lebanon proved ineffective in achieving our mission, not only from an ethical point of view, but also from a practical point of view.

Ghassan Mukhaiber, on the other hand, said that in 1990 and 1991, there were

gross violations of human rights, many people were taken prisoner by the Ministry of

Defense without a fair trial. An ad hoc group was formed to coordinate with the order of

lawyers, and an emergency committee was formed to defend those prisoners. The

government and the Syrian intelligence service forced the lawyers to dissolve this

committee. So, he felt the need to "incorporate."

On a completely different note, but one which is also related to violence and war,

Muhammad Safa, general secretary for the follow-up committee for the support of

Lebanese detainees in Israeli prisons, said,

I was a political prisoner in the Ansar camp in South Lebanon. My personal experience was among the factors involved in initiating this effort. In the beginning, we established "the Detainees of Ansar Committee." But after the Ansar camp was closed, the Israelis established the Khiam detention camp. We started working for the liberation and the improvement of the conditions of the Khiam detainees. After the civil war was over, we established our current association.

Women’s Organizations

Out of six advocacy women’s organizations studied, two were established before

the war, one during the war, and three after the war. The age of the organizations studied

spread over a period of 50 years, starting with the early years of independence, and

continuing up to 1997, following the Beijing, China conference on women1 s rights. The

common trend among these organizations is their advocacy role regarding women's

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 141

rights, whether civil, political, social or economic. The right to vote and the right to be

elected were among the first issues advocated by these groups. "The committee started

its work in 1948," said Linda Matar, president of the Committee for Women's Rights.

We submitted our papers to the ministry in the forties and we got our '‘permit" in the seventies." Of the founders, there is only one woman still alive. The founders were mostly Christian women from Ashrafieh, and we started with campaigns for the elections. We gathered signatures asking for the right to vote, and the right to be elected. From the beginning, our work has been geared towards advocacy, rather than services.

Then came reproductive rights and women's awareness about family planning. "We came

to advocacy from services and development," said Toufic Osseiran, executive director of

the Lebanese Family Planning Association (LFPA). "We service, develop, train and

lobby. We lobbied for the use of contraceptives, as well as for pre-marital medical

exams."

Despite the fact that the personal status law was raised by Laure Moghaizel in the

1970s, it was only after the war that the issue gained momentum. This could be due to

the Lebanese sectarian system. "We are plagued by sectarianism," said Wadad

Shakhtoura, president of the Lebanese Democratic Women's Assembly (LDWA). "The

law for civil marriage did not pass, though there was quite a potential. There are vested

material and power interests related to these laws. Religious courts make a lot of money,

and politicians take advantage of them." Along with the personal status law came issues

related to discrimination in the working place and in the labor laws. "I am one of the

founders," said Ikbal Doughan, president of the Working Women's League. "Many

members are co-workers. We felt that women's role is changing, while laws and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 142

institutional support is still stagnant. We felt the need to help women meet the new

challenges.”

There is no doubt that the Beijing conference had a tremendous effect on the surge

of women’s advocacy efforts, both at the non-governmental level and at the governmental

level. During the two years preceding the Beijing Conference, efforts by female NGOs

paralleled those that were initiated by the government. Members of the National

Committee for Women, headed by the Lebanese first lady, the national non-governmental

Committee for Women, and the Lebanese Women Council, all joined hands to prepare

for the conference. In the post-Beijing years, they joined together again to work on a

national strategy for the implementation of the Beijing recommendations. Work has not

always been smooth among these three bodies, as the National Committee for Women

was dissolved with the change of the Lebanese presidency, and a new organization was

formed, again headed by the new first lady, with 24 members, including a few women

activists with the remainder being the wives of ministers and parliamentarians.

Organizations for Children

Out of seven organizations that are involved in children’s advocacy work, five

were established before the war years, one during the war, and one in the post-war period.

This demonstrates the traditional nature of NGO work during the pre-war years and the

predominance of health and educational services then which were primarily concerned

with the children. Despite the fact that most of these organizations were established

before the war, it was only after the war that their strategy changed from services to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 143

advocacy. The International Convention on the Rights of the Child and the ratification by

the Lebanese government of its declaration pushed these organizations in this direction.

Since its founding in 1936, the Union Pour la Protection de I'Enfance au Liban (UPEL),

or the Lebanese Union for the Protection of Juvenile Delinquents, has been striving to

provide services for the country’s greatly expanding and high-risk adolescent age group.

Many of them are exposed to delinquency, due to family-based, social and economic

factors. "The problem we are fighting is rooted in the alarming situation left by the war"

reads one of their main publications.115 Albert Zoghby of St. Vincent de Paul remarked,

"We have had a presence in Lebanon since I860. We are an affiliate of an international

organization that started in France in 1832." In 1948, the general council for UNESCO

met in Lebanon. In response to an initiative by the International Union for the Welfare of

the Child, a decision was made to establish a union that would comprise all the

organizations that were involved in child welfare. "In 1949, the Lebanese Union for

Child Welfare was bom. It was the first union established in the Arab world. It was also

a pioneer in children's issues. It started with a few organizations, and kept growing, to

consist of 48 organizations, at the present time,” reads one of their documents.116 “I am

the president of the National Agency for the Lebanese Child (NALC) and the president of

the Association for the Welfare of the Lebanese Child. The latter was started by my

mother in 1937. It was the first organization that established a nursery in the Arab world.

1,5 Lebanese union for Child Welfare (Brochure). 2. 116 National Agency for the Lebanese Child, (Brochure), 2.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 144

We were the first to address the issue of the disabled child as well as the gifted child,"

said Nour Salman. One of the many brochures that the organization publishes reads:

Save the Children has been operating in Lebanon since 1953. During the civil war, Save the Children in Lebanon responded to the needs of the country by providing emergency relief to over 200,000 beneficiaries. With the coming of peace, Save the Children has been instrumental among non-govemmental organizations, in shifting from relief to a community-based approach. Save the Children in Lebanon has introduced integrated programs in basic education, economic opportunities, and institutional development.117

"Although we started our work before the war, it was in 1992 that we were

officially established. We did not want to be one more organization, like all the others,

and we wanted to make a difference and base our work on statistics and a new approach

towards child welfare," said Dr. Elie Choueifati of AUXILIA. "We spent a long time

thinking and analyzing, before we started this effort," he added.

Youth Organizations

Of three youth organizations that were interviewed, two were post-war

organizations, and one, the Mouvement Social (MS), was a product of the early 1960s. It

was established through the initiative of Bishop Gregoire Haddad, at the time of President

Fouad Chehab (1958-1962), a great supporter of non-govemmental associations. Bishop

Haddad was nicknamed the Red Bishop due to his leftist political inclinations and his

continuous support of cross-sectarian groups, the lower classes and Palestinian refugees.

117 Save the Children ( Brochure),3

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 145

Although before the war, the movement was multi-issue-oriented, and during the war it

focused on emergency and relief efforts, it was not until after the war that it focused

almost exclusively on the Lebanese youth, and, in particular, their plight due to

unemployment. The two other youth organizations interviewed have different interests

and different foci. GIL is mainly interested in reconciliation among the new generation,

and in particular among persons of different religions. The Youth Association for Social

Awareness (YASA) was initiated by a group of university students who had lost a friend

in a traffic accident. This personal experience had led them to focus on traffic safety, to

encourage avoidance of one of the major risks that threaten the lives of the young in the

country.

Organizations for the Elderly

The three organizations for the elderly that were interviewed were established

long before the war years. This reveals the nature of work that had earlier concerned

traditional organizations. Basically they started as service-oriented institutions, providing

services and shelter to elderly people who had no one to support them. The three

organizations are associated with either church or mosque, and it is only very recently

that they have moved partially from services to advocacy, encouraged by the international

interest in the issue, and the declaration of 1999 as the year of the third age, i.e. the

elderly.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 146

Organizations for the Disabled

The selection of the organizations interviewed was highly influenced by media

reporting, since the time the research was being conducted, coincided with the passage of

the new law for the disabled. Reporting in the media on the event featured the names and

activities of activists and lobbyists on the subject. There is a general consensus among

disabled people, the general public, and social activists, that there are organizations that

are grass-root, and active in the lobbying process, and other organizations that are more

traditional in their approach, which concentrate mainly on services and lobby the

government for increases in subsidies for their own institutions as service-providers.

Seven organizations for the disabled were interviewed. Two were founded in the late

1970s, and the rest are the product of the 1980s and the 1990s. While most of the pre-war

organizations for the disabled were initiatives by non-disabled people, it is significant

that, except for the organizations that deal with mental impairment, the initiative for the

other organizations has mainly been led by one of the disabled people themselves. This

highlights the importance of personal experience, and the personal commitment derived

from lobbying for one's own needs. In addition, the one organization that is headed by a

non-disabled doctor is also a product of a personal experience since this doctor is the

father of two mentally retarded children. No doubt the war has increased the number of

disabled persons in Lebanon, and this in turn, has prompted more activity around the

issue.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 147

Political Awareness Organizations

Both organizations active in promoting democracy and political participation were

interviewed. I believe that there are more organizations involved in this type of work;

however, these were the two organizations that were the most vocal, and the most

productive, as evidenced by the media coverage and their reputation among the NGO

community. “After twenty years of no democracy in Lebanon, it was high time for us to

start this effort and mobilize people to run and participate in the elections. We started

this effort in 1996," said Paul Achkar, a member and deputy director general of the

Lebanese Association for Democratic Elections. Dr. Antoine Messara, a lawyer, a

sociologist and a recipient of multiple doctoral degrees, as well as the head of the

Lebanese Foundation for Permanent Peace, said,“We started our work in 1987. We are

trying to rebuild our collective memory, to learn a lesson from the terrible war. Our

country is very sectarian. That is why we need civic education, without ideologies. We

need a new philosophy for our educational programs.”

Anti-drug Organizations

Two of six organizations that deal with drug abuse issues in Lebanon were

interviewed. It should be noted that not all six organizations are engaged in advocacy

work. Oum al Nour and Soins Infirmieres et Development Communotaire (SIDC) were

both initiated during the war years; their origin has a logical explanation, as the militias

used drugs to attract and keep young fighters motivated for the irrationality an atrocities

of war. Elie Araj, a nurse by profession, said that he started working in 1987 on multiple

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 148

issues, but by 1992, when the organizations were formally established, they focused

mainly on drug issues. Elie Wheibe, president of the Oum al Nour organization for the

past ten years, said that while he was a volunteer in CARITAS, a friend of his in the

village died of an overdose. "This led me to start this initiative, in 1989, at the tail end of

the war."

Organizational Practices

All of the organizations interviewed enjoy a legal status, meaning that they are

registered with the government, either as non-profit organizations or as public utility

organizations or, when the government did not grant a permit for one of those, they might

be registered as a private group. Organizations that faced this difficulty were mainly

those in the human rights category, about whose work the government felt uncomfortable.

However, all but three of the organizations, which are regional offices for international

organizations (Greenpeace, Terre des Hommes and Save the Children), have a board of

directors, a president, a general assembly and informal volunteers whose numbers ebb

and flow in response to projects and needs. They all hold annual elections for members

of the board, an event usually attended by a representative of the government. A

president's term ranges from one year to four years. However, a few presidents have been

in office for longer periods. In spite of the provisions of the written internal by-laws,

organizational practices in general are rather informal, and some of these organizations

even lack a formal structure as seen in, Table 2.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. without prohibited reproduction Further owner. copyright the of permission with Reproduced

ITABLE2 V i £ ■2 6 £ 3 ■a < •a z o a a w Cl u >« M a & 0 s e 01 u u V s ! o s u 'Type of O re a n n a a a n 1 a 0 h* I Gender I s *3 •3 cS 2 a ■3 J >1 3 “3 jb 3 ’H *5 3 £ ■3 a S e B i B w e a s u i S B ------g - J <3 | 6 •§ c u o s u G 8 - g - C/1 o < < (5 (i B B & V* im ■C'. "o 1 £ IE pi- £ 1 pu. V*»»¥ i S *!(• i ^ •si R* & tl'V £f $ 1 1 5? SP & P K 1 ■4. e f*

- - as o 2 - 3 ‘3 . i mm t 73 £ 73 .3 ■e i & < O «J M a 0 b 1 B W IA w O u o s 3 B S J I •S - - - 1 •8 •8 ■a '* 7 •St j? 1 3 «■ § VJ - - - o 9 a *S 6 4 •S ■M J3 O 5 1 9 «• M 2 0. 2 0 b u § B b V o i

§ ■3 J O u a o a •—l j 2 1 B. "a ~a 1 *B s § o w O s - - C i 2 £ j € > o - - - - ( J i « | 1 TJ u. m 149 1 0 e o 9 - - tn 9 1 • C«» srr- u* (SI vj; ' § s 9 V*4 1 i it j 8 ■U5 s i hr i*-' 1 M. i •i*r j i ijf j-li i i o 1 3 s : p r* e so e .o «r: r* : 4 •ici \b* •p % i :g i 'O - i '•‘.M *Xi 1 to i'ti u 1 t i i © fit i yJ r~Z o £ o O ■6 «n 1 I '-r So T7 >at 1 ■ 100.00% 1 - - - - 1 - 7 a* 1 < | ? f mi ja > 0 o e u s u o E B s - «*a 1 4 li o 0 E e 1 u 0 _l - - - o i - O •a J3 ’o J3 1 3 0 E S «* o § 0 5 u c u V 9 B B ------7 i f | -4 7 J3 9 0 M o 1 e B s O B B O £ ? 's O | M o E o u - 4 u O O •5 is - +7 z O O O £ ^4 .0 B 0 B o i C B § B '■T*- 7' : P *T^ •r 4/. :2 W Wi . v !*>«•1 1 i3r i • c - i 'rrf ’-r •Of e n; •V- v> i A sn O '■u* ,r V; r*i V &3 ■r o a 7 . AO s .8 * i ' •:Jr •-> .--i I 7$. ■_*y .Pf 1 ♦n ' o t** i m* s 7 i •n l t SI / o 8 & s S3 SI h /4 IV b ------j3 S o u g •3 3 H a a K g B S - - 1 -8 | I 5 ■3 | i s V 3 § 0 5 j 1 - - - s si 1 4 1 3 I «

- - 3 - - - - o js p £ o ^3 *o 1 J X) w % a o e u « u u >7 - £ ►4 0 - o 3 7J 1 4? ■s 41 s u >. w t> o B a 9 B B *7 $ Z •y < < *T z z *7 s < < 1 < < < S2l -S «i 1 *y ►7 *7 »7 7 < ►y *7 < < £ < < o VJ -s 3 t > «l B e <« ! M -o o JO it: V; © lV_ ■K ,1* © to p 3 tW. 7T V 55 4. s o s a B >• o 8 8 i? ■S S o 8 8 t I 8 -IT 8 8 3 8 8 8 n 8 o i? mm t J % J B 100.00V. I % 'iSfir 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 l 1 l 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 6 4 . 8 8 rl0 0 d 0 % 1; ’ 100j00%'; 6 0 0 .0 0 % M %h m 9 6 jd 9 ■Q stom ■ ^ d ^ tii i6 x » % ? M aotoo& i 1100AW%'- ‘■Vyri Ot^y ‘■Vyri i& M K i ifejTr’iE \ f y 0 i& i't& fc hoxto%?i .~tL% ■0.00%S ■* fe^>d;/>V -’0,00% ^ m & m rojooneii s $ $ o M idtdofe • m m & loojdo% fe jM b. ^ ii» 'll ' m n e m s - 1 1 1 t 3 % k % Constituency Gender M I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 6 0 0 . . 5 0 8 6 100j00%* iS?,ojoo% WOjOOVa;' t!lOOAXf%b ylOOMYe': M& g & m -r& s S ^ ' l x ^ v %* % 1 1 1 71 8 6 - . OJOO%u ojoo% J, 3 3 3 3 % 3 4 2 3 1 ' :OXiO%v * ■tjwiO.kivl i?s£; t ».•£■%£V ^ Yc uth Associationfor AwarenessSocial uth Yc Mouvement Sociale Generation for Integration of LebanonGeneration of Integration for GIL 1 1 Name ofOrganization Acronym Lebanese Handicapped Physically Union Dctr A Dctr lA jaAl Islamiya FoyerSL Georges Lebanese League the for Blind University ofDisabledNational Rights Association the for Fiiends Disabledthe of Association St. lrtncent de Paul SVP Lebanese for Association Democratic Elections LADE ServiceSocial pour le bien-elre de I'enfant Arc en Ciel Lebanese FoundationPermanentfor Peace Oum a A n aAkhi Sotn b\firmiereel Development Communotaire

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 151

Environmental Organizations

Except for the Green Line organization and the Greenpeace organization, which is

an affiliate of an international organization, with four paid employees, the environmental

organizations interviewed display informal structures and informal organizational

practices. Except for TERRE they all have at least a nominal board of directors and an

elected president.

Human Rights Organizations

Of the human rights organizations interviewed, 80 percent said they have an

informal structure and informal organizational practices. "Our organization is very

informal,” said Fady Karam of Human Rights Without Discrimination. "We have no

budget, we study and publish at our own expense, we seek no donations. It is all a

personal effort and a voluntary initiative." On the other hand, Walid Saliba said, "We do

not believe in hierarchy. We do not have a board of directors. Instead we have a

committee of coordination. Our president is a nominal president, because it is required

by the law."

Women’s Organizations

Of the women organizations interviewed, 83 percent expressed similar views.

Except for one association, the organizations interviewed seem not to be highly

institutionalized, yet they have a board of directors and hold regular general assembly

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 152

meetings, as well as regular elections for members of the boards, with the president

elected for a term ranging from two to four years. Except for the LFPA, they all seemed

to be lacking in staff and in formal institutional settings.

Organizations for the Disabled

These all have a board of directors, yet they all seem to be short on staff. Arc-En-

CieU on the other hand, has a very formal and institutionalized organizational structure,

with hundreds of staff and volunteers.

Organizations for the Children

These seem to have a more formal organizational practice. This could be due to

the fact that these organizations date back to an earlier era, as do the organizations for the

elderly, which are closely associated with religious institutions.

Presidency by Gender

All of the organizations for senior citizens, democracy and drug abuse, and most

of the organizations for the environment, human rights, children, youth, and the disabled,

have male presidents. Women’s organizations, on the other hand, are all headed by

women, except for LFPA.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 153

Constituency by Gender and Religious Affiliation

In terms of religious and gender composition, 86.36 percent of the organizations

interviewed have a secular constituency and 88.64 percent are mixed, gender-wise. In

fact, when asked to describe their constituencies, respondents proudly expressed the fact

that they have basically a secular constituency, and that their members are mixed in both

religion and gender. The Committee for the Lebanese Detainees in Israeli Prisons

(CLDIP) has more women than men, "mostly sisters of prisoners, who take care of our

internet correspondence, web-site and translation of texts," stated Muhammad Safa.

Walid Saliba said, "We have 300 members in our general assembly, men and women

from all denominations." Juliette Wakim stated that her organization “has 150 members

in [its] general assembly, and it is mixed in terms of sect and gender. We believe that if

we are good believers, we can afford to be tolerant toward the others, and thus be more

secular in our approach." Among the human rights organizations, it is noteworthy to

observe that six of the presidents are lawyers as are many of the members. In fact, the

Association pour la Defense de Droit et de Liberte (ADDEL ) has 13 members, all

lawyers, and it allows only lawyers among its membership. Human Rights Without

Discrimination has fifteen members, all lawyers, too. “We are professionals,” said

Mukhaiber. “Our legal profession affords us legal protection. Besides, as lawyers, we

are well trained for advocacy work.” As for their boards of directors, four boards are

predominantly male, three are mixed, and one has none.

Four of the women’s organizations have a mainly female membership, and except

for the LFPA, all the presidents are female. "Our organization is a grass-roots

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 154

organization, all co-workers," said Iqbal Doughan" We are non-sectarian and very

secular in our approach. There may be a few more Muslim women than Christian women

in our membership, but this is not planned." On the other hand, Shakhtoura, president of

the LWDA said, "I am a teacher by profession. I was active in the Teachers Union and

benefited from that experience. Our organization supports any group of women

advocating positive change." Linda Matar, president of the Committee for Women’s

Rights (CWR) and current president of the Lebanese Women Council said, "There was a

time when we had 2000 committed women in our organization. The war fractured our

constituency, and we now have around 500 members, with branches all over Lebanon.

We share many convictions with the communist party. But we are independent of them.

I am a Marxist at heart, and still believe in Marxism, and I am not afraid to declare it.”

Osseiran of the LFPA states, “We are a secular organization with a multi-confessional

constituency, and our general assembly comprises 100 women and 100 men. We have 10

members on the board of directors, nine of whom are men, but our very first president

was a woman.”

All of the organizations for the disabled that were interviewed said that they have a mixed gender

and a multi-sectarian constituency. "Our members should be over 18, have no criminal record and have a

physical disability, and we welcome members from all sectarian communities," said Harb, director of the

Lebanese Physically Handicapped Union (LPHU). Two of the organizations interviewed are

headed by women, one a polio victim and the other an unimpaired nurse by profession,

who actually heads two organizations, ANTA AKHI and SESOBEL. Abdallah says,Our

organization is made up of 22 people. We are not all blind, but the majority is. We do

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 155

not focus on increasing our constituency like the physically disabled try to do. We are

neither exclusively Muslims nor exclusively Christians. We are happy with the way we

are, secular, without a particular sectarian image. “Our board of directors is

predominantly male, and so is our staff, but this is not intentional," said Pierre Issa, the

executive director of Arc-En-Ciel. “We have seven disabled people on our board of

directors. We do not have one socialite among our board members, we prefer to stay low

key.” All in all, 86 percent of the organizations interviewed have a secular constituency,

and 88.64 percent have a mixed-gender constituency.

Forms of Advocacy Used

In Chapter One it was noted that advocacy organizations may be engaged in one

or more types of advocacy work: monitoring the state of affairs of certain issues or

groups, raising consciousness and awareness of relevant issues, and formal, legal pursuits

and lobbying. Lobbying tools may take the form of demonstrations, sit-ins, marches, or

petitions. Lobbying itself may include proposing new laws and amendments, as well as

meeting with people in decision-making positions.

Human Rights Organizations

These groups have been engaged in all of the above activities, and in particular in

monitoring and reporting to international organizations such as Amnesty International

and the International Federation on Human Rights. They believe that abuse breeds on

silence and thus make an extra effort to expose as many violations as they are able to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 1S6

detect, both to the Lebanese public and to international bodies. Four of the organizations

interviewed stressed their role in monitoring the status of human rights violations in

relation to the issues they pursue. In fact, the nature of the issues they deal with requires

careful monitoring, so as to be able to defend their case. The two major issues are the

Lebanese prisoners in Israeli prisons, and the Lebanese prisoners in Syria. ALDHOM

pursues careful monitoring of more than one single issue. In fact, its members try to

cover most of what they consider to be violations of human rights, starting with the laws

and going down the list to individual arrests.

All of those organizations engage in awareness campaigns, whether through

publications, conferences or lectures. “We focus on students in schools and universities.

We lecture to 1,500 Lebanese army members every month. We try to teach them the

culture of human rights, hoping that awareness will turn into action. We try to spread a

democratic culture among the new generation,” said Fadi Moghaizel. ADDEL engages in

awareness campaigns and legal activities. The Foundation for Human Rights and

Humanitarian Rights (FHHRL) engages in monitoring, awareness campaigns, legal

pursuits and sit-ins. The Movement for Human Rights (MHR) has published extensively

against sectarianism, and has organized workshops to help the youth identify their biased

views against the ‘other.’ "We arrange training sessions and seminars to introduce people

to legal issues and to their legal rights. We joined demonstrations and participated in

exchange of blood donations, a symbolic way to accept the reality of the ‘other’ as a

human being not as an enemy," said Juliette Wakim of ALDHOM. “We persuaded 400

fired employees to hold a sit-in at the Higher Islamic Shiite Council and ask to be fed, till

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 157

they got their jobs back. This was done to put pressure on the Council to get the

government to reverse the order," said Walid Saliba of MHR. The aim is to raise the

awareness of the Lebanese people regarding their rights, and to exert pressure on the

Lebanese government and other abusers, such as Israel and Syria, through the

international community.

Human rights organizations have sued on behalf of people and organizations and,

although they may not have been successful all the time in their efforts, every little

success is deemed beneficial in the process of guarding freedom and increasing

democratization. Human rights organizations have demonstrated, petitioned and

proposed the abrogation and amendments of laws. Their serious engagement and

professional approach to crucial and sensitive issues has jeopardized their relations with

the government. In their most recent conference held in the spring of 2000, none of the

invited government officials and parliamentarians accepted the invitation. Their absence

was underlined by Patrick Baudouin, president of the International Federation for Human

Rights, who questioned the ability of a state that does not enjoy full independence to

guard freedom and human rights and independence for its own citizens. Human rights

organizations have lately resorted to using the internet to inform people about human

rights violations in Lebanon, as well as to solicit support by asking their email message

recipients to send letters and petitions to Lebanese officials and international figures and

bodies advocating their positions.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 158

Women’s Organizations

These groups are no less vigilant and militant in their approach. They have been

monitoring the status of Lebanese women and publishing extensively on the subject for

some time. They have engaged in awareness and consciousness-raising campaigns on

women’s rights and have stressed the importance of active political participation. They

have organized conferences, marches and demonstrations. They have worked

systematically with female lawyers and activists, and with male activists, to prepare

proposals for new laws and amendments to current laws. As with human rights

organizations, they have attended international and regional conferences and conventions.

Women organizations have sued, on behalf of abused women and have provided

hot-line services for female victims of domestic violence. All of the organizations

interviewed engage in training programs and awareness and lobbying campaigns. Aman

Sharani of the Lebanese NGO Committee for Women said,

We worked very hard on political education. We organized seminars and workshops and training sessions. We taught women how to vote and to choose among candidates on their own, and raised their consciousness in terms of the violations against women’s rights, all in a simplified manner. We cooperated with the Lebanese Order of Lawyers and organized together 60 meetings, all over Lebanon.

On the other hand Linda Matar said that patriarchy and patriarchal thinking do not

go away by simply changing the laws talking. She would rather see women engage in the

economic life of the country. “Women study, graduate and get married and forget about

all that they have learned... we believe [housework] should not be given priority over

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 159

other types of work for women. That is why we engage in awareness campaigns and

consciousness-raising campaigns.”

The Lebanese Council to Resist Violence Against Women (LCRVAW) and the

League of Working Women (LWW) provide legal assistance through a hot-line that takes

complaints from women about any physical, psychological or legal abuse at home or at

work. They have volunteer lawyers and social assistants to help them defend their cause.

All of these organizations engage in research and produce publications. Almost all of

them have published extensively on issues of concern to them such as violence against

women, the quota system, the labor law, the honor crime, civil law, and personal status

law. They have also issued major publications on the Beijing conference, follow-up

reports on achievements and future plans and strategies for action.

Environmental Organizations

These groups have been equally active at all levels and in all forms of advocacy;

their militant stand and activities have taken some of their members to prison a number of

times, especially members of Greenpeace. "We were prevented from entering the port of

Beirut for five days, and finally pressure from the army and the Ministry of Interior

forced us to leave," said Gebara of Greenpeace. "We have been threatened and beaten by

bodyguards of certain officials when we tried to prevent some people from hunting," said

Gaby Bustros of SOS Environment (SOSE). Zaid Moussa of Green Line says, “We do

not start our lobbying before we have a complete file on the issue and before we study it

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 160

scientifically.” Ramzi Saidi of the Society for the Protection of Nature in Lebanon

(SPNL) said,

We are involved in more than one form of advocacy. We engage in scientific research, education and awareness programs. Protecting the environment is a system. It is not a one time cleaning campaign for propaganda. If you teach people to take care of their garbage, but there is no place to throw it or to recycle it, what can they do about it? What we need is long term planning and a comprehensive and integrated effort, and this is what we work on and try to lobby for with people in power.

"We believe in division of labor among organizations and we do not do any

lobbying. Our advocacy role is limited to education and awareness,” said Ghada Mitri of

EIC. Paul Abi Rached noted that only recently his organization decided to move from an

exclusive focus on environmental awareness to more militant lobbying.

Organizations for the Disabled

These groups have used a combination of militant activities, with sit-ins and

demonstrations, as well as private meetings with people in authority. They have

capitalized on personal friendships and contacts with higher officials in the government.

Almost all of the disabled organizations use awareness campaigns to educate the public

about their issues and to try to change the stereotyped image of the disabled person as a

burden on the family and on society in general. They have joined demonstrations, strikes

and sit-ins and have gone as far as legal means to draw attention to their demands and to

highlight their rights and needs. What most of them emphasized as the most influential

measures have proven successful are private audiences with people in power who are

friends of these organizations and who have personal friends among their members.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 161

International support, whether in terms of funding of certain projects or exchange of

information and knowledge, has also been quite beneficial.

Organizations for the Elderly

These people have taken a more conciliatory attitude, working closely with the

National Council for the Elderly, a council that was established by the Ministry of Social

Affairs in response to demands by the organizations for the elderly. Their awareness

campaigns and activities have been less active than other types of advocacy

organizations.

Organizations for Children

These organizations have been very active, mainly in organizing conferences, and

publishing and writing reports on the state of children in Lebanon, as well as closely

monitoring abuses, and matters such as amendments and the application and enforcement

of the laws. However, their activities have recently been less militant than in previous

years. In general, all of the organizations interviewed engage in consciousness-raising

and awareness-generating campaigns. All of them monitor the state of affairs of their

respective interests and issues, but it is mainly organizations for women, human rights

and the environment which are more militant and which resort to legal means and more

aggressive forms of lobbying. At one time the disabled were equally militant. It remains

to be seen what shape their strategy will take, now that the law on disability has been

passed. Their attitude at present is one of wait and see how the law will be applied.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 162

Financial Status of Organizations Interviewed

The Budget

Of the 45 organizations interviewed, 17 did not provide information about their

annual budgets. Six organizations provided me with written documents about their

annual budget, and 28 organizations gave only rough estimates or quoted some figures

orally. Annual budgets ranged from $5,000 for the Lebanese University League for the

Blind to between five and six million dollars for the Family Planning Association as

shown in Table 3. While six of the organizations which responded to the budget question

have a budget that is below $25,000, four organizations have annual budgets of over a

million dollars: a women’s organization which is an affiliate of an international

organization, an organization of the elderly closely tied to Muslim institutions and Arab

money, and an organization of the disabled, which has close working relations with the

government. The fourth is an organization for children, AUXLIA, a rather new

organization that has injected a new perspective into children's issues. Two other senior

citizens' organizations, closely associated with the church, also have an annual budget

that ranges from $500,0000 to $1,000,000. Environmental organizations and human

rights organizations seem to have humbler budgets, in general. These are two types of

organization that remain marginal to the interest of the government, in view of the

confrontational issues that they raise.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 1 1 1 0 Foreign Governments 0 Arab Sources 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 0 1 1 Financing Sources N/A N/A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 6 0 4 3 3 Auto Government Private Sector Foreign Organizations TERRE SPLN Acronym Financial status CWR CLDIP EIC FHHRL ALDHOM TDH MIRSAD HRND FJLM MHR ADDEL LWW LCRVAW LFPA STC Auxilia NALC SVP TERRE SOS Environment Union pourUnion protectionla de I'enfanceau Laban UPEL Society for the protectionfornature Society of Greenpeace Name ofOrganization Committee for Lebanese detainees in Israeli pnsons LebaneseIsraeli for in Committee detainees Lebanese Environment Forum Lebanese Environment LEF Hie Green Line Committee for Women'sfor Rights Committee Terredes Hommes Environment Information Center Information Environment TABLE 3 FINANCIAL STATUS OF ORGANIZATIONS Lebanese Council to resist violence against women against toLebanese resist violence Council Lebanese Women Democratic AssemblyLebanese NGO forWomen Committee LWDA LNGOCW Lebanese Family Planning Association Planning Lebanese Family Foundation Joseph Foundation andMoghaizel Laure La Societe St. Vincent de Paul Welfare for Child Lebanese Union LUCW Associationpour la defense de droit et de bberti the for Lebanese Agency National Child Save Children the League of Working Women Working League of Foundation of Human rights and Humanitarian nghts Humanitarian and rights Human Foundation of Human rights with no discrimination with rights Human rights human for Movement Aurika AssociationLibanaise des droits del'homme Type ofOrganization Subtotal EnvironmentSubtotal Subtotal Humanrights Subtotal Women Human rights (8/19) |— |— I ■ : I {Environment (7/f>0) {Environment ! 1 1 i : i i ! 1 1'Women (6/140) i MIRSAD i ! i i r i i l Children , (7/80) i

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 1 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 3 10 Arab Sources Foreign Governments 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 Financial status Financing Sources Foreign Organizations 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 6 1 2 5 2 2 4 0 2 Private Sector 1 1 2 2 1 5 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 7 3 11 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 43 23 24 25 Auto Government GIL YASA AfS Acronym DJI FSG SVP 1 SESOBEL 1 1 LPHU 1 FODA SIDC AA AC Generationfor Integration Lebanonof YASA TABLE 3 FINANCIAL STATUS OF ORGANIZATIONS (CONT ) I I I 1 1 Name ofOrganization Dar A1 Jaza A1 JazaDarIslamiya A1 A1 Mouvement Sociaie Foyer St. Georges St. Vincent de Paul Lebanese University League for the BlindNational Associationfor the Rights ofDisabled NARD LULB SESOBEL Soin Infirmiere et Development Communotaire Lebanese Physically HandicappedUnion Friends ofthe Disabled Association Lebanese Foundation forPermanent Peace LFPP AulaAkin Lebanese Associationfor Democratic Elections LADE Uin A1 NourUinA1 Arc en Ciel .... Subtotal Youth Youth (3/4) Subtotal Children Subtotal Elderly SubtotalDisabled Elderly (3/39) Disabled (7/82) Subtotal Democracy Subtotal Drugs Grand Total Democracy (2/2) Drugs (2/6) : ! 1 ! 1 1 1 Type of1 Organization f

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 165

Sources of Funds

All of the organizations interviewed said that they have one or more sources of

self-financing, whether membership fees, product sales, social activities, or service fees.

However, they all said that this source of financing constitutes a small portion of their

budget, with 52 percent saying that they receive some form of government funding or

assistance. Among these organizations, the disabled rank highest, followed by the

organizations for the elderly, and organizations for the youth. Women's organizations

rank second lowest in government assistance, followed only by the organizations for

human rights. Of these, 54.5 percent said they receive assistance from the private sector,

59 percent from foreign organizations, and only 7 percent receive assistance from Arab

organizations or Arab governments. While 23 percent said they receive money from

foreign governments, in general, they prefer money that comes from European sources

rather than American. All in all, none of the organizations interviewed is satisfied with

its financial status. They all complained about a lack of financial resources, even those

organizations with budgets in the millions of dollars. Most of the organizations

interviewed have an inadequate knowledge of sources of funds, and if they know, they do

not have the professional ability to present proper projects to solicit financial assistance.

Although some of the organizations did not supply information about their budgets, I did

not feel that they were trying to hide the figures, but rather that this was due to a lack of

formal documentation, and a lax attitude toward formal procedures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 166

Questions addressed to human rights organizations about their budget did not

prompt very clear answers from all, and I felt it was not due to the traditional hesitation

that most NGOs experience when they are unwilling to give accurate information. In

fact, it was mainly because some of these organizations are truly unstructured, and work

with very limited funds, drawing mainly on their personal resources. All of them are very

skeptical about funding, and insist that they refuse any money that comes with pre­

conditions. In fact, one of the organizations refuses to accept any funding. A common

saying among the NGO community is the French proverb, "Qui dome ordonne," which

means ‘He who gives dictates the terms.’ All those who work with NGOs claim to refuse

donors' terms if they include conditions and demands for commitments that do not agree

with their mission.

The LWDA puts its budget at $60,000, the LCRVAW at $140,000, and the LFPA

between five and six million dollars. The remaining three organizations said that they do

not have a fixed annual budget and that it usually depends on the projects at hand. All of

the women’s organizations interviewed, as with the human rights organizations, were

skeptical about sources of funding, and said that they refuse any funding that comes with

preconditions or terms that do not coincide with their organizations' mission. "We never

got any funding from the government," said Linda Matar. "We had a policy not to accept

any funding because of the impositions, but whenever we get it, we stick to our agenda,

and we do not accept their conditions. However, we never had a lot of external funding.

Once we got some funds from OXFAM, and once from USAID." All the organizations

said that they have self-financing through membership fees, product sales, social

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 167

activities and some service fees. They all receive foreign funding, despite the fact it is

limited in scale, and two organizations expressed a lack of knowledge as to how to

acquire foreign funds. Only one organization, the LFPA receives substantial funding

from the government, and three organizations receive funding from the private sector.

As for the organizations for the disabled, large differences exist in terms of their

budget; the budget ranges from below $5,000 for the League for the Blind and to over

two million dollars for the Arc-En-Ciel. One of the organizations has a budget of

$500,000 and three others have a budget of a little over $100,000. They all have self-

financing from membership fees and sale of some products that they manufacture or

services they provide. Five of them have some funding from the government, though

most of them complained that, being secular in nature and representing no particular

sectarian community reduces their chances of receiving funds from the government.

Almost all of them get donations from the private sector, and five of them receive foreign

funding. Except for one of these organizations, they all said that they know how to raise

funds.

In general, organizations for the children complained about lack of funds and,

except for A UXILIA, they all have very limited and humble resources. Nour Salman of

NALSAC complained of the lack of professional human resources to follow-up on the

fund-raising issue.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 168

Interaction with Other Actors

Relationship with the Government

As shown in Table 4, 59 percent of the organizations interviewed have some form

of relationship with the government, whether funding, training or consulting. Of the

organizations, 45 percent have a funding relationship, while only 11 percent have a

training relationship, and 15 percent a consulting relationship. While 11 percent said the

relationship is a co-operative one, 37 percent said it is neutral, and 50 percent said it is

confrontational.

When human rights organizations were asked about their relations with the

government, respondents made it a point to note that the relationship is never constant. It

changes with the issues being raised, and with the person in the position of authority.

They all expressed a slightly more favorable attitude towards the new regime; however,

they had much to complain about during the Hariri rule. Four of them said that their

relationships with the previous government was quite confrontational, and, although

Wael Kheir did not mention the fact that he was imprisoned for demonstrating on behalf

of some prisoners, members of other organizations mentioned the incident as an example

of how the government tried to tame outspoken human rights activists. Others mentioned

problems related to their permit, and still another organization was suing the government

for interfering in the elections of the Red Cross board of directors. The Committee for

Lebanese Detainees in Israeli Prisons seems to have a good relationship with the

government. Mohammad Safa, director general of this committee, said the government

has been responsive to their demands, in terms of increasing indemnities to freed

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 0 0 0 Other 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 5 0 3 Confrontational 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 3 4 1 0 Neutral 1 1 Cooperabonal 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 0 0 2 0 0 4 I 1 1 1 0 Relationwith other parlies 11 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 Type of relationshipType of How youdo rate this relationship 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 4 1 3 2 2 4 No Funding Training Consultancy 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 3 3 Yes Relationwith government CLDIP 1 ALDHOM SPLH 1 Acronym ADDEL HCI LEF 1 HRNDFJLMMHR FHHRL MIRSAD 1 LWW 1 CWR LWDA 1 TERRE LFPA LNGOCW AuxiliaSVP 1 1 LUCW NALC STC 1 TDH 1 •TABLE 4 RELATIONS WITH OTHER ACTORS/GOVERNMENT OTHER WITH 4 RELATIONS •TABLE Society for the protection of nature of protection the for Society prisons Israeli in detainees Lebanese for Committee SOS Environment Environment Infoimation Center Infoimation Environment Greenpeace Association pour la defense de droit et de liberty de et de droit defense la pour Association The Green Line Green The Lebanese Environment Forum Environment Lebanese TERRE no discrimination with rights Human Moghaizel Laure Joseph and Foundation rights human for rights Movement Humanitarian and rights Human of Foundation MIRSAD women against violence to resist LCRVAW Council Lebanese Rights Women's for Committee Lebanese Women Democratic Assembly Democratic Women Lebanese Lebanese Family Planning Association Planning Family Lebanese Women Working of League Women for NGO Committee Lebanese Aiutilia Union pour la protection de l'enfance au liban au l'enfance de protection la pour Union UPELWelfare Child for Union Lebanese 1 National Agency for the Lebanese Child Lebanese the for Agency National Cluldren the Save La Soctete St Paul de La Soctete Vincent Terre Hommes des Terre SubtotalEnvironment Type ofOrganization Name Organizationof Subtotal Humanrights Environment (7/60) Subtotal Women Women (6/140) Children (7/80) Subtotal Children Human rights (8/19) l’homme de droits des Libanaise Association i , '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 1 1 0 5 0 1 7 2 3 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 5 1 1 1 1 2 2 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 5 7 R elationw ith other parties 2 2 5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 1 2 2 1 1 0 2 0 1 0 2 0 5 1 2 7 1 8 N/A RELATIONS W ITH OTHER ACTORS/GOVERNM ENT (CONT.) 4 DJI GIL YASA SVP SESOBEL A c r o n y m L P H U 1 L U L BN A R DFODA AA 1 1 1 1 M S 1 1 T A B L E F S G 1 SIDC L A D E 1 A C 1 1 LFPP D ar A1 Jaza A1 Islam iya Soin Infirm iere et D evelopm ent Com m unotaire YASA SESOBEL M ouvem ent Sociale St Vincent de Paul Foyer St. G eorges Lebanese Physically H andicapped Union Lebanese A ssociation for D em ocratic Elections Lebanese Foundation for Perm anent Peace L ebaneseN University ational AFriends ssociation L eague of forthe for the D the isabledBlind RightsA n t a A Ao ssociation k f hD i isabled A rc en Ciel ...... Subtotal D em ocracy Type of Organization NamSubtotal e of OrganizationY outh E lderly (3/39) D isabled (7/82) C rand Total Youth (3/4) Generation for Integration ofLebanon Subtotal Elderly Subtotal D isabled D eniocraty (2/2) Subtotal D rugs Drugs (2/6) Um A1 Nour

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 171

detainees up to LL 400,000 per month, and LL five million as a liberation grant. He

continues,The detainees will continue to be paid for one year after liberation, and they

will be excused from military service, and their children will not pay registration fees at

public schools. Besides services, we managed to convince the government to provide 75

freed prisoners with jobs at the OGERO public telephone agency.

However, a change in attitude has been noticed lately, since two human rights

groups blasted the Lebanese government for skipping the 56th meeting of the UN

Commission on Human Rights. Asked Safa at a news conference at the Press Federation,

Wouldn't our government be better off sending a ministerial or parliamentary delegation to these international meetings to highlight the issue of detainees instead of spending money on giddy visits and ostentatious conferences? While activists for detainees were on hand in Geneva, lack of official support and official presence meant that their efforts were divided. The one thing both committees' delegations had in common was that the government did not chip in to help pay expenses during their stay.118

All of the women's organizations, except LFPA, expressed a lack of contentment

with the government. To illustrate the nature of this relationship, Matar pointed out "It

took the government 33 years to send us a receipt for our notification papers." Zoya

Rouhana said that when the organization sued on behalf of an abused woman, the

assailant was not indicted by the court because he had the backing of an influential

politician. Aman Sharani said that when they came back from Beijing, they felt the need

"* The Daily Star Newspaper. Beirut, Lebanon, April, 14,1999,4.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 172

to prepare a national strategy for the implementation of the document. "Working with the

National Committee was very difficult and the government was swaying between

responsiveness and a cold shoulder,” said Sharani.

For the organizations for the disabled, it was a different story. Inasmuch as these

interviews were conducted at a time when the new law for the disabled was about to pass

or had already passed, answers to the question regarding the organizational relationship

with the government prompted answers that are not clear-cut. Besides, they all made the

point that their relationship with the government depends on who is in power at a certain

point in time. The current prime minister seems to be a great supporter of those

organizations and their demands, and a number of the ministers in the current cabinet

seem to be of the same view, especially since some of them were active members of these

organizations before they became ministers. "The law could not have passed last year.

The government then thought it was very costly. When Hoss became prime minister, we

grabbed this opportunity to lobby more forcefully. He has been a supporter of ours for a

long time," said Nawwaf Kabbarah, president of the National Association for the Rights

of the Disabled. Howe 'er except for Arc-En-Ciel, which receives substantial funding

and has joint projects with the Ministry of Social Affairs, they all complained about the

lack of financial support by the government.

Organizations for children were equally open about their frustration with the

government. In fact, there is a suit pending in the Lebanese courts between the Lebanese

Union for Child Welfare (LUCW) and the government. The previous president of the

union was sued for providing the International Committee for the Rights of the Child

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. with information about the state of affairs of Lebanese children, which contradicted the

report that was sent by the government, a fact which caused the government to sue the

group’s president and the union, and to turn a cold shoulder to all of their activities. The

National Agency for the Lebanese Child (NALC) felt the same way about the

government, and said that the government, along with UNICEF, tries to marginalize their

efforts for political considerations.

Youth organizations are divided in their attitude: while one organization believes

they have a neutral relationship with the government, YASA feels that there is room and

potential for cooperation, and MS has always had a history of confrontation with the

government, due to the nature of the issues it raises, and its position of always being on

the side of the underdog.

The Lebanese Association for Democratic Elections said that they encountered

many of difficulties during the campaign that they launched for the municipal elections in

1996. They were threatened, beaten and denied a permit to hold a meeting. Organizations

for the elderly have a more conciliatory view, due to their close association with the

religious institutions with which the government tries to keep on good terms.

Relationship with Local NGOs

Table 5 shows that five of the organizations interviewed are umbrella

organizations within their own specialty. One is the Lebanese Environment Forum which

includes approximately 43 environmental organizations. Its strategies are to prioritize

environmental issues and coordinate them with the different organizations. Two of the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. TABLE 5 RELATIONS WITH OTHER ACTORS / LOCAL NGOs Type of Organization Name of Organization Acronym Relation with local NGO's Umbrella Member How do you rate this relationship Yes No Yes No No Relationship Cooperational Neutral Competitive Other Environment (7/60) Hie Green Line 1 1 SOS Environment 1 1 Lebanese Environment Forum LEF 1 TERRE TERRE 1 1 Society for the protection of nature SPLN 1 1 EIC 1 1 — .. — ...... 1 Environment Information Center Greenpeace 1 1 r ■ ...... ■■ Subtotal Environment 1 6 1 5 0 0 0

------Human rights . *--■ , (8/19) — — Association Libanaise des droits de l'homme ALDHOM 1 1 Association pour la defense de droit et de liberty ADDEL 1 1 1 Committee for Lebanese detainees in Israeli prisons CLDIP 1 1 _ Human rights with no discrimination HRND 1 1 Foundation Joseph and Laure Moghaizel FILM 1 1 1 Movement for human tights MHR 1 1 Foundation of Human rights and Humanitarian rights FHHRL 1 1 MIRSAD MIRSAD 1 1 Subtotal Human rights 0 8 0 8 0 0 2 0

Women (6/140) Lebanese Family Planning Association LFPA 1 1 League of Working Women LWW 1 1 Lebanese Council to resist violence against women LCRVAW 1 1 Lebanese Women Democratic Assembly LWDA 1 1 Committee for Women's Rights CWR 1 1 Lebanese NGO Committee for Women LNGOCW 1 Subtotal Women I 5 5 0 0 0 0 0

Children (7/510) Amalia Amalia 1 1 Union pour la protection de 1'enfance au Liban UPEL 1 1 La Societe St Vincent de Paul SVP 1 1 Lebanese Union for Child Welfare LUCW 1 1 1 National Agency for the Lebanese Child NALC 1 1 1 Terre des Hommes TDH 1 I Save the Children STC 1 1 Subtutel Children 2 5 4 3 0 5 0 2 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 0 3 0 1 1 1 1 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 Relationwithlocal NGO's 1 1 0 1 2 0 0 22 22 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 0 2 5 7 0 2 0 2 0 6 39 Acronym MS SVP LPHU LULB 1 1 SESOBEL 1 1 'TABLE RELATIONS5 WITH OTHERACTORS /LOCAL NGOs (CONT.) ' AA 1 1 AC SIDC YASA YASA 1 1 Generation for Integration of Lebanon ofIntegration for Generation GIL 1 1 Name ofOrganization Mouvement Sociale St de Paul Vincent Foyer St. Georges FSG 1 1 Lebanese University League Blind the for Lebanese University National Association for the Rights Disabledoffor the Rights Association National NARD Friends of the DisabledAssociationFriends the of SESOBEL FODA Anta Akht Arc en Ciel Soin Irifirmiere Development et Communotaire Irifirmiere Soin Lebanesefor Democratic Elections Association LADE Lebanese Permanent Foundation for Peace LFPP Um A1 Nour A1 Um Type ofOrganization Youth (3/4) Elderly (309)Islamiya JazaA1 Dar A1 DJI 1 1 Disabled (7/82) Handicapped Lebanese Union Physically Subtotal Disabled I Subtotal YuuthI I 0 3 2 SubtotalDiugs SubtotalDemocracy 0 i Democracy (2/2) Drugs (2/6) Grand Total i {Subtotal Elderly 1 |

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 176

organizations for the children that were interviewed are umbrella organizations, and two

organizations for the disabled are also unions of a number of organizations. The two

organizations are not on very good terms, and have different strategies to achieve results;

both claim to have had the upper hand in passing the Right and Access Law for the

disabled. Dr. Nawwaf Kabbarah, president of one of these umbrella organizations, said

that he does not mind honest and positive competition between them as it may lead to

efforts to outdo the other. The biggest umbrella organization in Lebanon is the Lebanese

Women’s Council, which comprises 148 organizations. At the time of the interview with

Linda Matar, president of the Committee for Women’s Rights, she was also serving as the

president of the Lebanese Women’s Council. None of the human rights organizations

interviewed is a member of a national umbrella organization, whether exclusively a

human rights organization, or a multi-issue one. Human rights organizations tried more

than once to come together and form a union, but apparently their efforts have always

failed. Probing to know why efforts failed elicited no direct answers, but rather hints at

disagreement over who will be the leader and who will get the credit. All of these

organizations had some sort of relationship with one or more international organizations.

Relations vary from funding, training, and consulting to reporting. The Foundation for

Human and Humanitarian Rights (FHHRL) reports regularly to the International

Federation for Human Rights and MIRSAD reports regularly to Amnesty International.

As for the relation of these organizations with local NGOs, 48 percent of the

organizations interviewed are members of a local umbrella organization, and 74 percent

of them said the relationship among local NGOs is one of a cooperative nature, although

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 177

it lacks coordination and concerted effort. Whether funding, consulting or training, 89

percent of the organizations interviewed said they have relationships with foreign NGOs

(Table 6). Of these organizations, 50 percent of them had a funding relationship, 45

percent have a training relationship and 72 percent said that this relationship is beneficial

and cooperative. A number of the respondents reiterated the same expression. "Our

relation with foreign NGOs helps build our capabilities." However, three respondents

mentioned that they prefer dealing with European organizations, and when probing for

reasons, they said that work with Europeans is more relaxed and less intrusive than work

with American organizations.

Internal and External Challenges

Internal Challenges

This section will look at the internal challenges that the organizations face, as

expressed by their representatives. The four categories of challenges that were mentioned

were arrived at through preliminary pilot interviews with five organizations. However, a

very beneficial category was added namely, ‘other,’ which provided valuable input in

terms of challenges that were not included in the categories mentioned. As shown in

Table 7, a lack of commitment among volunteers and the general public was repeatedly

mentioned. An overload of work and a lack of time were also mentioned. But these were

not the only problems respondents faced; 57 percent of the respondents complained about

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 1 Subordinating 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 Howdo yourate your relationship 1 1 1 1 7 0 Training Cooperational 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 2 2 7 0 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 4 2 6 0 Relationwithforeign NGO's 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 11 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 Typerelationship of 0 0 5 0 4 5 0 7 Anyrelationship Yes No Funding Consultancy TABLE 6 RELATIONS WITH OTHER ACTORS/FOREIGN NGOs ACTORS/FOREIGN OTHER WITH RELATIONS 6 TABLE SPLN TERRE EIC ADDEL CLDIP ALDHOM 1 1 MHR FJLM LFPA MIRSAD 1 CWR UPEL LWDA Aunlia SVPLUCW 1 TDHSTC 1 Name Organizationof Acronym SOSEnvironment Greenpeace The Green Line Green The Lebanese Environment Forum Environment Lebanese LEF Society for the protection of nature of protection the for Society TERRE Environment Information Center Information Environment bberti et de de droit defense la pour Association prisons Israeli in detainees Lebanese for Committee Association Libanaise des droits de fhomme de des droits Libanaise Association Human rights with no no discrimination with rights Human HRND Movement for human rights human for Movement rights FHHRL Humanitarian and rights Human of Foundation Foundation Joseph and Laure Morhrizcl Laure Joseph and Foundation MIRSAD Lebanese Family Planning Association Planning Family Lebanese League of Working Women Working of League Rights Women's for Committee LWW Save the Children the Save Lebanese Council to resist violence against women against violence to resist LCRVAW Council Lebanese Women for NGO Lebanese Committee LNGOCW National Agency for the Lebanese Lebanese Child the for Agency National NALC Union pour la protection de 1'enfance au Lib an Lib au de 1'enfance protection la pour Union St Paul de La Societe Vincent Hommes des Terre Lebanese Women Democratic Assembly Democratic Women Lebanese Welfare Child for Union Lebanese Type ofOrganization Humanrights (8/19) Environment (7/60) Women (6/140) Subtotal Humanrights 0 Subtotal Women Children (7/80) Aurika 1 1 i , Subtotal Children 1 ■ 1 Subtotal Environment 1 t 1 | i

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 0 1 1 0 3 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 6 33 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 21 Relationforeignwith NGO's 1 1 1 1 1 3 0 0 3 0 5 2 0 6 0 1 2 1 1 2 23 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 1 1 1 3 0 7 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 41 TABLE 6 RELATIONS V/TTH OTHER ACTORS/FOREIGN NGOs (Cont)ACTORS/FOREIGN OTHER V/TTH RELATIONS 6 TABLE Acronym MS DJI SVP FSG LULB FODA 1 1 1 AA AC 1 LFPP 1 1 LADE 1 Generation for Integration of Lebanon of Integration for Generation YASA GIL YASA 1 Mouvement Sociale Mouvement Dar A1 Jaza A1 Islamiya A1 Jaza A1 Dar Foyer St. Georges Foyer St. St. Vincent Paul de St. Vincent Friends of the Disabled Association Disabled the of Friends Peace Permanent for Foundation Lebanese Lebanese University League for the Blind the for League University Lebanese Disabled of Rights the for Association National NARD Lebanese Association for Democratic Elections Democratic for Association Lebanese SESOBEL SESOBEL Anta Akhi Anta Soin Infirmiere et Development CommunotaireDevelopment et Infirmiere Soin SIDC " SubtotalElderly Disabled (7/82)Union Handicapped Physically Lebanese LPHU j Type Organizationof j Name Organizationof jYonth (3/4) jYonth i 1 i Elderly (3/39) i {Subtotal Youth {Subtotal Democracy (2/2) l ! Subl otal Democracy Subl i ! ! ' 1 i 1 ! iDisabled {Subtotal Ciel Arc en ! ; Drugs (2/6)i AlNour Um i {Subtotal Drugs {Subtotal {Grand Total {Grand

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. without prohibited reproduction Further owner. copyright the of permission with Reproduced

1TABLE7 J £ J 180 m 181

■* C 3 2

m

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. the lack of funds, 48 percent complained about the lack of professional human resources

and 37 percent were bothered by the low rate of volunteer involvement.

However, it is obvious that all the challenges mentioned are interrelated and positively

correlated.

When human rights organizations were asked to identify their internal challenges,

the lack of professional human resources, volunteers and funds were mentioned as major

internal challenges. The three problems are interrelated according to the respondents.

Professional human resource management requires good salaries, and good salaries

presuppose generous funding resources, which, at the moment, are not available in

Lebanon. Besides, volunteering, aside from requiring certain cultural values, habits and

practices, presupposes a prosperous national economic atmosphere where people, and in

particular young and active people, can afford to devote the time and effort to unpaid

work. Karam and Saliba mentioned the circumvention of the law by the authorities as a

source of inconvenience to their organizations, and Moghaizel complained about the lack

of commitment among volunteers. Mukhaiber had several challenges to cope with: "We

lack institutionalization, team work and professional human resources. Besides, there is a

lot to be done."

As for women’s organizations, all six seem to suffer from the lack of human

resources and lack of commitment among volunteers. Even when these are available,

there is a lack of professional knowledge among the staff and the volunteers. Shakhtoura

said "Volunteers lack commitment and patience. They do not realize that social change

needs a lot of time, and results do not show immediately. They should understand that

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 183

our work is on a long-term basis." Except for the LFPA, they all mentioned the lack of

funds as one of the most crucial internal challenges. "We have no internal problems

among our members. We are not a confessional group and we share similar views

towards social change. However we have problems with the law, financial problems and

lack of human resources. Besides, due to the war, we lost a large number of our

members," remarked Linda Matar. Sharani and Rouhana mentioned the lack of time to

accomplish the many tasks that need to be addressed. "Violence against women is a new

subject in Lebanon and there is a lot of information that needs to be dug out, and a lot of

work to make people acknowledge it and talk about it," said Rouhana.

As for the organizations for the disabled, all of them complained about the

shortage of funds, lack of volunteers and lack of professional human resources. Despite

the fact that Arc En CieFs director said that they have around 600 volunteers, he still

complained about the need for more. On the other hand, the Service Social pour le Bien-

Etre d e l’Enfant (SESOBEL) and ANTA AKHI had no problems with volunteers. The

fact that many of their disabled are children may have contributed to that, since there are

more people, especially parents with disabled children themselves who get involved

personally with the effort, be it at the service side or the fundraising end. Sharafeddine of

the Friends of the Disabled Association (FODA) complained about the lack of space at

their center to accommodate the many demands for help and support. Three of the

organizations thought that the bureaucratic procedures involved in starting an

organization were a major challenge.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 184

For the environmental organizations, the three most often mentioned internal

challenges were a lack of funds, volunteers and professional human resources. However,

the Green Line organization, which did not cite any of these challenges, and which works

mainly with highly professional members who are agricultural engineers and students at

the American University in Beirut, thought that the lack of time and ability to maintain

the interest of the volunteers for longer periods of time were their main challenges.

As for the organizations for the children, 85 percent complained of a lack of

funds. In addition, two organizations emphasized the lack of statistics and documentation

as well as the large number of demands and the increase in daily needs and projects.

Among the youth organizations, MS also emphasized the lack of documentation as a

major challenge.

Although organizations for the elderly complained about the lack of funds, the

complaint sounded more like a ritual rather than a real need. Their only real complaint

came from the relationship of the organization with the families of the elderly people who

were residents of these facilities. Both Dar Al Ajaza Al Islamiya (DJ1) and Foyer St.

George (FSG) complained that families and relatives of the elderly rarely appear at the

facility after they leave their parents there, and people at the organization have to use

threats and enticement to keep the families involved. Both also mentioned the lack of

physical space available as a major problem.

For the anti-drug organizations, a lack of funds, volunteers, documentation and

professional human resources was mentioned. Although lack of institutionalization was

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 185

an aspect that I noticed to be common among these organizations, only 7 percent

mentioned it as a challenge, a fact that 1 found alarming and worthy of further analysis.

External Challenges with other NGOs

Three categories of external challenges were chosen by me to be checked with

respondents. However, the ‘other’ category again proved to be more insightful. Table 8

shows that 37 percent of the organizations interviewed mentioned lack of coordination,

26 percent mentioned competition, and 7 percent mentioned duplication. Lack of

cooperation, petty conflicts, fighting over leadership, disagreement over strategy, friction

and lack of support from other groups were cited as external challenges. In general this

paints a picture of a strained and rough relationship among these organizations, an

alarming and not-so-positive feature of the NGO community, and even more so among

organizations within the same specialty. Gaby Bustros of SOSE says that the problem is

that there are so many inefficient organizations that give a bad image of the NGO

community in general. Fadi Moghaizel’s view is that many organizations lack focus and

well-defined missions and goals. The UPEL representative highlighted the disagreement

over strategies among organizations that work on children's issues, and women

respondents underlined the fractured discourse of women's organizations, especially

between women’s traditional and religiously-based NGOs and women’s advocacy NGOs.

The disabled had certain reservations against women’s and human rights organizations

inasmuch as they thought both of them marginalized the issues of disabled women and

the disabled in general.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. without prohibited reproduction Further owner. copyright the of permission with Reproduced

TABLE 8 EXTERNAL CHALLENGES WITH LOCAL NGO. .** 186 j; j; .■: .X•* V .X•* r : • . A *.t ■■■-.: *.t ...... • • i-.i ?l Vi ^-S ^-S Vi ?l i-.i . . . - - - - - * r O th e r ri-Vv.- Friction '-X. :■ -r-^: Petty conflicts Leadership problem ; ' - ' '.^ l Lack ofsupport Bom other groups M ost organizations service onented ;T*»u' ;T*»u' - :’/ .r ( 5 v V ' ^ ’.‘.i:rr;" , ‘ : k; ■*!„; . ’■■'•.*'*• f ^ X ri^.<«' f ^ X ri^.<«' ~0r»X.;-’- ~0r»X.;-’- -• / ' / •’ ' • •* •* 5'V• External Challenges i - . 1 0 : ::V : <■£•£■<&. ..‘k1 Vt X X ’X.’.r" 5 0 .0 0 % r f ' l k . " - 0 D 0 % ^ iHy4J£.r*:^£ • / 2 6 .0 9V. ••\uy.i2-.\Wr?- r - • - 1 -.- . 0 .0V. 0 X 5 7 .1 4 % ~ : XV.-V .•X'ii •' *>■'•/• i / ' •’1-...'-. f * •• 6 .5V 2 . 5 0 .0 0 % '^ ’tOr-i *- VO^OVev1 vrOiJOW^; A O M V m ■ - t ’ v : ' . -- -- 1 -- . . i - .17 W;'3C« W;'3C« o x » v . ; i L a c k o f 7 1 ^ 3 % * 3 6 .9 C V . •'SOOOVm coordination Duplication Competition ,v ■; i:v • V - ;. . V -H ist' fr.il&iVJZsjf GIL YASA M S 1 TABLE 8 EXTERNALAcronym CHALLENGES WITH LOCAL NGOs (COOT ) External Challenges with local NGO's * £ ;& & & & ;rfv4r.fcu:*^: •iiV..0i‘v.* 'm x w z FSG SESOBEL SVP LU L B 1 A AA E Cf v . 1 1 LPHU SIDC UAN ~i - - v - . -.i'-iV',1 1 v : >if.- EJec&ons LADE WO \ 71 * > '-tt* u£ fk V - .V ‘‘S ‘‘S >- >- Association for Democratic Generation for Integration ofYASALebanon Dar Al Jaca Al Islaxniya DJI Mouvement SociaJe >. >. riJ»->VA3 ‘ 1 v Arc en Ciel Foyer St Georges St Vincent de Paul National Association for the Rights ofDisabled HARD Lebanese University League for the Blind Lebanese Physically Handicapped Union A n ta A khi Friends ofthe ServicesDisabled Social Association pour le bien-ecreenfant de 1* FODA Sorn Infirmiere et Development Communotaire L e b an ese ItK.’* ItK.’* Lebanese Foundation for Permanent Peace LFPP t.v * ^-* i ^ v ; v outh-ir.‘f.'^v,'{s;: 'Y ■ ..... S u b to ta l PircirniaiEi > > i Democracy (2/2) Drugs (2/6) Um Al Nour Disabled (7/82) S u b to ta l SubtotalDtinonacy PercentufftiX /r''* GrondTotal Percentae*' Elderly (3/39) ■" " Pareestfaitii'i-' 'Youth (3/41 Peixeutaaa/'^-'-^t.'y-iv*;’-^ [Subtotal DU sblad »V:1 T-: • 'Type of Oi'K«uixation Name of Organization 1 * I \ iSubtortiirKfdirty.y.x^l'-.i. 1 1

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 188

External Challenges with Society in General

I advanced four challenges as possible identifiable problems by the respondents:

sectarianism, lack of democracy, lack of awareness among the people in general, and

capitalism or increased privatization. However, the ‘other’ category was again more

enlightening and produced further categories and revealed more challenges. Of the

respondents, 50 percent said that sectarianism was a major challenge to their work and to

the process of sustainable human development in general; 50 percent identified lack of

awareness among the public as a major challenge, while 37 percent mentioned lack of

democracy. Only 9 percent mentioned capitalism and privatization as stated in Table 9.

Women were the most adamant about the effect of sectarianism, as all of the women’s

organization interviewed identified the issue of personal status laws as a main hindrance

to women’s rights and empowerment. This issue is most closely related to religion and

the Lebanese confessional culture. The organizations for the disabled and the anti-drug

organizations linked the problem of sectarianism to their financial status and lack of

funding sources, due to the government or other institutions. Lack of awareness was

highlighted by women’s organizations, environmental organizations and human rights

organizations. However the ‘other’ category yielded other challenges: Red lines, the

laws, corruption, vested interests, nepotism, authoritarian government, marginalization by

the government, dependency on foreign money and lack of media support and exposure.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 189

2 “

1

■2m »u 1 i-4

j S

E I * i? 5 I, «oq *E Ua

m iiiii : ?-

IIa &

in ill _ Aa 3 I

Xfi| i wi .fu

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 190

V/

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 191

For the human rights organizations, sectarianism ranked first as major external

challenges. Sectarianism affects the channeling of funds, the relationship with the

government, and the support (or lack of it) for certain issues. They all said that

sectarianism goes hand-in-hand with corruption and nepotism. Almost all of them

mentioned, explicitly or implicitly, political ‘red lines’ that present a major restriction on

their work. By ‘red lines’ they meant the intervention of Syrian authorities or those in

Lebanon who speak in their name. "We all agree that we need changes in our society.

Our problem is that we do not agree on the strategy and the mechanisms. Besides, our

decision is taken away from us by the presence of Israeli and Syrian soldiers on our land.

They taught us a very bad and tough lesson: knowing our limitations, and that there are

red lines that we are not allowed to cross,” said the president of an organization. "Some

organizations avoid confrontational issues because of fear, others because of frustration

and loss of confidence in the possibility of change," said Fadi Moghaizel. Safa

mentioned the Israeli occupation as the major external challenge to their organization.

For women’s organizations, there was a general agreement among the respondents

that the laws that govern the status of women represent a major challenge. Ignorance

ranked next to the laws among the general population. What makes ignorance about

women’s rights and women’s issues more crucial is that women themselves are ignorant

of what constitutes their best interests and what laws discriminate against them. Even

politicians who say that they are supportive of women’s rights "have a double discourse,"

says Sharani. Doughan on politicians:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 192

“Our politicians are culturally challenged. They hate competition from women; they

have enough competition on the confessional level. They have a mental block against

women. Even women politicians do not help women. Our society is a confessional

society and lacks a democratic culture.”

Matar feels that rampant capitalism and a monopoly of wealth are two of the most

significant challenges for women. "A general feeling of frustration and defeatism among

the Lebanese population and the presence of red lines imposed by regional powers

constitute a major block to our efforts," said Shakhtoura. As for problems within the

NGO community, there were complaints about the presence of negative competition,

duplication of work and lack of statistics and research on related issues. "Our external

challenges are multiple," Shakhtoura continued. "The law, authoritarian rule, vested

interests, sectarianism, ignorance and fear. Women are programmed to a married life,

especially among the poorer classes. They are busy with personal issues, rather than

public ones." Osseiran says, "There is a feminist discourse but it is a fractured discourse.

Jealousy fractures women's work, as well as ignorance."

As for the organizations for the disabled, all of the organizations interviewed

mentioned that before the new law was passed, their major challenge was that disabled

people were not protected by the law, and that their rights were not guaranteed, hence

they suffered from both legal as well as social discrimination. However, external

challenges to their organizations came from the confessional political system and

nepotism, which favored traditional and sectarian organizations and channeled funds and

in-kind donations to these organizations to the exclusion of the more modem and secular

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 193

ones. Lack of cooperation among different organizations for the disabled, as well as with

other organizations, such as women's and human rights groups, was mentioned as a major

challenge to their efforts. Sharaffudine of FODA said,

Our external challenges stem from the general atmosphere in the country. We suffer from lack of democracy, sectarianism and discrimination against the disabled. The story is not a change of people in the authority position, it is a corrupt system. We had corruption and corrupts, now we do not have corrupts, but we still have corruption. It does not go away overnight.

Organizations of the environment, on the other hand, emphasized the negative

role of nepotism, vested interests and corruption among people in power, and their

influence on their efforts. Greenpeace linked many of the toxic waste problems in

Lebanon to the involvement of a previous minister of the environment, whom he

mentioned by name. Others blamed the involvement of other ministers and sons and

relatives of people in power, in sand-dredging projects, and in sea and land fills. Still

others blamed Syrian partnership with Lebanese officials in the quarry business.

However, the failure to translate awareness into practice among the population was also

one of the challenges identified.

Evaluation of Their Own Effort

Table 10 shows that 26 percent of the organizations interviewed consider

themselves successful in their efforts and 39 percent think that they are partially

successful, while 29 percent expressed a lack of satisfaction. Women’s organizations and

human rights organizations were the least satisfied and organizations for the disabled

displayed the highest satisfaction. Among environmental organizations, the two

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 194

i-j, W. IS*.-.

Vt B«

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. without prohibited reproduction Further owner. copyright the of permission with Reproduced

10 S A T IS F A C T IO N WITH R ESU LTS ( C O M T ) 195 - ; a 196

organizations that focus on awareness campaigns expressed satisfaction, while the more

militant ones that are engaged in lobbying for crucial environmental issues were openly

dissatisfied. The two umbrella organizations for the children were not satisfied at all with

the results of their efforts, and they blamed that dissatisfaction on the government that

favored other organizations and marginalized them for political considerations.

This chapter dealt with the general characteristics of the organizations studied.

Data reporting and analysis covered their organizational structure in terms of age,

constituency and forms of advocacy. Their financial status, their relationship with the

government, local and international parties were also discussed. Finally, their internal

and external challenges were highlighted, casing a general assessment of their own

evaluation of the results of their efforts.

The findings in this chapter will be used in Chapter Seven to assess the effects of

the above characteristics on the contributions of advocacy NGOs to sustainable human

development in Lebanon.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. CHAPTER SIX

ADVOCACY ISSUES RAISED

This chapter presents the issues of advocacy NGOs in post-war Lebanon, as

reported by representatives of 45 advocacy non-governmental organizations (NGOs).

Before the issues are presented, a brief description of the state of affairs relevant to each

issue will be presented, drawn from information available to me through the UNDP

report on sustainable human development in Lebanon, NGOs reports on specific issues

and other literature on the subject.

Issues Raised bv Environmental Organizations

There has been a growing international consensus among theorists of

development and among policy makers around the world that respecting ecosystems is a

basic component to the achievement of sustainable human development. In line with this

international trend, Lebanese policy makers and Lebanese environmental activists realize

the importance of the issue.

Environmental organizations are a recent phenomenon on the Lebanese social

scene. Except for one of the organizations interviewed, the others were all established in

the post-war period. The damage sustained during the long war years was a primary

incentive for the initiation of the effort. Organizations of the environment have worked

on separate and different issues but they have also cooperated, and sometimes have

duplicated each other's work. At the present time, a primary concern of these

197

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 198

organizations is the prevention of the dismantling of the ministry of the Environment, or

its merger with another Ministry. Next in priority is the consolidation and updating of the

incohesive environmental laws. Enforcement and implementation of these laws are met

with two challenges: budgetary constraints and lack of political will. Environmental

organizations have been raising relevant issues, all of these challenges notwithstanding.

Protected Areas

Of the seven organizations interviewed, only SPNL and SOSE have concentrated

their efforts on protected areas or natural reserves. There are currently seven legally

protected areas in Lebanon and six more proposed ones. Ramzi Saidi of SPNL said that

the more the people increase the natural reserves, the more Lebanon is protected. SPNL

works with the government, politicians, and even politician’s wives to get support. They

also rely on the help of international organizations. A completely different approach was

described by Gaby Bustros of SOSE: “We have been trying to preserve the natural bridge

at Faqra, and the Enfeh bay. We have been partially successful in stopping the work, but

we have been threatened a number of times. People in authority positions do not

cooperate when their personal interest is threatened by our effort.”

However, although a number of areas have been declared natural reserves, the law

is not being enforced; sometimes the law has been amended to allow people to use these

protected areas illegally. People in Tripoli continue to use Palm Island as a place for

fishing trips and a public garden. The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)

office in Lebanon has threatened that any change in the government position regarding

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 199

the preservation of this area may jeopardize Lebanon's credibility, and hence financial

assistance and funding for environmental issues.

Toxic Waste and Industrial Waste

Although a number of environmental organizations engage in lobbying against

toxic waste and industrial waste, it is the Greenpeace organization that is spearheading

this effort. Ziad Gebara of Greenpeace said,

In 1995, when we tried to get the results of our analysis of some toxic waste that was sampled from various areas in Lebanon, we were not allowed into the country, because the minister was involved with the militias in a deal. It was a big mess in the media, and later on the minister had to resign. In 1996, again we had problems with the minister, who pretended to be cooperating, regarding 77 tons of Italian toxic waste, while in fact he was allowing more German toxic waste to enter the country, under the disguise that it was primary industrial products. We succeeded in returning 36 containers of toxic waste to Germany, but the issue of the Italian waste is still pending.

Their next target, he said, is industrial pollution and, in particular, the Lebanese Chemical

Company, which they consider the major polluter. The owners are very powerful

politically, and are backed by many people in various ministries. Yet Greenpeace people

are determined to continue their lobbying effort. They believe that some issues are

international in origin, like leaded gas, which is still used in Lebanon in the majority of

cars. These issues, they say, cannot be solved locally but should be dealt with at the

origin that supplies the imported gas.

Sand Dredging and Quarries

Construction requires sand and gravel, and Lebanese builders' demands are met

by dredging sand from coastal strips and quarrying the forested Lebanese mountain

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 200

slopes. The effect on the environment has been drastic, and the involvement of people in

power, along with the financial elite and businessmen, has rendered the resolution of the

problem more difficult. Ziad Moussa of Green Line said,

Our first project was lobbying against sand dredging from the Tyre seashore. It was a tough battle since many high-powered people were involved. We were able to stop them and have the coastline of Tyre declared a protected area. Our second project was toxic waste and we were able to send 10,500 barrels of toxic waste out of Lebanon. Then we lobbied for a new law that sets time limits and specific hours for the use of the roads by buses and trucks, and we succeeded. Our next projects are the quarries and forestation.

Sand dredging and quarries are also main targets of the Lebanese Environmental Forum

(LEF).

Research, Awareness and Education

Almost all of the environmental organizations engage in educational and

awareness-raising activities, however for TERRE and EIC these efforts are their main

concentration. Neither is directly involved in lobbying, but rather both concentrate on

fostering an environmental-sensitive culture among schoolchildren and the general

public. EIC is geared towards schools, while TERRE chooses an original approach

through the use of songs and music to deliver its environmental message to the

population in general. They both introduce adults and children to the principles of the

three Rs: "Reduce, Reuse and Recycle." They realize that this is a lifelong project, and

that it will take a long time before awareness will be translated into action. They also

realize that awareness and education should be based on sound scientific research and

documentation. EIC is seriously involved in this effort, and passes this knowledge on to

both teachers and students. Green Line is basically interested in scientific research for

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 201

two reasons: first, to be able to defend their position on a scientific basis, whenever they

are lobbying for a certain issue, and second, to study ways and means of improving the

state of agriculture in Lebanon, as well as encouraging and helping environment-friendly

industries.

Miscellaneous Issues

Solid and liquid waste management, deforestation, food safety control, water and

air pollution, as well as preservation of the cultural heritage and archeological sites are

issues that are continuously being brought up and addressed in conferences and

workshops held by environmental organizations. The problem with the environmental

issues in Lebanon is that they are so serious and diverse that nothing short of a

comprehensive national environmental plan can be effective.

Lebanon's Observance of Freedom and Human Rights

The BBSD approach insists that freedom and human rights must be accorded due

attention in any definition of sustainable human development. Freedom is measured by

Freedom House's annual ratings of civil liberties, and the UNDP uses the Humana index.

Human rights monitors and activists agree that some human rights are more basic than

others, and international organizations exert pressure on governments to respect those

basic rights.

Despite the fact that Lebanon was a founding member of the United Nations, is an

active member of the League of Arab States, and has participated in drawing up the

respective charters, Lebanon continues to fall short on the application of these

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 202

agreements, to say nothing of the reservations that Lebanon still has on the ratification of

the Convention to Eliminate All Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW).

The Personal Status Law and the Citizenship Law, on which Lebanon has reservations,

are marked examples of gender discrimination. The sectarian quota system in

parliamentary elections, as well as in the distribution of positions in the upper levels of

the administration are other cases in point of the denial of equal opportunity rights for the

Lebanese people, and represent a formal and institutionalized method of sectarian

discrimination. The 1999 U.S. Department of State annual report on human rights

describes the Lebanese government record on the issue as very humble, despite a few

improvements, and attributes that to the failure of the Lebanese government to expand its

authority over vast regions of the country, and to inherent defects in the electoral system,

as well as to Syrian hegemony over Lebanon.119

The Foundation of Human Rights and Humanitarian Rights along with the

Nouveax Droits de VHomme-lnternational, Mission au Liban prepared a report on the

state of human rights in Lebanon, which basically agrees with the U.S. State Department

report. They divided the report into two sections: political and legal rights, and social

and economic rights. In terms of political and legal rights, the report cites in great detail

the Lebanese government’s violations of freedom of association and peaceful assembly,

the right of the population to fair and free elections, freedom of religious practice for

minority sects, freedom of movement, as well as violations of privacy and interference in

private communication and correspondence of individuals. The report also criticizes the

government for its practice of arbitrary arrests, detention without trial, and even exile for

119 An Nahar Newspaper Beirut, Lebanon, March, 7,2000.13

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 203

people who oppose government policies. The report says that the government continues

to violate the social and economic rights of the Lebanese population. Although the right

of workers to organize and bargain exists in law, the government's ban on demonstrations

diminishes the unions' bargaining power. A form of forced labor continues to be

practiced in Lebanon. Children, foreign domestic servants, and other foreign workers are

sometimes forced to remain in situations amounting to coerced or bonded labor. In 1996

the government set a minimum wage equivalent to $200 per month. The law is not

enforced effectively in the private sector and, while labor regulations call on employers to

take adequate precautions to ensure employees' safety, enforcement, the responsibility of

the Ministry of Labor, is uneven. Labor organizations report that workers do not have the

right to remove themselves from hazardous conditions without jeopardizing their

continued employment.120

Issues Raised bv Human Rights Organizations

An interesting observation about human rights organizations is a certain informal

agreement among them on a division of labor and an avoidance of duplication. "We

focus on democracy," said Fadi Moghaizel. "We try to avoid duplication in our work.

However, we support what other human rights organizations are doing, and what

women’s organizations are striving for." In the same spirit, Safa said, "Our organization

does not work on the issue of Lebanese prisoners in Syria because we concentrate on

prisoners in Israeli prisons, while other organizations work on the Syrian issue." I feel

120 The State'of Human Rights in Lebanon. An Overview prepared by “Nouveaux Droits de L ’Homme- International-Mission au Liban, and Fondation des Droits de I'Homme et du Droit Humanitaire-Liban." 1996.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 204

that, although the excuse of duplication avoidance and the need for division of labor are

quite valid, there remains the more important and genuine reason, namely that of personal

interest and priorities. Thus, each organization seems to specialize in issues that it deems

more relevant and essential to its cause.

Freedom of Association

Although almost all of the human rights organizations support freedom of speech

and freedom of association, ADDEL seems to carry this issue to greater lengths than

others. Freedom of association is protected by Article 13 of the Lebanese Constitution of

1926. It is also protected by the Ottoman law of 1909, which was inspired by the French

law. Mukhaiber has published and lectured extensively on this subject. Being a lawyer

himself, his assessment of the Lebanese Association Law carries weight and credibility

among activists. Mukhaiber finds that the Association Law of 1909, which governs

organizational life in Lebanon, is quite liberal, and that there is no reason for its

amendment. Under this law, freedom of association is protected, and the only

requirement for an organization to be established is to inform the government in writing

about its objectives, membership, and internal structure. Associations are required to

deliver written and documented notice of their formation to the Ministry of the Interior.

The Ministry of the Interior is supposed to take note and observe. It can suspend the

organization's rights only in certain cases, e.g. if it fails to inform the Ministry of its

objectives, or if it undertakes activities considered a threat to national security, or if it

violates its own by-laws, or is involved in financial mismanagement. Mukhaiber believes

that there is no need for a change or amendment of this law, for fear that associations may

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 205

end up with a law that is less liberal, which is what happened in 1983, when a decree was

passed that put associations under the tight control of the government, and associations of

a political nature could not begin operating until they received a permit or a license. This

amendment was reversed in 1985, and association life was again governed by the law of

1909. However Mukhaiber finds that the problem lies basically not with the law, but

with its application. He sees that the Ministry of the Interior has turned a simple

registration process of merely informing the Ministry, into a long procedure of having to

ask the Ministry for permission to exist and operate, something that contradicts basic

constitutional freedoms. The Ministry tries to interfere in the way organizations run their

work, in the elections of the board of directors, and in their internal laws. In 1994, the

government appointed the president and several members of the board of directors of the

Lebanese Red Cross. Quite often it has used some form of threat and financial pressures

on certain organizations. Mukhaiber, in the name of his association, has sued the

government on this issue and has published a simplified version of the association law,

available to anyone interested in knowing one's rights and duties vis-a-vis this issue.

Sectarianism

All of these organizations condemn the negative effect of sectarianism on the

Lebanese society. In one way or another, they all try to spread a culture of tolerance, and

engage in awareness campaigns that foster social cohesion and mutual understanding

among different sects or sectarian communities. The Movement for Human Rights has

worked extensively on this. They worked through awareness campaigns and

publications, as well as through lobbying for a change of the laws. Ugarit Yunan, the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 206

president of the organization, has written a book entitled Kaif natarabba ala attaifivah

(how we are brought up to be sector-conscious). She attributes the confessional

consciousness to the early, formative years of Lebanese life, when stress is put on binary

distinctions such as Christian/Muslim, Sunni/Shiite, and Maronite/Orthodox. The second

emphasis in our education is on stereotyping the ‘other,' and the third emphasis is on the

fear of the ‘other.’ Yunan believes that the Lebanese people should reconcile themselves

to their biases, and for this purpose the organization has organized workshops and

training sessions to help people rid themselves of these deep-rooted biases. In the same

spirit of working towards eradicating sectarianism, and spreading a culture of secularism,

the movement has published pamphlets, and lobbied for a civil marriage law. It has

proposed a voluntary civil law for personal status. Their group has collaborated with

other human rights organizations, as well as with women's organizations, gathering

signatures for petitions, running TV campaigns and meeting with enlightened ministers,

parliamentarians and members of the clergy, seeking their support. The organization

believes that the personal status laws in Lebanon are a major source of gender- and

sector-discrimination. They consider them to be an outright violation of human rights,

responsible for the continuance of the inegalitarian Lebanese social structure.

Prisoners in Non-Lebanese Prisons

There are at least six Lebanese human rights organizations that focus mainly on

Lebanese prisoners in non-Lebanese prisons. Three of the organizations interviewed

focus on this issue. While MIRSAD focuses mainly on Lebanese prisoners in Syrian

prisons and human rights violations in Lebanon, the Committee for Lebanese Detainees

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 207

in Israeli Prisons (CLDIP) focuses on prisoners in the Khiam camp and in Israeli prisons.

The Foundation of Human Rights and Humanitarian Rights (FHHRL), on the other hand,

lobbies for the liberation of prisoners wherever they are unjustly detained. While CLDIP

receives open support and acknowledgment from the Lebanese Government and the

general public, there is a complete absence of official endorsement of the organizations

working on the issue of the prisoners in Syria. However, there is a large segment of the

population which is in full support of their effort, yet is afraid to acknowledge it publicly.

These latter organizations obtain most of their support from international organizations

with which they are regularly in contact, or from Lebanese supporters overseas, who can

afford to be outspoken.

Democracy

In line with its commitment to a culture of human rights, the Joseph and Laure

Moghaizel Foundation focuses on the issue of democracy. It believes that Lebanon

suffers from a lack of democratization. Lebanese culture is basically a regressive culture,

and awareness and educational campaigns should start at the grassroots, and with the

youth and among groups that can have a multiplier effect. Hence they work with

schoolchildren, university students and army recruits. They teach them the basic

principles of human rights. Moghaizel says that, despite their extensive efforts, they do

not find a great response among the people. He says that, in general, people are negative

towards these issues, and he attributes that to deep-rooted biases, and to ignorance. At

the same time, the Foundation monitors the state of democracy in Lebanon. They note

that there is a minor improvement at the economic and financial levels. They find the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 208

anti-corruption campaign started by the new government a good indicator, if carried to its

logical conclusion. They also note that the most recent municipal elections were

conducted under more or less acceptable conditions. "There may have been some

violations at the level of the vote count, but relatively speaking, they were much more

democratic than the parliamentary elections of 1996." The Foundation is currently

working on a draft law on anti-corruption, whereby a limit is placed on the amount of

money that can be spent on elections, as well as regulating other procedures that render

elections more democratic."

Women's Issues

Although human rights organizations do not focus primarily on women's issues,

they all consider women's issues a major part of their work. Besides, they consider, and

rightly so, that women's rights are human rights. In fact, the founders of the Association

Libanaise des Droits de I ”Homme (ALDHOM), Joseph and Laure Moghaizel, are

considered the godparents of the civil law as well as the women's rights movement. It

was Joseph Moghaizel who, in 1971, proposed the first draft civil law for personal status,

in his position as a lawyer and a member of the Lebanese Democratic Party. His wife,

also a lawyer and a life-time activist on behalf of women's rights, worked persistently in

cooperation with women's organizations and women activists to bring about awareness

and changes in the laws that discriminate against women. Today, the Joseph and Laure

Moghaizel Foundation continues the effort through the contribution of their son Fadi. At

the same time, Ugarit Yunan and Walid Saliba of the Movement for Human Rights are

currently spearheading the effort in this area, supported by 75 civil organizations.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 209

The Taif Accord

As mentioned earlier, there has been a general feeling of discontent with the Taif

Accord and its application. However, it is the Association for Human Rights and

Humanitarian Rights that studied the document thoroughly in terms of its violation or

commitment to human rights. The organization finds some positive solutions in the

document, yet also finds that the Taif Accord has reinforced the sectarian political culture

in Lebanon by formalizing the distribution of power among sectarian groupings. Their

further reservation against the Taif Accord is that

If the Taif agreement is applied, it will turn Lebanon into a state lacking sovereignty (in terms of international law), and will make Lebanon a Syrian satellite. And, contrary to what Lebanon has historically been known to be, and was exclusively proud of, the human rights principles will be flagrantly violated in the areas of freedom of speech, freedom of expression as well as in terms of its educational system. Even freedom of religion will not be able to hold its grounds.121

The Kidnapped and the Missing

There are 17,000 kidnapped and missing persons in Lebanon, who were taken

during the war years. Various groups are responsible for their disappearance: Lebanese

militias, Lebanese Authorities, Syrian Authorities, Palestinian Armed Forces and the

Israeli forces. A committee of parents and friends of these people has been formed and is

currently pursuing this issue in full force. Their slogan is "we have the right to know,"

and by this they mean they believe they deserve to know the fate of their children and

121 The Taif Resolutions and Human Rights. A Report published by the Federation for Human Rights and Humanitarian Rights.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 210

friends. They would like to know which party is responsible for their disappearance, and

would like to know the government's action plan vis-a-vis this issue, in terms o f legal

proceedings, as well as a definition of the government's social and economic

responsibilities toward their families. There are currently more than 55 NGOs supporting

their effort, both on the local and national levels as well as on the international level.

Domestic Foreign Labor

This phenomenon of Lebanese life is in total violation of human rights, in more

than one aspect. Before the war, Lebanese domestic workers were either Egyptian or

Seychellian. However, almost all of them left Lebanon between 1975 and 1976, to be

replaced by women from the Philippines, Sri Lanka, Ethiopia, Eritrea, Somalia, Nigeria,

Senegal, and other West African and Indian Ocean countries. This shift has merely

transferred the abuse from one group of women to other groups. Tina Nakkash, in a

paper presented at a conference on gender and citizenship held at the American

University of Beirut in 1997, said,

The rights of these women are constantly being violated on many levels: legally, racially, socially, economically and physically. They are left without any recourse against all of these abuses of their rights. Neither the agencies who sponsor them, nor the Lebanese Government, nor their own governments, through their embassies, provide them with support. Nor has there been any global or local NGO that supports their cause. It should be noted that the Ministry of the Interior has refused recognition to such an NGO.

A lone activist working on this issue, she usually articulates her complaints and

recommendations at human rights conferences and women’s conferences, where she

receives encouragement and support.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 211

The State of Gender Equity and Sustainable Human Development

Nothing is more evident about the centrality of women's issues to the process of

sustainable human development than the international interest and importance accorded

to the Beijing Conference and follow-up actions related to it. In Lebanon, both the

government and the NGOs have been no exception.

A concise description of the current status of Lebanese women was presented as

reported in a detailed study undertaken jointly by the National Non-Governmental

Committee For Women and the Lebanese Women’s Council. This report, entitled "The

National Report for the Non-Governmental Organizations in Lebanon on Achieved

Progress in the Beijing Action Plan," was published in 1999, and funded by OXFAM,

UNIFEM and the Fredrick Eibert Association. The report assesses the status of the

Lebanese women on 11 issues. On every issue, it cites the goals to be achieved, the

progress made, the challenges, and what is still to be done.

Women and Poverty

Studies of basic needs satisfaction of Lebanese families showed that, while 40.3

percent of male-headed families live at a low level of basic needs satisfaction, 57.7

percent of female-headed households also live below this level. The study states that the

discrimination in wages and arbitrary dismissal policies used in dealing with women

employees are the major factors responsible for women's poverty.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 212

Women and Education

Recent official statistics show that male and female education has reached parity

level, a positive sign. Even at the university level, women’s enrollment is 48 percent of

the total enrollment. However, this progress in the education of women has not been

reflected in the areas of specialization, since women still tend to specialize in humanities

while men focus on sciences. This fact allows women to cluster in specifically gendered

occupations, such as high school teaching.

Women and Health

Statistics on the status of women's health show some positive indicators.

Marriage age for both men and women has risen and fertility rates have fallen. However,

the most important challenge to women's health is the lack of health insurance coverage,

the lack of awareness among women of the importance of preventive care, and early

detection of certain diseases.

Women and Violence

Official statistics in 1997 showed 1302 cases of abuse of women: 120 sexual

assaults, 62 murder cases, 110 murder attempts, and the remainder physical abuses. A

study by the Lebanese Committee to Resist Violence Against Women (LCRVAW) of 93

cases showed that all the abusers were male, except in one case. Perhaps, the most

important challenge here is the absence of laws that protect women against violence, as

well as the absence of a civil law that governs the personal status for women, and

guarantees their rights and human dignity. Another contributing factor to this form of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 213

violence and abuse is the existence of a penal law that is very biased against women and

lax towards men. The lack of awareness among women and the absence of support

centers make it even more difficult for victims to avoid abuse by males of the Lebanese

patriarchal society.

Women and the Armed Conflict

Israeli occupation continued until the June 2000 withdrawal by Israel from

Lebanon to affect Lebanese women in southern Lebanon, in more than one way. Many

women are detained in Israeli prisons as hostages, in place of their children and husbands.

Many women and children have suffered serious physical and mental disabilities, due to

the Israeli invasions and the Lebanon-Israel conflict. Moreover, thousands of Lebanese

families are still displaced, with serious repercussions on women in terms of health,

education and living conditions. So far, despite some effort by the government regarding

the displaced Lebanese, thousands of families are still away from their homes and

villages. As the Israeli occupation ends, the Lebanese people await a resolution of the

many related, fall-out issues that have resulted from the occupation.

Women and the Economy

Although women constitute 28 percent of the labor force, their influence on

economic policies is still minimal, and most of the women work under unfavorable

conditions, in particular in the private sector, where there is little or no government

control, and women are left with no bargaining power. The level of discrimination

against women is high in the business world, whether in terms of comparative wages,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 214

promotions or their authority. Women are completely absent from labor unions and the

board of directors of the teachers union has only one female member out of 12, despite

the fact that female teachers constitute 70 percent of the educational sector. Besides,

women in the labor force suffer from a lack of support networks, and the 148 nurseries

currently functioning in Lebanon are not enough to cover the need. The most important

challenge that women face in the economic world is the absence of government policies

that are gender-sensitive as well as the absence of women in the decision-making process,

due to their lack of participation in the labor unions.

Women and the Decision-making Process

The sectarian electoral law and the patriarchal political culture have kept the

number of Lebanese women in the parliament at three out of 128 representatives.

Women do not fare any better in the Lebanese Governmental Administration. So far,

there is only one female director-general, and women are virtually absent from upper

positions in the administration. Furthermore, in the history of political life in Lebanon,

there has not yet been an appointment of a female minister to the cabinet. Women NGOs

believe that the sectarian electoral system, the personal status laws, the patriarchal

mentality dominant in the Lebanese society, and the lack of confidence that women have

in their own abilities are all responsible for this lamentable state of Lebanese women at

the level of the decision-making process.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 215

Awareness and Commitment to Women’s Rights

In 1996, Lebanon adopted CEDAW. By this, the state committed itself to put its

legislation in conformity with the principles of the Conference. Yet, the state ratified the

agreement with reservations vis-a-vis the personal status laws and the citizenship law, a

fact that robs the ratification of its full value, and remains the stumbling block on the road

to women's liberation and advancement. Furthermore, the Lebanese penal code is highly

discriminatory against women, especially in what are called erroneously "honor crimes."

Lately, there has been a partial amendment of this law, which was considered a small

victory by Lebanese women.

Women and the Media

Despite the fact that there is a relatively high level of participation by women in

the media, they continue to be absent from the upper managerial positions and the ranks

of media ownership. Besides, women's image in the media is still negative; the media

focuses on the female body and beauty, and neglects their scholarly achievements in the

arts, literature and science and their contributions to the economy and to the national

resistance movement. The absence of women's ownership of media tools contributes to

her absence from participation in national planning, as well as to the perpetuation of a

negative image of women and the lack of exposure of women's issues to the public.

Women and the Environment

Despite the fact that there is an increase in the number of women active in

environmental issues, their presence in the NGO sector is still at the grassroots level, with

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 216

very few women on the board of directors of these organizations. However, since 1995

the membership of women in the Ministry of the Environment has improved, since they

now constitute 41.1 percent of the Ministry's employees, or what constitutes a gender

ratio of 70 percent.

Women and Rural Areas

Rural Lebanese women suffer from all the discriminations that other women face,

with the additional specific problems that their role, as peasant women, dictates. The

deterioration of the agricultural sector in Lebanon reflects badly on the whole rural

population and in particular on women, of whom only 2.4 percent are currently engaged

in agricultural employment. Rural women in particular and the rural population in

general are absent from the decision-making process and have no ability to influence this

process. The basic problem here is the absence of governmental planning to remedy the

situation, as well as the lack of awareness among the rural population of ways and means

177 to make themselves heard.

Issues Raised bv Women’s Organizations

As with the human rights organizations, there is some sort of division of labor

among women's organizations, yet there is still much overlap in their work due to the

interconnection of their issues. In fact, in the many conferences on women's issues that I

122 The National Report of the Non-Govemment Organizations in Lebanon, on the Achieved Progress in Implementing Beigin’s Action Plan. The Follow-up NGO Committee on Women’s Issues, The Lebanese Women’s Council. In collaboration with OXFAM, UNIFEM and Fredrick Ebert Foundation. 1998.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 217

attended, the same faces always appeared, no matter what the issue was, and they came

mainly from the associations that I interviewed. Female activists realize that liberating

women and ensuring their equality with men and increasing their participation in the

decision-making process requires basic changes in the political, social, and cultural

relations that are prevalent. It also involves a change in some existing values. The

entrance of Lebanese women into the workplace is necessary but is not a sufficient means

by itself for empowerment. Hence, Lebanese women’s organizations active in advocacy

work have been working on different issues simultaneously and in different areas.

Legal Issues

As mentioned earlier, on the July 24,1996, Lebanon ratified CEDAW with

reservations on three clauses, two of which are directly concerned with the status of

women: clause nine relating to citizenship of children and clause 16, relating to personal

status laws. The ratification of the agreement has defined the legal boundaries for

Lebanese women’s advocacy organizations: first, in terms of the application of the laws

that are in conformity with the agreement; second, in terms of lobbying for changing the

laws that are not in conformity with the agreement and third, in terms of lobbying for the

removal of the reservations on citizenship laws and on personal status laws.

Clearing Lebanese Laws of Articles in Contradiction with CEDAW

Women’s advocates believe that, inasmuch as the Lebanese government has

ratified the agreement, notwithstanding the reservations, there are two immediate needs:

first is to put Lebanese laws in conformity with the terms of the agreement, and clear the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 218

Lebanese laws of any articles that are in contradiction with the agreement, namely, the

labor legislation and the penal code. A study prepared and published in 1999 by the

Committee for Lebanese Women's Rights (CLWR), discusses in detail the needed

amendments of the following laws: the laws that govern employees, the labor law, the

social security law, the penal code, and the commercial law.

This study was prepared by CLWR, in conjunction with a committee of judges

and lawyers. The report finds that the laws that govern employees and workers

discriminate against women. The laws were based on the assumption that the man is the

provider for the family, while the current state of affairs has changed and women have

become partners in contributing to the family and to society. Hence, what is needed is an

amendment of the law, thus giving women benefits equal to men's, in terms of social

security and family indemnity. As for the labor law, the report suggests that women and

men should be given equal opportunity, in terms of choice of the type, time and place of

work. Employers and their agents should be penalized if they use their positions for

sexual harassment of their employees. Maternity leave should be extended to 10 weeks,

in conformity with International Labor Organization (ILO) terms. Men and women

should enjoy equal pay, in conformity with CEDAW. As for the penal code, the law

governing what is falsely called an "honor crime," should be radically changed. The

current law is unfair to women in cases of adultery. The criminal law treats women who

commit adultery more severely than men, whether with respect to the conditions, the

burden of proof, or the penalty, which ranges from three months to two years for women

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 219

and one month to one year for men. What the report suggests is a law that treats female

and male adulterers the same.123

Removal of the Reservations on CEDAW

The Personal Statute

Women’s advocates believe that Lebanese women suffer most from the

discriminating nature of the personal status law. Although the Lebanese constitution of

1926 provides that all Lebanese are equal before the law and that they have civil and

political rights without distinction based on sex or religion, the fact remains that this

same constitution enshrined the right of every religious community in Lebanon to have

its own personal statute, and to abide by the provisions of that statute. In a paper

presented at a Rene Moawad Foundation conference in Washington, D.C., on the

personal status laws, Alia al-Zein discussed in great detail how the personal status laws

discriminate against women in terms of marriage, divorce, inheritance and custody of the

children. She ended her paper by stating what women’s advocates have long been asking

for:

The unification of the legislation on personal statutes under the umbrella of a civil legislation, that takes into account freedom of belief, without any discrimination or inequality, is a fundamental factor to achieving national cohesion and harmony. Such legislation should be in line with the provisions of the Charter of Human Rights, and those of international conventions, specially the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW), securing justice and equity.124

123 Equality in Rights and Obligations. A Report prepared by the Committee on Women's Rights. March, 1999. 124 Alia al-Zein. Unpublished paper. Rena Moawad Foundation Conference, Washington, D.C. 1998

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 220

A draft civil law to that effect has been prepared and is under consideration. It is

suggested that in the first stage the new law be optional, and, in the second stage when

the mentality of the Lebanese people will allow it, the civil law should become

compulsory, transcending the religious divergences and leading up to a modem Lebanese

law which will provide all citizens with equal rights before the law."

The Citizenship Law

The Lebanese law provides that citizenship is passed through the father and not

through the mother, except in two cases: that of an illegitimate child, and that of an

underage child of a mother who outlives her foreign husband and acquires Lebanese

citizenship. Advocates of women's rights proposed an amendment of the law, so that a

child can acquire a Lebanese citizenship through either the mother or the father. They

have also demanded that a minor, bom to a Lebanese mother, be able to acquire Lebanese

citizenship after the death of the foreign father the way a child can acquire it from a

foreign mother who becomes naturalized.

The Quota System

The current Lebanese parliament has 128 members, three of whom are women.

Ever since independence, there have been, all in all, five women elected to parliament,

four of them as replacements for their deceased husbands, fathers or brothers, and one

who was the sister of former Prime Minister Rafiq Hariri. So far, Lebanon has never had

a female minister in the cabinet, a reflection of the status of Lebanese women in the

decision-making process. More than one factor is responsible for this state of affairs. No

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 22!

doubt the sectarian, power-sharing formula that plagues the Lebanese political culture is a

major hurdle to a normal democratic system. Another major barrier is the Lebanese

electoral law that discriminates not only against women, but against certain regions and

sectarian communities. Added to that is the patriarchal nature of Lebanese society and

the women's lack of confidence in their own abilities. The League of Women's Rights

has launched a campaign for a ‘quota system.’ A draft is being prepared by a committee

of Lebanese lawyers who are supportive of this issue. Women are demanding 30 percent

of parliamentary seats and of higher administrative positions. They believe this

percentage should be used in a transitional phase, in order to give women a jump-start to

bridge the long-existing gap. This process could be abandoned, once gender equity is

achieved. Linda Matar, president of the Lebanese Women’s Council and the League for

Women's Rights has been spearheading this effort:

We are trying now to take advantage of the Beijing Convention and Recommendations, in relation to the quota system, and use the example of the many advanced and developing countries that applied it. We do not like our confessional quota system but, inasmuch as we are unable to change it for the time being, we want our gender quota system within the confessional system. I met with our new president and lobbied for his support. He asked me to prepare a draft law or a proposal on the subject and this is what we are doing now. There is general refusal among people in power, because if we have a quota of twenty women in parliament, they would be taking the place of twenty men.

Recently, the new electoral law was enacted, which included no provisions for the quota

system.

Active Political Participation

There is a low level of Lebanese women’s participation in the political life of the

country. Very few women venture to run for offices, whether at the parliamentary level

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 222

or the municipality level. Even in the voting process, their participation does not have a

significant effect on the results, as women tend to vote in conformity with their fathers,

brothers, or husbands, if married. The Lebanese NGO committee for the follow-up on

the Beijing Conference, the Lebanese Women’s Council and the Rene Moawad

Foundation joined efforts, and organized tens of meetings all over Lebanon encouraging

women to run for the municipal elections of 1998 and to vote according to their

convictions. The results were very encouraging: 353 women ran for elections and 139

women were elected. Matar says,

Municipality elections were a bit more democratic. Maybe because sectarianism does not play a big role there. Besides, election funds and expenses are much less. We tried to convince women that it is not as important to win or lose; the important thing is to participate. We are coming close to the election year and we have very capable women who are worthier than some men in office. Our election law is sectarian, tribal, you name it. Even political parties with progressive ideologies do not support women's candidacies. They are afraid to lose their seat to another male candidate, since they believe that the public will not elect a woman. Besides, expenses for elections run very high, and they are not available to women.

Violence Against Women

In March of 1998, the Arab Hearing on Legal Violence and Equality in the

Family was held Beirut, Lebanon, less than two years after the first hearing session on

violence against women held in June 1995. Significant progress in the Arab women’s

movement occurred between those two dates. The ‘Women Court,’ the permanent Arab

Court to Resist Violence Against Women, was established. This represents an on going

organization with a clear mission: to fight all forms of violence against women in Arab

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 223

societies.125 The coordinating committee for this event comprised 12 members and a

general coordinator, Zoya Rouhana, a Lebanese women’s rights activist. At the

conclusion of this event, Rouhana continued this initiative on the Lebanese national level

and initiated the Lebanese Council to Resist Violence Against Women (LCRVAW).

Rouhana, president of the new organization, says "Violence against women takes

different forms: legal, physical, and psychological. Many women dare to speak out only

when they see others do it, and when they know they will receive support. In 1997, we

started to accept pleas and received 300 of them.” The group tries to provide assistance

wherever it can. It is working on awareness campaigns, the media, and the laws as well

as providing legal and psychological consulting. It has established a ‘hot-line’ to provide

assistance for abused women.

The State of Lebanese Children and Sustainable Human Development

There are currently two governmental entities that are concerned with the state of

children in Lebanon. The first is the Parliamentary Committee for the Rights of the

Child, which was established in 1990 to follow up on the International Convention of the

Rights of Children. Its primary goal is to put Lebanese laws into conformity with the

articles of the convention. The second is the Higher Council for Childhood, established

in 1994 and headed by the Minister of Social Affairs, with members from both the

government and the NGO sector. The aim of the Council is to establish dialogue and

cooperation between the government and civil society.

125 Arab Court. Arab Public Hearing on Legal Violence and Equality in the Family. 15, 16, and 17 March, 1998. (Beirut, Arab Court: The Permanent Arab Court to Resist Violence Against Women. 1998), 9.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 224

Various other ministries are involved in the issues of children, namely the

Ministries of Health, Education, the Interior and the Environment. However, first and

foremost, the NGOs in Lebanon have spearheaded the issues of the child, since the early

years of independence, in particular in terms of providing health and educational services.

The sustainable human development approach implies forward-looking policies

and programs. Its philosophy puts people at the center, in particular with regard to future

choices and the sustainability of future generations. This is of great importance for

Lebanon, as 49 percent of its population is under 25 years old and 29.2 percent are less

than 14 years old. Information on the state of children in Lebanon is gathered from the

1996 UNDP report on the profile of sustainable human development in Lebanon, the

UNICEF report of 1998, the report of the Lebanese NGOs on the follow-up on the

Convention on the Rights of the Child in 1995, and the report of the Lebanese Higher

Council for Children. Furthermore, information is obtained from the comments on a

report submitted by the Lebanese Government to the United Nations Committee on the

Rights of the Child, and the Committee's comments on this report in May of 1996.126

These reports highlight the following points regarding the status of Lebanese children:

Children's Health

In spite of the effects of the war, the past decade witnessed significant

improvement in children's health. Figures reveal lower rates for infant mortality and

neonatal mortality, notwithstanding an increase in child mortality in ages from one to five

126 Copy Report. Committee on the Rights of the Child. Twelfth Session. Held at the Palais Des nations, Geneva, Switzerland, 21 May, 1996.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 225

years. There has also been a decline in the gender gap for survival opportunities. In

1990, Lebanon achieved the international level in child immunization. Universal child

immunization and control of infectious diseases have contributed to this positive trend,

along with an improvement in the level of education of Lebanese women. In terms of

nutrition, the overall intake of calories and protein is above needed averages, yet about 10

percent of Lebanese children suffer from malnutrition. These are children belonging to

poor sectors of the population, who are either displaced or refugees. These children

suffer from deficiencies in iron, vitamins and iodine, and have a high frequency of tooth

decay. The positive rates of some indicators conceal serious regional and social

disparities. Children in north Lebanon and the Beka’a run twice the risk of dying by the

age of one year or less as do children in Beirut. Lebanese children continue to suffer

from the psychological effects of the war; this suffering has had a negative effect on the

health of the children in general, and is not being given due attention or consideration.

Primary health care is provided through health centers, the majority of which belong to

non-govemmental organizations. The government depends mainly on the NGOs to

provide those services. Health care and services are almost exclusively in the hands of

the private sector, which makes them unaffordable to the majority of Lebanese citizens,

especially to the 44 percent of the Lebanese population that are not covered by any form

of medical insurance.

Children's Education

There are currently 148 nurseries in Lebanon, concentrated mainly in Beirut and

in other large cities, of which only 9.5 percent are state run, while 25 percent belong to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 226

NGOs, and the rest are owned or run by private citizens. Many of these nurseries are ill-

equipped, and have inadequate health accommodations. They also suffer from an

unprofessional staff that lacks experience and proper qualifications. The difficult

economic situation imposes on mothers the need to seek employment outside the house,

and the lack of government policies dealing with early childhood care presents a real

problem for Lebanese families, and in particular Lebanese women and children. An

absence of government policies dealing with early childhood problems and education has

led to the privatization and commercialization of this sector. The high costs of private

education, and the higher quality of education provided by private schools, render

educational opportunities highly discriminative towards large segments of the population

and regions. It also proves discriminatory against the female child because, when family

resources are limited, boys are sent to private schools and girls to public schools.

However, in both public and private schools, the modem interactive method of teaching

is not yet applied, and there is a lot of emphasis on academic achievement as measured

by the results of examinations. An effort has been launched to improve the educational

curricula, yet the end result seems to be rather unsatisfactory, as evidenced by the

negative reviews of the effort in the media and by specialists in the field.

Issues Raised bv Organizations for the Children

On November 18,1991, Lebanon ratified the International Agreement on the

Rights of the Child. Lebanese organizations for children's rights have been the primary

lobbyists for this action. However, ratification of the Agreement remains only a first step

in the process of improving the status of children in Lebanon. What is more significant is

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 227

the application of the laws and provisions of this Agreement, as well as amending and

rectifying the laws that are still in contradiction with the Agreement. The following are

the main issues on which children’s advocacy organizations are focusing.

Legal Issues

In general, children’s organizations have lobbied for bringing Lebanese laws into

conformity with the International Agreement on the Rights of the Child, in particular in

relation to the laws on education, labor, adoption, and citizenship.

Education Law

All organizations have worked with the Parliamentary Committee for the Rights

of the Child to pass the law making basic education mandatory for all of the children in

Lebanon. However, application of the law remains a major concern to the organizations

of the children. The law is not yet fully applied partly due to the lack of public school

facilities for all the children of Lebanon and partly due to lack of resources on the part of

parents, thus putting their children to work at an early age. Children’s organizations are

currently demanding the availability of "a seat for every child," as well as asking the

government to enforce the law for mandatory basic education and penalizing parents that

do not abide by the law.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 228

Labor Law

Recently, the existing Lebanese law was amended to raise the age of children who

may be employed from eight to 13 years. Lebanese organizations are not satisfied with

this amendment and continue pressure to raise the age to 15.

Marriage Age

Organizations for children continue to pressure the government to pass laws that

would forbid girls to be wed at an early age.

Adoption Laws

Organizations are putting pressure on the government to prohibit adoption, except

through formal civil institutions and government authorities.

Citizenship Law

Organizations are lobbying for the amendment of the law whereby children of

Lebanese mothers are able to acquire Lebanese citizenship after the death of their father.

Within the above legal framework and demands, children’s organizations focus in

their conferences and publications on the following five categories of children: the

juvenile delinquent, the beggar child, the employed child, the orphaned child, and the

disabled child.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 229

The Juvenile Delinquent Child

Among the organizations interviewed is the Union pour la Protection de I 'Enfant

au Liban (UPEL), which was declared state-approved in 1939. Its status resembles that

of a state agency operating under the official control and with funds provided by the

Ministries of Social Affairs and Justice. Beneficiaries of this organization are juvenile

delinquents serving prison sentences and those placed in correctional institutions or

released from confinement, as well as delinquents from ages seven to 18 recommended

by the court, for protection by the association. Aside from what the Union pour la

Protection de PEnfant au Liban (UPEL) offers to this category of children in health

services, legal assistance, rehabilitation and counseling, UPEL, along with other

organizations, has been lobbying for an increased number of social workers, separate and

better equipped detention sites for the children, and in particular the female delinquent,

an increased number of rehabilitation centers, the reinstating of observation centers, and

an increase in the number of judges who specialize in juvenile delinquency law.

However, at the time of the interview, the president of UPEL was preoccupied by a

recent change in the attitude of the government trying to involve other organizations for

children in the issue, thus depriving UPEL of this exclusive responsibility. The president

of UPEL, a lawyer with substantial political clout and legal ability, seemed to be elected

to this position to defend the exclusive right of the organization against the change of

heart within the government. Lobbying for the other issues seemed to be on the back

burner, until this issue is settled. While UPEL has acquired much experience and

knowledge about the juvenile children, other organizations' contributions should be

welcomed also, as they bring new experiences and fresh perspectives to the subject.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 230

The Beggar Child

As for beggar children, they are a widespread phenomenon in Lebanon. A

UNICEF study shows that 22 percent of them are Lebanese while the remaining 78

percent are of other nationalities. The children join networks run by adults who abuse

them physically and economically. The Lebanese law requires cooperation between the

government and UPEL to deal with this problem, in terms of custody, surveillance, and

reformatory and disciplinary action. Recently, there has been an effort by the wife of the

current President of the Republic to find a solution to this problem. The details of the

plan are not yet known, taking into consideration the complex nature of the issue, as

those children are not exclusively Lebanese but include a combination of Syrian,

Palestinian and stateless children.

Due to the political implications of the beggar child issue, contributions of the

organizations for the children has been limited to writing about it and drawing public and

government attention to the seriousness of the issue.

Child Labor

Lebanese law allows the employment of children who have reached the age of 13,

except in mechanical industries and other types of work that could threaten their safety.

However, this law, which is inadequate and needs further revision and improvement, is

not enforced; a study of the situation of working children in Lebanon by UNICEF,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 231

showed that 31 percent of them are less than 10 years old, and 43 percent are between 10

and 13.127

On May 4,1997, the Lebanese Union for Child Welfare held a conference on

child labor in which speakers repeatedly cited international and national laws that protect

child labor. All of them asked for amendments of the laws that do not conform to the

International Agreement for the Rights of the Child. Although some of them showed the

negative effects that work at an early age has on the physical and psychological health of

the child, Abdo Kahi tried to link this phenomenon with the globalization trend and the

technological revolution, putting the issue in a wider perspective. He attributes the need

for children's work in the third world to the flow of productive capital from the Global

North and the West to the Global South and the East, to take advantage of cheap labor,

wherein children and women are the cheapest. He sees the solution to this problem in the

amendment and application of laws related to women's rights, children's rights and

human rights. He also sees a need for a structural transformation of the Lebanese

educational and value system.128 While his diagnosis is correct, I find that the solutions

he advances remain highly theoretical, without any practical plan of action.

The Orphaned Child

There are no accurate statistics on the number of neglected and orphaned children

in Lebanon, the war having contributed to an increase in their number. The orphaned

child has always been the responsibility of religious philanthropic institutions. However,

127 UNICEF Report, 1998. 128 Abdo Kahi. Paper presented at the Fifth Conference of the Lebanese Union for the Child, on Child Labor in Lebanon. May, 1997.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 232

orphanages are also full of abandoned children placed by parents in these institutions

because of lack of resources. Advocacy organizations for children are demanding that

the issue of orphaned children be open, and that orphanages be subject to inspection by

the government and social workers. The assumption here is that many of these

orphanages are ill-equipped, with children suffering from malnutrition, psychological and

emotional neglect and a low level of education and vocational training. The government

assists in providing partial financing of these institutions, but exercises no close

inspection of the way these institutions are run and the level of care they provide. A

byproduct of these traditional institutions is the segregation of these children from normal

social life and interaction with other segments of the population belonging to different

sects or religions, a fact that negatively affects social integration and social cohesion. It

is a common belief among advocacy organizations for the children that funds given by

the government to traditional institutions and orphanages and funds from other sources

are not wisely spent and that children receive minimal benefit from them. Besides,

advocacy children organizations like AUXILIA lobby the government, demanding that an

orphaned child get his or her benefits directly through the government rather than going

through the institutions. Organizations with a modem outlook, such as AUXILIA, try to

help the orphaned child, while at the same time preserving a family atmosphere. They

avoid segregating the child from his or her natural surroundings and isolating him or her

in sectarian institutional enclaves. Beneficiaries of these organizations are children who

have lost the family bread winner or whose bread winner is handicapped and non­

productive. On the other hand, the able, living member must be willing to work at least

at a part-time job provided by AUXILIA, and must take it upon himself or herself to bring

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 233

up the child in an ethical and moral manner. AUXILIA, for its part, provides the child

with school tuition, medical insurance and a monthly allowance, as well as social, moral

and spiritual follow-up through social assistance. AUXILIA has been active, lobbying the

government and asking it to provide health and medical insurance for the children, in an

effort to reduce their chances of being left in orphanages.

The Disabled Child

There are no official statistics on the number of disabled children in Lebanon.

However, there are neither public facilities provided by the government to take care of

this category of children, nor special accommodations for them in public or private

schools. The care of these children remains the sole responsibility of parents and

philanthropic organizations. The government assists these organizations with partial

funding, given in particular to organizations with special political and religious

connections. At the same time, most of these organizations offer services for children

with a multiplicity of disabilities, and many of them provide other services to the elderly

and the orphans. However, most of the services and activities are provided to the

disabled in an isolationist manner. Recently, there has been some effort on the part of

children’s organizations and organizations serving disabled individuals to mainstream the

disabled child, whether in schools or in public and recreational life. Yvonne Chami of

SESOBEL and ANTA AKHI said that when she first started working with disabled

individuals, she discovered that both the government and society had marginalized the

disabled child, the government for economic reasons, and society because of the

Lebanese shame culture. She continued,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 234

The government had no economic interest in spending money on prevention, since medical care was the responsibility of the parents, and people are embarrassed by a disabled member of the family, so they kill him or her socially. When I started with the social, legal and medical analysis of our institutions, I felt we need emergency help. Time was an important factor in saving a child from brain damage, whether at birth or after an injury. I realized that the intersection of ignorance, economics and bad managerial organization in hospitals was contributing to disability rather than curing or avoiding it. The disabled should not be isolated. Parents should not be left on their own to cope with the situation. We are currently preparing, along with a group of lawyers, a ‘project for life’ for the disabled child to secure his or her future, once the parents pass away. We also try to take our disabled children to public places, such as places of worship and public beaches to teach society to accept them. The challenge for us was to be accepted, and we have succeeded in our effort.

The State of Youth and Sustainable Human Development

Youth constitute an important part of the Lebanese society with 20 percent of the

Lebanese population between the ages of 15 and 25.129 Their importance lies in their

being the primary social agents who can spearhead the development process in the near

future. However, youth in general are not satisfied with their lives, nor with the

performance of the government. Currently, two major problems face Lebanese youth.

The first is hardships in terms of living conditions due to the difficult economic

conditions of the country. A second serious problem is the loss of confidence that youth

feel towards authorities, political parties and labor unions. The preoccupation of youth

with problems of survival and their political detachment as a result have a serious effect

on their role in social change. In fact, reports in the media and certain studies note an

increasing trend towards emigration of Lebanese youth to Canada and Australia. The

educational system in Lebanon has contributed to the structural unemployment trend.

129 UNDP Report, 1996.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 235

Universities have offered programs that do not correspond to the needs of the

economy, and vocational training tends to have a distorted image associated with certain

occupations of lower social appeal and prestige. NGOs, which remain the main providers

of vocational training, limit their contributions to secretarial training, and cater mainly to

young women.

There are currently two groups of young Lebanese who are still active in political

life. One group is constituted mainly by Hezbollah followers, whose primary goal is

liberation of south Lebanon from Israeli occupation (a goal in which they have

succeeded). This group receives public and government support, especially recently. On

the other hand, there are those young Lebanese who are anti-govemment and anti-Syrian

hegemony and presence. These are mainly Christian Lebanese who receive no protection

or backing internally, and they suffer from threats and illegal arrests at the hands of

Lebanese and Syrian authorities.

The most recent municipal elections that took place in 1999 showed a high level

of youth participation, in both candidacy and voting. The fact that, in municipal

elections, there is less room for sectarian politics and external influence allowed for

rather fair and democratic elections, and brought many eligible and educated members to

municipal councils.

Issues Raised bv Youth Organizations

Unemployment

In a paper presented by the Mouvement Social (MS) to the First National

Convention on the Non-Governmental Organizations in Lebanon that took place on

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 236

December 1-2,1999, Mayla Bakhash delineated three challenges facing the Lebanese

youth: first, the challenge of experiencing war atrocities and sectarian indoctrination;

second, the challenge of high unemployment and economic insecurity; and third, the

challenge of a globalized culture when Lebanon is unprepared to take advantage of its

positive effects.

Since its inception in 1961, MS has focused on providing services and a voice to

the marginalized segments of society, mending the sectarian fissures among the Lebanese

people and reinstating confidence and trust in the ‘other,’ and in the future. In an

interview, Bakhash said,

When we launch a campaign concerning an issue, we present alternative solutions to the problem. There is a difference between adopting buzzwords and believing in concepts that are the product of long years of experience and practical knowledge. Before the war, the movement did not focus on national development. We moved from one place to another in an uncoordinated effort. During the war, we spread our effort to a national level, we moved to communities that are multi-confessional to improve coexistence. Our strategy was local development. Since the early 90s, we had a strategic evolution of our role, and we had a new motto. ‘Think globally and act locally.’ We decided that we could not deal with everything, hence we focused on youth. It is a historical, strategic choice. We believe youth is the most sorely affected segment of our society. They are jobless, illiterate, and emotionally drained. Our plans are to provide them with technical assistance and training to enable them to be productive elements of society. We are lobbying the government and the private sectors for a policy of part-time jobs, to give these young people a chance to earn a living with dignity. We are trying to improve the image of vocational training and vocational jobs. We are also lobbying for the creation of municipal councils for the youth in order to get them involved in the decision-making process. We are trying to avoid the emigration alternative.

Reconciliation and Tolerance

On the other hand, the Generation for the Integration of Lebanon (GIL) focuses

on dialogue among young people from different confessional and sectarian groupings.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 237

"Our approach is to breed tolerance and acceptance of the ‘other,’” said Hikmat Al-Zein,

president and founder of this organization. He continued,

We are not concerned with history and the past. We focus on the present and the future. We lobby for equality before the law, democracy, and human rights, and we believe these are the bases for true reconciliation. Our aim is to create a post­ modern forum that is anti-ideology. We focus on common denominators among us and try to solve practical daily problems that face our generation. We arrange seminars, conferences and workshop, to discuss common problems that cut across fixed ideologies and sectarian lines. The process is long, but we keep trying.

Traffic Safety

Youth Association for Social Awareness (YASA) focuses on one issue, traffic

safety. In an interview with Ziad Akl, president and founder, he said,

There are annually between 500 and 600 victims of traffic accidents in Lebanon, and before we started this effort, nobody talked about it. Ever since we started, we have had a great response from the government, from schools and from society in general. We believe that, although we focus on traffic issues, we are contributing, at the same time, to bringing up a more responsible citizen, as well as helping in the improvement of the environment, by lobbying for yearly car inspections and for other road safety features. We train high school students in observance of traffic rules and regulations, and university students in civil defense, and first aid. We clamor for emergency telephone numbers for the civil defense, for the Red Cross and hospital ambulances. We lecture to army recruits and run media ads and posters on traffic safety. We appeal to mothers as primary educators of their children, and parents as providers of safe cars and legal permits for driving. We also educate the youth on the benefit of seat belts and mothers of young children on the essential use of car seats for infants and toddlers. Our work is mainly in awareness campaigns and in lobbying the government for the provision of more traffic officers on the roads and strict applications of the laws regarding traffic violations. The government admits that we have been of great help in its efforts to improve traffic safety in the country.

At its most recent conference on traffic safety, on May 11,2000, their statistics

showed that traffic fatalities in Lebanon have dropped 10 percent compared to 1999, and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 238

they would like to take partial credit for this drop. However, they still consider driving in

Lebanon a very dangerous activity and believe much remains to be done.

The State of the Lebanese Elderly and Sustainable Human Development

The interest in the elderly population in Lebanon is rather recent. It corresponds

with the international attention awarded this issue, starting in 1998 with the declaration of

1999 as the International Year for Older Persons. In the past two decades, the Lebanese

population has witnessed a demographic transition. A decline in fertility rates and an

increase in life expectancy have led to a growth of its elderly population. Recent findings

of the Population and Housing Survey (PHS) carried out by the Ministry of Social Affairs

in 1996, puts the number of elderly males at 10.2 percent and females at 10.4 percent of

the Lebanese population. The total elderly population above 60 years of age was

estimated at 319,142. However, it is important to note that elderly people are a

heterogeneous group, and therefore their economic, emotional, and physical needs differ.

In Lebanon, there is no clear-cut government policy regarding the welfare of the elderly. Hence, the sector of economic activity interacts with the type of occupation, to determine old age security for both elderly men and women. For example, while employment imposes a retirement age, the self-employed elderly are not given any sort of health insurance or indemnity. In addition, among employees, there is a great variation in health coverage, and in other old age pensions.130

130 Abla Mehio Sibai and May Beydoun Elderly Lebanese Women in an Aging World, in A1 Raida. (Spring 1999), Vol. xvi 85, 11-22.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 239

Issues Raised bv the Organizations for the Elderly

In the early days, when care for the elderly was exclusively a family function,

institutions for the elderly in Lebanon were few and served mainly as charities for the

poor and the homeless. However, with the growth in the size of the elderly population

and increased geographical mobility, as a result of immigration and rural/urban

migration, and with the shift from large and extended families to nuclear ones with a

fewer children per household, the institutionalization of the elderly has become a

necessity and a major health-care concern. In Lebanon there are two types of institutions

for the elderly. First, there are those that belong to non-governmental organizations.

Some of these get assistance funding from the Ministry of Health or the Ministry of

Social Affairs. The second type of organizations are private, run for profit. These are

usually quite expensive and unaffordable to the poor elderly who need them most.

In 1997, the government established the National Council for Elderly People. The

initiative started after an international convention in Malta to which Lebanese NGOs and

Lebanese government representatives were invited. It was at this convention that 1999

was declared the International Year of the Elderly. The Council started working

diligently on legal and social issues for the elderly but was dismantled and reformed on a

sectarian basis. At the present time, the Council is headed by the Minister of Social

Affairs, and his deputy is the director-general of the Ministry. The Council has members

representing the Ministries of Health and Economy and the Social Security Office. There

are three NGO members, a Muslim, a Christian and a Druze, and three academicians who

are experts on the subject. Azzam Houry of the Dar Al-Ajaza Al-Islamia (DJI) said that,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 240

Currently the Council is lobbying on two levels: first, for immediate and basic demands that cost the government little or no money, such as free transportation for the elderly on public transport, as well as reduced fees for entertainment facilities, public gardens and basic medical services. The second level of lobbying is mainly on legal issues, a unified retirement age and social security coverage, and a senior citizen law that would cover every Lebanese citizen over 64 years old, whereby senior citizens will be provided with hospitalization services and medication for chronic diseases. As for our organization, we lobby with family members for more attention to their aged parents, whether at home or left in institutions and we try to teach children respect and responsibility towards the elderly.

The State of the Disabled and Sustainable Human Development

There are no accurate statistics on the number of disabled people in Lebanon.

Muhammad Ali Harb, director of the Association of Physically Handicapped People

commented: "We tried three times to carry out a survey of the number of disabled people

in Lebanon, and three times the survey was not completed. However, we estimate that

we have around 50,000 disabled people, half of them being war casualties, and the rest

are polio victims." Dr. Charafeddine, president of the Friends of the Disabled

Association, and father of two mentally retarded children, remarked that accurate

statistics cannot be determined because some people do not declare their handicapped

children because of our shame culture. There are many disabled who live in remote rural

areas and no one is aware that they even exist. The government puts the number at

33,000, but this is a very low estimate.

In general, there are four types of impairments: motor, mental, hearing and visual.

Although disabled people differ in their disabilities, they still have common needs. "We

share our relation to the law, and the way society looks at us," says Abdullah of the

Organization of the University Blind. He continued,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 241

Up to the very recent past, disabled people did not register on the social map of Lebanon, nor did they constitute a pressure group that would affect government policies. Disabled people were looked upon as a burden to their families and to society in general. Service-oriented organizations for the disabled, despite the help they extend, have contributed towards the perpetuation of this image.

Even doctors and intellectuals were discriminatory against the disabled babies:

Lashou I'shtou (what for he lives) was the reaction to a disabled newborn, "put him away

in an institution and try to bear a new, healthy one" recalls Yvonne Shami, a nurse and

founder and director of SESOBEL and ANTA AKHI, two organizations that work for the

disabled individuals. Besides this distorted social image of the disabled, these people

suffer from the lack of legal rights, and lack of access to services and privileges otherwise

available to other Lebanese. The government never bothered to establish special schools

for disabled children, nor were educational institutions prepared and equipped with

special facilities for the disabled. In fact, none of the public facilities is environmentally

friendly to the handicapped. Until very recently there was no law that specifically

addressed disability issues and the rights of the disabled persons.

Issues Raised bv Organizations for the Disabled

On August 4,1999, the Law of Rights and Access for the disabled individuals

was approved by the Lebanese Cabinet of Ministers. The process had been in the making

since 1993, when the newly established Ministry of Social Affairs, responding to pressure

from organizations for the disabled, from activists and supporters of the issue, established

the National Committee for the Disabled, by Law Number 243. It is a semi-public

organization consisting of five government representatives, all from the Ministry of

Social Affairs, four disabled persons representing the four types of impairment (motor,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 242

mental, hearing and visual) and four representatives of institutions, one for every type of

impairment. The main aim of this project and the law that was recently approved is, first,

to mainstream disabled people and get them out of their marginalized state that has long

discriminated against them in all aspects of their lives. The second aim of this project is

to transform the disabled issue from a philanthropic and charity project into one of rights

and obligations based on an organized and scientific method of work. The strategy is to

provide the disabled with legal support and a guarantee of their rights, the simplification

of the means for them to obtain their rights, as well as changing the relationship between

the disabled and the public and the private sector from one based on politics and

sectarianism, to one based on institutions and individual needs and rights.

The issues that the law addressed are basically long-time demands of the

advocates of the disabled. The law comprised six main areas of the disabled community

needs: the right to health services, rehabilitation and support; the right to a rehabilitated

environment; the right to free transportation, parking spaces and driving licenses; the

right to a rehabilitated residence; the right to education and sport activities; and, finally,

the right to work, to be employed, and to have social security. The law that was passed

proved to be one of the most advanced laws for the disabled, even when compared to

laws in the most developed countries. Representatives of the organizations interviewed

were very happy with the law and considered it the coronation of long years of effort on

their part. However, given the difficult economic conditions in the country and the state

of governance, the application and enforcement of the law becomes the real issue for the

organizations of the disabled. They expressed their desire that their advocacy efforts at

this time go towards the application of the laws, rehabilitation of the disabled and the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 243

development of modem ways and means that will allow for faster integration of the

disabled in society. They will continue to educate the public to leam to accept the

disabled without any feeling of shame or burden.

It is important to note here that, during the war years, there was a march

organized and executed by the disabled people that stretched across Lebanon, from the

northern to the southern regions calling for an end to the war. This reflects the concern of

the disabled people with national issues in general, and not only an interest in the issues

of the disabled individuals. Their advocacy organizations have also encouraged disabled

people to run for elections, both at the municipal as well as the parliamentary level, a sure

indicator of their interest in active participation in the political process, and in the

decision-making process, as well as a step towards mainstreaming and integrating the

disabled population.

The State of Drug Use and Sustainable Human Development

Reports from the Oum El Nour drug addiction rehabilitation center mentions that

the use of drugs is dramatically increasing in Lebanon and, in particular, among the

young population, which has been affected tremendously by the consequences of war

devastation, loneliness, displacement, grief and lack of stability. During the war years,

increased use of drugs was attributed to the pressure and encouragement by the militia

leaderships to use drugs as part of a strategy to mobilize fighters and a source of income

for the militias’ offices and leaders. In the post-war years, the use of drugs became a sort

a compensation for the loss of emotional equilbrium. While it is very important to take

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 244

care, help and rehabilitate drug users, it remains more important from a sustainable

human development approach to address the underlying causes for the spread of this

disruptive and deadly practice as well as to provide preventive measures to stop the trend.

Anti-drug organizations, in addition to their efforts at curative and rehabilitation

measures, have been active in educational and anti-drug awareness campaigns among the

youth and the most vulnerable at-risk groups in the Lebanese society.

Issues Raised bv Anti-drug Organizations

Most of the anti-drug associations provide rehabilitation services to drug addicts

and alcoholics. Their advocacy role is mainly in awareness campaigns among school

children, educating them about the serious and damaging effects of drug use. They also

do some street work. They go to areas where drugs are commonly used, and introduce

drug users to a reduction campaign. They teach users how to avoid sexual diseases and

diseases that are communicated through the use of needles. They lecture to the groups

most at risk, such as prostitutes and prisoners. They make a hot-line available whenever

help is needed. They provide users with a medical assessment of their condition and

guidance on where and how they can get treatment. They also try to educate the public

that drug use is a disease and should be treated as such, and that drug users should not be

shamed by society as are criminals.

On the legal level, anti-drug organizations are lobbying members of parliament

and the government to have the addict considered a sick person and not a criminal. In

1997, all drug addicts of the war years had a file that would expire in 10 years. Before

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 245

the expiration of their files, they were all rounded-up and jailed, to extend the life of their

file. This was an unfair act, especially for those who had stopped using drugs for a long

time. The organizations are currently working on an amendment of the law, to allow for

anonymity of the users, as well as to provide financial help for their treatment. The

amendment of the law did not take place, and anti-drug organizations said that this is due

to the fact that the law that governs drug addicts is related in some way to the law that

deals with bank secrecy and money laundering, and thus cannot be approached at this

time for political considerations.

The State of Peace. Democracy and Sustainable Human Development

Chapter Four described and discussed in detail the current state of Lebanese

society in terms of the components of sustainable human development. Internal political

stability and regional peace and sovereignty were discussed as important issues relevant

to sustainable human development. Two rounds of internal conflict and two vicious

Israel invasions, as well as the question of Syrian hegemony over Lebanon, were shown

to be basic deterrents to sustainable development in the nation. A description of the state

of political life, culture, political participation and practice as well as the state of civil

society were provided to highlight the need for work on these areas and issues if

sustainable human development is to be achieved in Lebanon. The Lebanese Foundation

for Permanent Peace and the Lebanese Association for Democratic Elections have been

active in promoting and mobilizing civil society actors and encouraging people toward

the practice of democracy and political involvement and participation.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 246

Issues Raised bv Organizations for peace and Democracy

There is no doubt that all of the advocacy organizations interviewed are also

advocates of peace and democracy, or else they would not be interested in the issues they

raise. In fact, Antoine Messara, founder of the Lebanese Foundation for Permanent Civil

Peace (LFPCP), said that their organization focuses mainly on three issues: civic

education for peace, civil society and democratization, as well as social policy.

Peace

We try to rebuild our collective memory, to leam a lesson from the terrible war. We are a small country with a very controversial regional order. We do not have regional peace, so we have neither internal stability nor regional security. Nobody benefited from the war experience. In our effort, we try to study the political, social and economic history of the Lebanese, and not the history of Lebanon. We try to teach our beneficiaries a lesson about the suffering of the Lebanese people. We focus on the costs of the war, and not the history of the elite and the politicians of Lebanon.

The organizations have recently established a monitoring body for civil peace. Every

year this body publishes a study based on research on the development or regression of

the status of peace in Lebanon, a study based on 100 indicators. A prize is given each

year to the organization or individual who contributes most to peace in Lebanon.

Civic Education

Messara says that Lebanese society is a very sectarian society. This is why their

organization focuses on civic education, without ideology. It is involved in research,

publication, training sessions, conferences and awareness campaigns on this issue. Their

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 247

members work with syndicates, political parties and with the army. Their method is one

of direct penetration and not direct advocacy. Over the last six years, they have lectured

to six regiments of army recruits, a number which amounts to more than 100,000 recruits.

They have lectured to 800,000 Lebanese students, trained 120 teachers in the private

sector, and 100 teachers in the public sector. "We believe if laws are applied and people

are trained and allowed to use the public space properly, we will be able to outgrow our

sectarianism," said Messara.

Educational Policy

The Foundation for Permanent Peace has worked with the Lebanese Pedagogic

Center for the preparation of the new national educational programmes, including

producing a history book for Lebanon. This has been a very controversial issue. Messara

believes that what is needed is a book free from stereotypes and ideologies, and a system

of education predicated on a new philosophy of education which stresses dialogue and

participation in the learning process. The history of Lebanon has been the history of the

elite and the politicians. What is needed is a study of the economic, social and political

history of the Lebanese people. When the Lebanese war is being studied, the focus

should be on the results and the costs of the war and on the human aspects of the war.

The discussion should be left open in terms of assignment of responsibility and blame.

Democracy and Active Political Participation

The Lebanese Association for Democratic Elections has focused mainly on

increasing active political participation, fair elections and an electoral law that would

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 248

provide for legitimate representation. Paul Askar, deputy director-general of the

Association, said that the real incentive for their work may have been the democratic

trend that was sweeping the world after the collapse of the Soviet Union. Besides, 20

years of war robbed Lebanon of any traces of democratic life and procedures, hence the

need arose for some action on their part. "We were denied the permit because the

Minister of the Interior is against public freedom, and many of our supporters are his

political competitors in his electoral region. Oppositional NGOs cannot get permits to

operate. Only docile ones do," Believes Ashkar. Their strategy was to urge people to

participate in the municipality elections by running for offices and by voting. They also

worked on monitoring the elections and on counting the votes, and considered themselves

successful in that effort. However, their work extends to areas such as lobbying against

the appointment of parliamentarians in case of the death of some members, a practice that

has been used previously. They lobbied for a ceiling on election spending and equal

media time for candidates. Although their efforts failed to bring about an electoral law

that guarantees fair representation and a democratic life in the country, they believe that

they have succeeded in convincing the people of the importance of their participation,

and that, despite all the ‘red lines’ that they fear, they still can make a difference.

Parliamentary elections are scheduled for July 2000. The association, along with many

political activists of the opposition, is demanding that an international committee be

invited to Lebanon to monitor the elections. So far the government has not agreed to this

demand.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 249

Issues Not Raised

The State of Labor and Sustainable Human Development

The size of the Lebanese labor force in 1996 was estimated to be around 1.1

million, which puts the rate of economic participation at 31.6 percent of the total

population. With respect to gender participation, this rate reached 62.7 percent for males,

and 15.8 percent for women. The rate of youth participation declined between 1970 and

1987, due to higher rates of school and university enrollment. The UNDP report puts the

rate of unemployment in 1996, at 12-13 percent.131 However, the current Minister of

Finance announced recently on television a rate of 15 percent. Major issues confronting

the labor force, for the time being, are problems of unemployment and falling

productivity. The main explanation for this trend is that the improvement in the

education of the labor force has not been reflected in a rise in productivity, due to the

theoretical nature of the educational system and the lack of response to market needs for

technical and vocational training. In 1987, there were 138 vocational training centers,

concentrated mainly in Beirut, most of which were poorly equipped and staffed. Most of

these centers were run by non-government organizations that offered traditional training,

addressed mainly to females, such as sewing courses, flower arranging, hairdressing and

secretarial skills.

Lebanon is limited in natural resources, and its human capital historically has

been the source of its prosperity. The changes in regional and global environment

necessitate a new role and a new preparation of the labor force. Special attention is

131 UNDP Report, 1996.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 250

needed to strengthen those productive economic sectors that generate employment

opportunities. In addition, there is a need for the revision of an effective employment

policy, in particular one regulating the labor market in relation to foreign labor.

There are no accurate statistics on the number of foreign laborers in Lebanon.

The issue is a sensitive political one, intimately related to the large number of Syrian

laborers currently present in the country. Informal estimates put the number between

800,000 and 1,000,000 laborers, constituting a major threat to the Lebanese economy in

terms of competition with the national labor force, and in terms of the financial

remittances leaving the country. However, besides the Syrians, there are large numbers

of workers from Sri Lanka, the Philippines, India, Egypt, the Sudan and other African

countries. On the social level, these cause some disruptive behavioral problems; at the

same time, these workers suffer from poor accommodations, poor treatment by their

employers, and lack of observance of human rights issues on the part of the Lebanese

people in general and the Lebanese government in particular. Very often these peoples’

rights are violated without any system of support, neither at the government level nor

from their embassies, and non-government organizations. The issue of foreign labor

should be considered in terms of guaranteeing basic human and social rights for ail those

residing on Lebanese territory, as well as in terms of the country's long-term development

strategy, in general, and employment opportunities for the Lebanese, in particular.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 251

The State of the Displaced and Sustainable Human Development

The UNDP report on sustainable human development in Lebanon puts the number

of displaced Lebanese during the war years at 810,000 citizens, or what amounts to 28

percent of the Lebanese population. Of this number, 9,000 families or 45,000 people

were, by the end of the fighting, still genuinely affected by displacement. There were

45,000 families who were still occupying other peoples' homes and 12,000 families living

in poor conditions with unfit accommodations.132 Displacement has had negative

consequences at the political, economic and legal levels. At the political level, the large-

scale demographic shifts caused the country to split along religious lines, thus reinforcing

the previously existing geographical sectarian segregation. This, in turn, encouraged

homogeneity and cohesiveness among sectarian communities and strengthened sectarian

and family ties at the expense of national unity and common national identity.

At the economic level, the displacement was accompanied by the destruction of

the infrastructure and the productive assets, and the neglect of agricultural land.

Industries and factories were destroyed, and work in the remaining facilities was

disrupted, due to migration of labor, either within Lebanon or overseas.

At the social level, the displacement process caused problems for both the

displaced and the receiving communities. Displacement created problems of adjustment

for the rural population who felt alienated in their new urban surroundings, especially

with the severance of family and social ties. This, in turn, affected the moral standards of

the displaced, as well as created problems for the maladjusted youth population. The

132 UNDP Report, 1996.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 252

displaced were exposed to extensive impoverishment, low levels of education, and high

levels of unemployment.

At the legal level, the displaced, having been unlawfully deprived of their homes

and land, occupied other peoples' homes, a measure which has led to many other legal

and, as yet, unresolved disputes.

Realizing the seriousness of the situation, the Lebanese government established

the Ministry for the Displaced in 1992 and, soon after that, the National Fund for the

Displaced to finance the return process and related projects. The official government

approach is predicated on a dual and narrow perspective: the solution lies in the reversal

of the displacement process, by compensating for the losses incurred and a reconciliation

process to mend the tom social fabric. Inasmuch as the government did not have a

comprehensive national policy on development, the return of the displaced continued to

be an unresolved problem. Until recently, the return has been slow and partial, being

more successful in villages east of Saida, in contrast to the rate of success in Aley and the

Chouf and Baabda Cada. In Beirut suburbs, the problem is more complicated, since it is

related to the political situation in southern Lebanon. A study by Sarnia Ali Jumah on the

role of NGOs in the return of the displaced, noted that there have been multiple obstacles

and challenges to this problem.

At the administrative level, restricting the decision-making process concerning the

displaced to the Ministry of the Displaced has created problems of coordination with

other ministries, such as the Ministry of Social Affairs, the Ministry of Hydraulic

Resources and Electricity and the Ministry of Public Works, whose services were badly

needed. Besides, the amount of money spent on compensation for vacating occupied

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 253

houses was much higher than expected, draining the National Fund and leaving minimal

funds for infrastructure development projects.

Sectarian politics played a negative role in the solution of this problem, and the

displaced were not looked at as one whole entity but rather as separate groups on whose

interest sectarian leaders could bargain and achieve personal political gains. At the

economic level, the difficult economic conditions in the country and, in particular, the

degeneration of the economic activities in the rural areas and regions of the displaced, do

not allow for their return. The concentration of all economic activities in Beirut, and the

huge share of the budget that went into its reconstruction, deprived other areas of the

benefits of development and made these areas less attractive to their original residents.

At the development level, the study notes that, unless there is a comprehensive

plan that pays special attention to rural areas and to the southern regions, as well as

administrative decentralization, return will continue to be a remote prospect.

At the social level, the Ministry established “return committees,” in cooperation with

local citizens, to initiate the reconciliation process. In no time, these committees became

agents of the Ministry and lost their role as representatives of their communities.

Moreover, these committees faced great difficulties in overcoming the bitterness that

existed among members of the same community, due to the bloodshed among them.

NGOs have been helping, all during the war years in relief efforts, and in the post-war

era, in the reconstruction process. But the effort has been sporadic, ad hoc and

uncoordinated. So the government, experiencing financial as well as administrative

shortages, and trying to benefit from the expertise gained by NGOs during the war years,

has called upon the NGO community to help in the process. Although tens of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 254

organizations have answered the call, only three of them have committed themselves to

the job, through contracts with the government: Caritas, YMCA and the Middle East

Council of Churches. Subcontracted by the government and funded by the UNDP, they

were supposed to provide financial and in-kind assistance for the reconstruction of

houses; assist concerned ministries with funds for infrastructure, and execute programs in

the areas of health, agriculture, education and small credit. What made it possible for

these three organizations to participate is the fact that they are affiliates of large,

international organizations, with defined programs and strategies, as well as known

human and financial resources. However, despite all their, work has remained challenged

by financial limitations, an unresponsive governmental administration, and the lack of an

integrated national plan. Add the sectarian sensitivity of the issue and the lack of

political will to get at the root of the problem, and it is quite clear that the problem of the

displaced continues to be one of the major problems in Lebanon, and one that threatens

civil peace and sustainable human development overall.133

This chapter has provided a description of the state of affairs regarding various

segments and sectors of the post-war Lebanese society, as well as Lebanese advocacy

NGOs and their work on these issues. The information will be used to assess the

contribution of Lebanese advocacy NGOs towards the development process.

133 Jouma’a Samia Ali. Civil Associations and their Developmental Role in the Return of the Displaced. (Masters Thesis) (Lebanese University, Sociology Department. 1995.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. CHAPTER SEVEN

CONTRIBUTIONS OF ADVOCACY NGOS TO SUSTAINABLE HUMAN

DEVELOPMENT IN POST-WAR LEBANON

This chapter discusses and assesses the contributions of advocacy NGOs to

sustainable human development in post-war Lebanon. It provides a summary of the

Findings of the general characteristics of the studied organizations as well as the

relevance and impact of these characteristics on the strategy and performance of these

organizations in their efforts toward the process of sustainable human development.

Furthermore, issues raised by these organizations are studied in terms of their relevance

to the problematic of sustainable human development, and in terms of their contribution

to increased participation in the decision-making process, people's empowerment and the

building of social capital. This chapter also provides a conclusion, theoretical

reconsiderations and suggestions and recommendations for further studies and research.

General Characteristics of Advocacy NGOs: Summary of the Findings

In the absence of formal government statistics, this study notes that there is no

exact figure of the number of NGOs currently functioning in Lebanon. Estimates vary

from a low of 2,000 to a high of 12,000. Most started as charity and relief organizations,

which were closely related to religious institutions. To this day, the great majority of

them continue to be service and charity-oriented. Currently, a good number of them are

reviewing their missions and their strategies, and some of them have already moved into

255

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 256

small-scale community development. The research shows that advocacy NGOs, which

are the subject of this study, constitute a very small percentage of the NGO sector, and

are basically a recent phenomenon on the societal level in Lebanon.

In terms of the age and historical background of these organizations, the research

shows that 77 percent of them were established during the war and in the post-war years.

Six out of seven environmental organizations were established during the post war

period. Of eight human rights organizations, four were established during the war and

four were post-war creations. The age of women's organizations ranged over a period of

50 years, going back to the early years of independence. However, three of the

organizations interviewed were post-Beijing Conference organizations. Organizations

for children exhibited a different pattern, since five out of six organizations interviewed

were established before the war. Two of the youth organizations interviewed were

established in the post war period. One organization that was established prior to the war

has shifted focus in the post-war years from multiple issues to an exclusive focus on

youth. All three organizations for the elderly are pre-war organizations and five of the

organizations for the disabled are products of the 1980s and the 1990s. Anti-drug

organizations are products of the war years while organizations for democracy, peace and

active political participation are post-war organizations.

This research shows that the Lebanese Civil War (1975-1990) has been a major

factor in giving rise to Lebanese advocacy NGOs. The civil war has contributed to the

emergence of the advocacy NGOs in three ways: by increasing the damage to society and

the need to address emerging issues; by serving as a wake-up call to intellectuals to

investigate the underlying structural causes of the war that plague the Lebanese society;

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 257

and by moving others to address the costs of the war and use that information as a lesson

to avoid a future tragedy. International interest in the NGO sector, as a partner with the

government and the private sector in the process of sustainable human development, and

the particular worldwide interest in advocacy issues of gender, human rights and the

environment, also contributed. Domestically, the lack of proper formal institutions and

channels for people to express and articulate their grievances, whether government

agencies or elected bodies, political parties, media or labor unions, has increased the

demands on advocacy NGOs to play this role. The increased level of education among

the Lebanese population in general and social activists in particular, and the personal

experience of a number of the founders have been equally important contributing factors.

In terms of their organizational practices, this research shows that all the

organizations interviewed have a legal status and are registered with the government.

Three of the human rights organizations are registered as private organizations, due to a

lack of favorable standing with the government.

All the organizations interviewed have a board of directors and elected presidents,

except three that are regional offices of international organizations. Of the humans rights

organizations, 80 percent of those interviewed have an informal structure and 83 percent

of women’s organizations show a similar pattern. Organizations for the children and the

elderly, plus one women’s organization and one organization for the disabled, showed a

rather formal organizational structure. In terms of religious and gender composition of

their constituency, 86 percent of the organizations showed a secular constituency and 89

percent were gender-mixed. However, 75 percent of the organizations have a male

president, and all women’s organizations (except one) have female presidents. Apart

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 258

from two environmental organizations, which focus exclusively on consciousness and

awareness-raising, all of the organizations interviewed practice several forms of

advocacy, ranging from monitoring the state of affairs to awareness and education, to

lobbying and legal activities. However, environmentalists, human rights and women’s

organizations have been more militant.

In general, this research shows that most of these organizations function

informally, and that organizational practices within the organizations are rather

democratic. The gender-mixed and the secular nature of their constituency has

contributed positively to their ability to raise sensitive and relevant issues and has earned

them credibility and respect. The preponderance of male presidencies has not proved to

be a hindrance to the promotion of women's issues and gender equity. Legislative and

administrative pressures are major concerns of these organizations and almost all of them

addressed the need for amendments, introduction, ratification, and application of

international laws and charters. However, their most popular and frequent activity has

been holding conferences and workshops on relevant issues.

In terms of their financial status, self-financing constitutes a small proportion of

their funding sources, and 52 percent of the organizations receive government assistance.

Women’s and human rights organizations rank lowest in the amount of funding received

from the government: 59 percent of the organizations receive foreign funding, and only 7

percent receive Arab money. The private sector's contribution is very limited and the

Lebanese tax law provides no incentive. In general the majority of the organizations

interviewed work within a limited and modest budget. International funding that comes

through the government is channeled to traditional-type organizations that do not threaten

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 259

the status quo. Most of the organizations are skeptical about sources of funds and trust

European organizations more than American ones. Their financial limitation has proved

to be double edged, giving them freedom and credibility, and at the same time, limiting

their potential and scope. This research shows that advocacy NGOs in Lebanon find the

present government more responsive than the previous one, and that government

responsiveness has differed, depending on the issues raised and the people in power, in

particular in terms of issues that do not threaten the existing power structure, and on the

Lebanese government's ability to decide, without regional or international pressure. The

dire situation of the Lebanese economy has impacted negatively on the ability of the

government to respond and is partly responsible for the lack of government cooperation.

However, the patriarchal Lebanese culture and the sectarian political system remain

primary factors; Israeli occupation of Lebanon and Syrian hegemony are equally

influential contributing factors.

The relationships of these organizations with other local NGOs ranges from

cooperation and coordination to petty conflicts, and to a more strained relationship with

the traditional type NGOs. While minor competition and leadership problems strain

relations within the advocacy NGO community, more basic ideological differences

underlie their problems with traditional and religion-based NGOs. However, human

rights organizations have not been able to form their own umbrella organization, due to

both competition over leadership and some basic ideological difference among them. Of

the organizations interviewed, 72 percent have a working, consulting or funding

relationship with foreign organizations, which they felt to be cooperative and compatible.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 260

However, all organizations expressed the need for more cooperation with the national

government, and with both local NGOs and international ones.

The research shows also that the most important internal challenges for these

organizations are lack of funds, human resources and commitment. In addition to the

above, organizations for children complained about the lack of needed statistics and

documentation, and organizations for the elderly complained about lack of space and

time, since most of their work is still service-oriented. The lack of funds, human

resources, and commitment has had a negative impact on their scope and potential.

As for external challenges within the society at large, the research shows that

environmental organizations, vested interests and political ‘red lines’ pose a major

challenge to their work. Human rights organizations mentioned sectarianism, corruption,

and ‘red lines’ as major hurdles they face. Women’s organizations were adamant about

the negative effects of the sectarian, political system and the patriarchal nature of

Lebanese society. The discriminatory laws and lack of awareness among women

themselves were also highlighted. Major external challenges for the disabled stemmed

from the Lebanese government and the Lebanese shame culture that marginalized them

and discriminated against them. However, external challenges rooted in the Lebanese

society, along with external challenges rooted in the regional dynamic of Lebanese

politics, are more serious and more of a hindrance to advocacy NGO work than their

organizational, financial and internal limitations and challenges.

This research shows that the majority of the organizations interviewed expressed

partial or negative satisfaction with the results of their efforts. In general, they attribute

their relative lack of success to the Lebanese sectarian political system and culture, and to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 261

the regional political interference that help perpetuate this political system and further the

prevalent lack of democracy, efficient governance, and observance of freedom and

human rights.

Relevance of the General Characteristics of the Organizations

Relevance of Age and Historical Background

The data show that advocacy NGOs in Lebanon are rather young in age. Two

primary factors have contributed to the recent shift in interest to advocacy organizations

and to the surge in their growth: the Lebanese civil war (1975-1990) and the growing

international interest in civil society and in NGOs as partners in the development process.

Equally important contributing factors are the lack of other means by which the Lebanese

people could articulate discontent about the deteriorating conditions in the country, their

personal experiences in war and the improved level of education and awareness among

newcomers in the NGO community.

The Civil War

All of the organizations interviewed mentioned the devastation caused by the war

as a primary factor that prompted their action. Some mentioned the deterioration of the

environment; others, the lack of democracy, and still others, increased violations of

human rights. The larger numbers of marginalized segments of the population, including

the disabled and orphaned children, also had a great effect.

At the same time the war prompted advocacy work by serving as a wake-up call

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 262

for the underlying causes that brought about the war in the first place. Intellectuals,

social thinkers and activists alike started to look at the war as a symptom of a

malfunctioning social order rather than the cause of this malfunctioning society. They

began looking for more preventive and corrective structural remedies rather than merely

palliative treatments. It was at this point that organizations of the advocacy type were

initiated, which led to the review by traditional organizations of old strategies. Initiatives

along these lines included organizations devoted to of the environment, womens’ rights,

children’s rights and other marginalized s rights of other segments of the population.

For other social scientists and activists, the war served as a lesson not to be

repeated; and the primary focus for them was on the costs of the war rather than its

causes. At this point in time, when social wounds are still fresh, they argued that it was

futile to cast blame or assign responsibility. The main contribution of organizations that

thought along these lines was spreading a culture of tolerance and reconciliation, building

citizen loyalty to the country (rather than to individual sectarian communities), increasing

people’s participation in public life, and training future generations in democratic

practices.

International Interest

There is no doubt that since the early 1980s there has been growing global interest

in civil society in general and in NGOs in particular. The interest is manifested at the

theoretical level in the role recently acknowledged for NGOs as partners in the

development process and is seen at the empirical level, as NGOs have been given more

attention and greater status on the international scene. At the United Nations, NGOs

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 263

currently have few formal powers, but they do have a growing influence. They have put

environmental issues on the global agenda and have insisted that human rights deserve

universal respect and states that do not comply should be criticized. They have pressed

for the rights of marginalized segments of the world population and brought powerful

countries to the table on the disarmament issue. At international conferences organized

by the United Nations, NGOs have stolen the scene as they have been the most creative

participants. And, according to World Bank documents, the Bank has made a special

effort to engage local NGOs in its operations, given their on-the-ground presence and

first-hand knowledge of the needs and interests of the poor. Furthermore, recently the

World Bank has incorporated many NGOs into consultative bodies and developed a

number of programs to promote closer Bank-NGO collaboration.

Funding has become the process of channeling billions of dollars through NGOs,

under the umbrella of promoting open society, capacity building and reinforcing civil

society. The climate of this international hospitality toward NGOs has contributed to the

emergence of even more advocacy NGOs in Lebanon, as evidenced by the

correspondence regarding their initiation, reactivation or redefinition of their roles, and

by international conferences and international trends in funding, which have coincided

with current concerns.

Lack of Other Means to Express Discontent

During the war years the Lebanese state lost its legitimacy and authority and gave

way to militia dominance and, in the post-war years, the government focused mainly on

large projects of physical and infrastructure reconstruction, at the expense of addressing

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 264

human needs, and trying to solve social and economic problems. Two rounds of

parliamentary elections, one in 1992 and the second in 1996, have failed to bring

legitimate representatives of the Lebanese people into the parliament, due to an election

boycott by the opposition in the first instance, and the manipulation of voting results in

the second. Normally the role of political parties, in properly functioning democracies, is

to articulate people’s demands and inputs and to present them for government discussion

and decision at the level of national policy. However, in the case of Lebanon, as

discussed earlier, all the Lebanese political parties emerged from the war discredited by

their own constituencies: the sectarian ones for turning into authoritarian militias, and the

secular leftists for their loss of ideological support following the collapse of the USSR

and the fall of Communism. After the war these parties failed to reconstitute themselves

or to recapture the trust of the common people: after 15 years of war and atrocities, the

people had developed an aversion to politics and politicians. Some of the respondents

articulated the need among the Lebanese people to organize around issues and, in

particular, those impacting directly on their lives and the level of their existence rather

than around sectarian, ideological, or political discourses. Literature on Lebanese labor

unions, on the other hand, shows that, historically in Lebanon, unions have not been

successful in mobilizing workers and employees around class issues, and have continued

to be split over issues of leadership and sectarian politics, which is the very thing that

rendered them inadequate as vehicles or messengers for peoples’ grievances in the first

place. Again, as shown earlier in this study, the media, whether print or electric, have

never been in a better position to serve the people by giving voice to those who need it,

especially considering that most of the radio stations, television stations and major

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 265

newspapers are owned largely by people in power. Traditional and religious-based

NGOs have concentrated mainly on service delivery, in particular to members of their

own groups, thus articulating demands that do not cut across sectarian lines. Amid such

an environment of the Lebanese civil society, advocacy NGOs were a natural outcome.

At opposite positions to these secular, national oriented NGOs, stand Islamist

fundamentalist NGOs and rightist Christian conservative ones.

Improved Level of Education

Another factor that may have positively influenced the emergence of advocacy

NGOs in Lebanon is the increased level of education among the population in general

and among social activists in particular, and their exposure to new theories of

development and acquaintance with international NGOs, with their effective methods and

practices.

Personal Experience

The personal narratives of many respondents revealed that their personal

experience has played an important role in the initiation of the effort in which they are

currently engaged. This is particularly true for organizations of the disabled, in which

four of the respondents are themselves physically disabled, and one is the father of two

disabled children. Personal experience was also the prime mover for Ziad Akl, who lost

a friend in a traffic accident, and Elie Wheibe, who lost a friend through a drug overdose.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 266

Relevance of Organizational Structures and Practices

In general, all of the organizations interviewed engage in awareness campaigns.

All of them monitor the state of affairs of their respective interests and issues. However,

women’s, human rights and environmental organizations are generally more militant and

resort to legal avenues and more aggressive forms of lobbying to pursue change. At one

time, the disabled were equally militant. It remains to be seen how their strategy will

evolve now that the law on disability has been passed. Their attitude at present is one of

wait and see how the law will be applied.

This research showed that, despite the fact that the majority of the organizations

interviewed fulfill the legal requirements of the Lebanese government by having a board

of directors, regular annual elections, and internal laws and by-laws, most of these

organizations function informally. Contrary to the findings of previous studies on

Lebanese NGOs in general, such as the al-Baz study and the Bizri and Sharara study

which noted a lack of democratic practice within Lebanese organizations, this study

shows that organizational practices within these advocacy organizations are quite

democratic. There are no rigid hierarchical work procedures evident, and there is a high

level of delegation of authority and a noticeable division of labor. A change in

presidency and in board membership is regular; except for one president oiUmAl Nour,

few presidents have stayed in office longer than two years. The “personification” trait

noted in other studies of traditional organizations is absent among advocacy

organizations’ leadership. The secular, gender-mixed and religiously mixed constituency

has had a positive effect on the form of actions taken and the issues raised. Issues are

addressed and files opened based on their relevance to the needs of the people affected

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 267

and their relevance to proper sustainable development. The nature of the constituency

gives them credibility in terms of treatment of the issues, since neither gender nor

sectarian politics interfere. The relatively high level of education and awareness among

the leadership and constituency of these organizations has contributed to an objective,

scientific contextual approach to important issues. Nonetheless, except for women’s

organizations, the majority of presidents of these associations are males. Yet this fact has

not affected women’s efforts in terms of fighting discrimination or marginalization of

women’s issues. To a large extent, this could be due to the nature of the issues they deal

with, be they disability, human rights, old age or the environment, which are, in essence,

not exclusively divided along gender lines. This research also shows that advocacy

organizations in Lebanon are engaged in more than one form of advocacy, including

monitoring, consciousness-raising, legal measures and lobbying. Holding conferences

was the most common and preferred activity among these groups. Subjects, speakers and

audience are usually of a high caliber. Parlimantarians and government officials almost

always participate in these conferences as speakers and panelists, which is beneficial,

since the NGOs’ primary objective is usually a change in government attitude and

policies.

The effect of conferences is sometimes limited since they are often attended by

the same people from the NGO community. At some point, it becomes like preaching to

the choir. The question that comes to mind here is how cost-effective such conferences

are, knowing that financial resources of advocacy organizations are limited, and that the

choice in the allocation of resources is critical. The dialogue and the refinement of the

discourse over issues raised at these conferences are no doubt of great value. However, it

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 268

remains to be seen how much follow-up occurs based on conference recommendations.

Sit-ins and demonstrations have been very effective in securing media exposure,

and the organizations of the disabled and environmental organizations have used these

methods successfully.

Legal measures and administrative and legislative pressure are major concerns on

most of these organizations’ agendas. Human rights, environmental and womens’

organizations have had a tougher time than others, perhaps because the issues they raise

are more political in nature and threaten some vested interests among people in positions

of authority. Environmental and human rights organizations realize the need to

internationalize some of the local issues in order to put pressure on the Lebanese

government and other regional abusers for compliance. Lebanese human rights

organizations, with the help of international human rights organizations, have pressured

Israel and Syria to free Lebanese prisoners; they have been partially successful.

Relevance of the Financial Status

Almost all the organizations interviewed were quite open about their financial

status, and I felt there was no effort on the respondents’ part to hide or restrict

information when it was handy and available. I showed that, in general, Lebanese

advocacy NGOs work within limited budgets that range from $5,000 to $200,000. Only

four organizations had a budget of more than one million dollars. There are several

reasons for the modest financial status of advocacy NGOs, as expressed by their

respondents. International assistance assigned to Lebanese NGOs, whether financial or

in-kind, is usually channeled through the government, which makes it a point to allocate

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 269

these funds to traditional organizations that do not challenge the government’s policies,

and, at the same time, fulfill a conventional, sectarian pattern of fund distribution to

political elites and their corresponding organizations. Another reason mentioned was the

skeptical attitude among some of these organizations about the commitments that come

with the allocation of these funds, a fact that makes organizations selective about

accepting some funds and even refusing others. Human rights organizations were the

most skeptical of these groups and relied mostly on personal contributions from their own

membership. Environmental organizations were skeptical about money that came from

the private sector, especially from industrialists. Political participation and democracy-

promoting organizations were skeptical about money from foreign governments, in

particular from the United States. A third reason mentioned to explain the tight financial

situation was the lack of knowledge among some organizations of foreign sources of

funding, as well as lack of professional human resources to follow-up on the subject by

preparing project proposals or establishing contact with international funding bodies.

The fact that the tax law in Lebanon does not provide for tax reductions for

philanthropic donations has not encouraged the Lebanese private sector to participate.

Besides, many members of the private sector, especially industrialists and factory owners,

are threatened by the demands of these organizations for the application of

environmental, labor or social security laws.

Respondents indicated that there was little or no Arab funding for their

organizations. Arab money usually goes to Muslim institutions that cater to poor and

orphaned children and poor, elderly people.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 270

Their independence from government assistance, religious institutions,

international organizations and foreign governments is quite commendable in a sense,

since it gives these organizations integrity, credibility and the freedom to maneuver in

their choice of issues and forms of advocacy. On the other hand, their tight financial

status has put limitations on the scope and efficiency of their performance. First of all,

limited budgets have affected the physical status of their offices, as noted by me during

the interviews. Many of these organizations needed repairs and rehabilitation, but this is

quite costly if it is to be done properly.

This research also showed a positive correlation between the financial resources

and the level of institutionalization of those organizations, as evidenced by the four

organizations mentioned above: Dar Al Ajazah Al Islamiyah, Arc En d el, the Lebanese

Family Planing Association and AUXILIA. These groups displayed a higher level of

institutionalization commensurate with, comparatively speaking, rather hefty budgets.

Relevance of the Relation with the Government

Data on the relatonship between advocacy NGOs and the government are among

the most relevant findings. The ultimate goal of advocacy work, although not solely

geared towards the government, is to influence governmental decisions and policies in

ways that are deemed essential to proper development. Government response and

cooperation is a function of the type of government in office and the level of governance

in practice. NGOs functioning in a ‘poor’ governance environment are said to be

functioning ‘uncollaboratively’ vis-a-vis government and hence need to be sheltered by

powerful external forces and donors, or to strive for financial independence. At the other

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 27!

end of the spectrum are governments exhibiting good governance with a culture of

human rights, freedom, transparency and accountability. Such governments tend to

encourage and seek collaboration with the NGO sector. Somewhere in the middle of this

spectrum are governments in the early stages of transition to better governance, which

present a particular challenge to the understanding of the dynamics of the relationship.

The Lebanese state of governance seems to fit in this last category. Respondents

pointed out that the present government seems more responsive than the previous Hariri

regime. However, they emphasized the fact that the government is neither monolithic nor

consistent in its responsiveness. The type of relationship between NGOs and the

government has differed, depending on the person in authority, the nature of the issue

being raised and the availability of resources to be allocated. Few ministers have been

supportive of advocacy NGOs’ efforts, but the majority of the decision-makers has been

more of a deterrent to their efforts, some for reasons of vested interest, others because of

political clout, and still others due to a commitment to ‘higher paymasters’ and

limitations imposed by ‘red lines.’ Very rarely was it shown that politicians and people

in the decision-making process had acted out of personal conviction or ideological

commitment.

The lack of response in terms of financial allocations and financial assistance is

shown to be a function both of the drained Lebanese economy, due to poor management

and corruption, and to the differential treatment that organizations and issues enjoy when

they do not threaten the existing social structure. On the other hand, it was expressed that

environmental organizations’ main adversaries are corrupt officials with their own vested

interest; women’s organizations’ adversaries are officials with a patriarchal mentality

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 272

officials who have interest in the current sectarian-based electoral system; and human

rights’ adversaries are officials without political clout to challenge Israeli violations and

without the political will to challenge Syrian hegemony.

Relevance of Relations with Other NGOs

Of eight categories of advovacy organizations, only four have umbrella

organizations within their own specialties: women’s organizations and organizations for

children, the disabled people and the environment. Respondents expressed a need for

more cooperation both among organizations of the same specialty as well as among

different types of organizations, but exerted no real effort to accomplish this goal.

Human rights organizations have failed to coalesce into umbrella organizations due to

deep-rooted differences in ideological commitments among them, as well to leadership

problems, as was expressed by their representatives. Although the majority of the

respondents noted a cooperative relationship between local organizations, it seemed to

me that the level of cooperation was quite limited. Attending each others’ conferences is

one of the main activities that brings them together, yet few of them have published

jointly, and the majority have displayed a lack of cooperation on joint projects.

Organizations worked more closely with foreign organizations that financed and

trained them locally and supported them at the international level whenever the need

arose.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 273

Relevance of Internal Challenges

It is obvious from the above discussion that the lack of funds and professional

human resources and volunteer commitments are the basic internal challenges faced in

Lebanon. It is remarkable that internal competition and friction among members and

fighting over leadership and jealousy, revealed in other studies of the NGO community,

were not evident among advocacy organizations. This important fact may reflect the

serious commitment of their constituencies and active members to the issues. Active

members of these organizations are committed people working for a specific mission, not

just passing time. In fact, most of these members are full-time employees, belonging

mainly to the middle class, whose commitment to the issues stems from either an

ideological commitment or from a personal need or experience. Lack of funds and

insufficient human resources do limit the effectiveness of these organizations since it

restricts their potential to expand in geographic areas and projects. However, the few

who remain active and committed are driven by this limitation to out do themselves and

work even harder to keep the issues alive. Active members know that there is no place

for free-riders among them.

Relevance of External Challenges

Inter-organizational challenges were rather numerous. Lack of cooperation and

coordination as well as the presence of competition among them, were mentioned.

Advocacy NGOs have some basic disagreements with NGOs of the traditional nature,

based on ideological differences.and modes of practice. Disagreement among advocacy

NGOs exists mainly over strategy, a less serious and less harmful friction since, at times,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 274

multiple strategies may prove to be complementary and beneficial. Human rights

organizations have some serious disagreements among themselves over ideological

questions, which may sound ironic due to the universal nature of their issue.

Relevance of External Challenges with Society in General

External challenges pose one of the most relevant areas that affect NGOs’

contribution to sustainable human development; after all, NGOs form one element of

civil society as social agents whose primary goal is to affect change for society in

general. Challenges that are rooted in this society constitute major hurdles to their work.

Lack of democracy, sectarianism, nepotism, corruption, vested interests and the laws all

present very serious problems individually and become more detrimental when

combined. The presence of discriminatory laws (personal status, electoral, penal or

labor) within such an environment of regressive political culture and practice suggests

that amendment of these laws is only a remote possibility, and lessens the potential for

positive change. Add to that the presence of ‘red lines,’ which can veto or deter efforts at

corrective measures. External challenges are part and parcel of the issues that advocacy

NGOs address.

Relevance of the Evaluation

The majority of the organizations interviewed fall between partial and negative

satisfaction with the results of their efforts. This negative evaluation is dangerous if it

leads to giving up on issues and projects.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 275

Waleed Salba assessed the situation by noting, “Our efforts to amend the personal

status law have been very intensive for the past two years, but to no avail. However, we

will give it six more months and if we realize by then that there is no light at the end of

the tunnel, we will need to shift focus and move on to other issues till the time is ripe.”

Although this may be a clever strategic move to save time and effort, the loss of

momentum on issues of such importance is very dangerous. On the other hand, the lack

of satisfaction expressed by the respondents has had a positive effect on these

organizations as it has pushed them into intensifying efforts, altering strategies and

experimenting with new approaches.

Women’s NGOs that were disappointed with the failure to pass the personal status

laws, shifted gears and focused their demands on the application of all the ratified articles

of CEDAW and the amendment of contradictory Lebanese laws. They have not

abandoned the issue of personal status law but are using the approach of the late Laure

Moghaizel, who advocated ‘one step at a time’ on legal issues, while working

simultaneously at public awareness to gain popular support.

Assessment of Advocacy NGOs’ Contributions

It was noted in earlier chapters that recent development theories have made a

remarkable shift from focusing mainly on the state and the market, to bringing in a new

actor, civil society. Therein I have defined civil society as the sum total of all social

relations and social organizations that exist in the public space between the individual

and the state. These are organizations that people join voluntarily or that evolve willfully

with the development of social needs, and are not based on ties between individuals that

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 276

precede the act of intellectual choice. Components of this modem civil society are trade

unions, professional groups, the media, non-govemmental organizations, non-profit and

non-governmental educational institutions as well as political parties when not in power.

This recapitulation of how I defined civil society helps introduce the idea that non-

govemmental organizations are only one element of civil society and do not represent

civil society in its entirety. Rather collectively, they are one player among many,

alongside the state and the market. Making this point clear allows for a better

understanding and assessment of the NGOs' contribution, as participants in the

sustainable development process. Factors that influence the performance of the NGO

sector are: the democratic nature of the state, or lack thereof; the strength of the private

sector and the level of cooperation that exists between it and the NGOs; the level of

activity of the political parties and trade unions; and the nature of their support.

Although the BBSD does not spell out explicitly what is meant by a healthy,

growing civil society, implicitly it suggests a social network of non-govemmental

organizations based on non-religious and non-ethnic interests. These organizations, with

the social capital that they build, bind people together and overcome cleavages and lessen

risks of religious strife and civil conflict. These organizations of civil society serve three

kinds of functions. First, their socio-cultural functions involve the promotion of social

cohesion, combating isolation, alienation and anomie, while training future leaders.

These functions also include the development of organizational skills, and raising the

self-esteem and confidence of members. Second, their economic functions involve

providing services, solving social problems, mobilizing local resources to meet local

needs, providing competitive alternatives to state agencies, and increasing self sufficiency

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 277

while decreasing dependency. Third, in their political functions these groups "can act as

interest groups to lobby, to mobilize people who otherwise have no access to state power,

and to gather them in groups, so that they can have some influence and participate in the

governmental decision-making process."134 Typical of these organizations are advocacy

organizations such as women's organizations, human rights and environmental ones.

"The political function of these organizations is to increase participation in the political

processes, provide voice and political empowerment to their members and force

governments to be more open, transparent and responsive.”135

As mentioned at the beginning of this study, the research is meant to be an

exploratory study of the contributions of advocacy NGOs to the process of sustainable

human development in Lebanon. It was initiated without any assumptions or hypotheses

as to which components of the sustainable human development process would most

benefit from their activities. The interaction of theory and research, and the mutual

enrichment that is gained by this interaction is best exemplified in this study. Starting

with a conceptual definition of sustainable human development and a theoretical

assumption of the role of civil society in the process, this field research allowed me to

conclude that the major contributions of advocacy non-govemmental organizations, as

one element of civil society, are towards the process of democratization, and on the level

of their political functions.

It is useful to restate here the basic components of the broad-based sustainable

development approach and the issues that are deemed relevant by it.

134 Weaver et. al., 214. 135 Ibid. 214.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 278

A broad-based sustainable development has four components. The first is a healthy, growing economy that constantly transforms itself to maintain and enhance the standard of living. Second, the benefits of economic growth are equitably shared; women minorities, immigrants, the poor and the handicapped get a fair deal from economic growth. The third component includes respect for human rights, good governance, a healthy civil society of non-govemmental organizations, and an increasingly democratic society. The fourth is sustainability, which means that, in the process of economic growth, we don’t destroy the environment, — foul the air, poison the water, pollute soils, mine the resource base, or destroy places of natural beauty-- so that our descendants can enjoy the same or a higher standard of living.136

A healthy, growing economy implies a real growth of the per capita income, a

relatively full employment rate and relatively stable prices. It also entails a structural

transformation of the sectors of production, namely an increase in agricultural

productivity and a shift towards the service and industrial sectors of the economy. This,

in turn, requires an improved level of education in general, and improved technical skills

of the labor force in particular.

For development to be sustainable, economic growth should be equitably

distributed. Life expectancy, mortality rates, illiteracy rates, (in particular illiteracy rates

of women) are good indicators. Equitable distribution of benefits of growth also implies

equitable income distribution; a good indicator thereof is the percentage of population

below absolute poverty lines, as well as the share of income going to the poorest 20

percent of the population.

Contributions of advocacy NGOs to the economic component of the sustainable

human development process are rather limited and negligible. This research shows that,

although services and community development projects are not considered part of

advocacy work as defined by this researcher, this does not deny that some of the

136 Ibid. 2.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 279

organizations interviewed continue to provide services to certain segments of the

population and to the population in general. The two organizations of the elderly that

were interviewed are institutions whose primary mission is to provide assistance and

services to the elderly. Their advocacy role has developed from their experience in

providing services, and their advocacy work is still nascent and hesitant. AUXIL1A, on

the other hand, started a cooperative in 1999 that sells consumer products to the public at

competitive prices, and uses its profits to support children in their family settings, while,

at the same time, providing work opportunities to families of children who need support.

Arc-en-Ciel has a factory that employs disabled people exclusively and manufactures

equipment for the disabled. It sells its products to the disabled people and the general

public at prices close to cost. ANTA AKHI and SESOBEL provide services to disabled

children and own a supermarket that caters to the public and helps to defray part of the

expenses of their institutions.

However, the more direct way that advocacy NGOs contribute to equitable

distribution of the benefits of growth is through lobbying for a larger allocation of the

national budget and the provision of free and assisted services to certain marginalized and

needy segments of the population.

Organizations for the children have lobbied and succeeded in making basic

education mandatory. However, lack of resources in the national budget made the

application of the law rather difficult, and NGOs for the children continue to lobby for a

"seat for every child.” The disabled have lobbied and succeeded in making the

government enact the "rights and access" law for the disabled. Among other things, the

law provides for certain services to be provided by the government to the disabled. These

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 280

services require the allocation of financial resources which the government is unable to

provide at the moment. Women, the elderly, children and youth organizations have their

own demands in terms of social security, health and medical insurance and services. At

the present time, these are issues that have not been resolved legally and their application

remains only a future prospect.

The above discussion shows that although advocacy NGOs do not contribute

directly to the economic goal of sustainable human development, their continuous

articulation and airing of the demands of different marginalized segments of the

population constitute an indirect form of contribution.

The third component of a sustainable human development is a democratic

political system:

A political system here refers to the whole social system of political decision-making comprising governmental agencies, parties, lobbyists, policy groups, experts and citizen groups. It is neither the government alone nor the society as a whole but something in between, the organizational arena for political action, or the political system.1

Advocacy NGOs contribute to the democratization of this political system in four

ways: first, in raising issues that are basic to the sustainable human development process;

second, by increasing the peoples’ participation in the decision-making process; third, by

empowering the people and in particular marginalized segments of the population; and

fourth, by building "good" social capital.

137 Ibid. 221.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 281

Relevance of the Advocacy Issues Raised

Recent development theories insist that freedom and human rights must be

accorded due attention in any definition of sustainable human development. Human

rights monitors and activists agree that some human rights are more basic than others and

international organizations exert pressure on governments to respect those basic rights.

This research shows that human rights organizations in Lebanon went beyond the issues

of basic human rights without neglecting those foundation issues. The importance of

raising the issue of freedom of association does not merely lie in being one of the rights

provided for in the International Charter, but also, because defending and preserving this

freedom is essential to the development of a healthy and active civil society. Thus,

human rights organizations have been able to prevent the government from changing the

law that governs the freedom of association in Lebanon a law that is considered quite

liberal and adequate. However, they have not been equally successful in guaranteeing the

application of the law. The importance of raising issues of the kidnapped and missing,

domestic foreign labor and prisoners in non-Lebanese prisons lies in giving voice to those

segments of the population who cannot speak for themselves. Human rights

organizations have been successful in pressuring Israel and Syria into freeing some of the

prisoners held in their detention camps and prisons. On May 24,2000, Israeli forces

began their final evacuation from southern Lebanon leaving behind the Khiam detention

camp, where Lebanese and Palestinian prisoners had been held in wretched conditions

and without trial for the past two decades. All the detainees of the Khiam camp are free

now, while prisoners in Israeli prisons still await international mediation and resolution

of their predicament.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 282

The government has been listening lately to the demands of the parents and

families of the missing and the kidnapped, but the dialogue has not yet materialized into

any action. The question of domestic foreign labor continues to be a very marginal issue,

and no organization for these laborers is allowed to be formed, either by them or on their

behalf. Women's issues and the Taif Accord issue deal with two important aspects that

affect the process of development in Lebanon: the issue of sectarianism, which plagues

the Lebanese political system and political culture and which, in turn, negatively affects

the development process. Human rights organizations have written and commented on

their discontent with the Taif Accord and its application, yet their contribution did not go

beyond voicing discontent and raising public awareness. The personal status law

regarding women's rights was not enacted despite the organizations, intensive effort

towards this subject. Human rights' main success has been in raising awareness among

the public in general, and students and army recruits in particular, by educating them on

issues of human rights, reconciliation and tolerance. But their contribution in this area is

long-term and cannot be quantitatively assessed at present.

The above discussions show that human rights organizations raised many relevant

and basic issues. Their partial success has been mainly in issues that do not threaten the

existing structure of power, be it the sectarian/political system or the patriarchal

sectarian/legal one. Human Rights organizations have been more successful in

monitoring violations of human rights and exposing relevant issues and raising

consciousness and awareness.

Nothing is more evident of the centrality of women's issues to the process of

sustainable human development than the international interest and importance accorded

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 283

to the Beijing Conference and its follow-up actions. In Lebanon, both the government

and the NGOs have been no exception to this global interest.

This research shows that women’s advocacy NGOs have worked systematically

trying to improve women's status in Lebanese society. They have addressed

discrimination against women in the legal system, in higher governmental positions, and

in the workplace, the family and in society in general. Discrimination against their

participation in the political process was addressed by raising the issue of the quota

system in the parliament and higher official positions. NGOs have addressed and

demanded the amendment of the labor law, the personal status law and the penal code in

an effort to eliminate all forms of discrimination against women. A publication prepared

by Laure Moghaizel on women's human rights cites the different achievements on the

status of Lebanese women since the early 1950s. She attx ibutes the credit to the efforts of

women activists, Lebanese NGOs and the Lebanese Democratic Party.

In 1953, a law was passed that gave Lebanese women the right to vote. In 1959, a

law was passed that gave non-Muslim men and women equal rights to inheritance. In

1960, a law was passed that gave a foreign woman the right to choose her citizenship

status when she marries a Lebanese, and the same right to a Lebanese woman when she

marries a foreigner. In 1974, a group of Lebanese female lawyers lobbied for the end of

the practice by the Surete Generate that prevented women from traveling without the

written permission o f their husbands. In 1983, due to effective lobbying by the Lebanese

Family Planning Association (LFPA), the penal code that prevented the use of

contraceptives was abrogated. In 1987, a unified law for the end of employment for men

and women was enacted. In 1993, a law that rejected women's testimony in real estate

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 284

matters was also abrogated. In 1994, women won the right to practice commercial

activities without the permission of their husbands, and, in 1994, women diplomats were

allowed to continue in their job, despite their marriage to non-Lebanese. In 1995,

married women became eligible to get life insurance without the permission of their

husbands.138 Despite the above gains, gender equity, a basic characteristic of a

democratic political system, is still a remote reality in the Lebanese society. A sectarian

political system, a patriarchal culture, vested interests, and women's lack of confidence in

their own abilities have all contributed to the current state of the Lebanese women. The

Israeli occupation of southern Lebanon has been used by people in authority to

deprioritize internal issues and women's issues in particular. The fractured women’s

discourse between traditional women's NGOs and women's advocacy ones contributed

negatively to the success of women's issues.

Children younger than 14 years of age constitute over 29 percent of the Lebanese

population. Investment in their health and education is an investment in the future of the

country. Modem development thinking stresses the guarantee of the rights of the child

and society’s role in preparing these children to assume their future roles. This issue

assumes great significance in the case of Lebanese children, in particular for some who

have witnessed war atrocities and the younger ones who are living with the war

consequences. Bringing up a new generation of Lebanese that is physically and

psychologically healthy is basic to the development process. A proper education that

138 Laure Moghaizel. The Rights o f Women in Lebanon, in the Light o f International Conventions (Beirut: The Institute of Arab Women Studies, 1995).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 285

would provide them future opportunities for decent work, while protecting the disabled,

the poor and the marginalized among them, is a goal that cannot not be taken lightly.

This research shows that, for a long time, Lebanese NGOs for children have been

raising the right type of issues. The ratification of the International Agreement on the

Rights of the Child, in 1991, has helped organizations to focus on the most basic issues.

However, despite the fact that the organizations lobbied for, and were successful in

making the government pass the law for mandatory basic education and amending the

labor law that raised the age of the children who may be employed to 13 years, more laws

continue to be in contradiction of the Agreement. One concludes that the real problem

lies in the application of the laws, which has been less than satisfactory. While the

political will may be there to enhance the status of the Lebanese child, government

financial and administrative resources are not available. In addition, lack of awareness

among public officials in particular, and the society in general, of what is in the best

interests of the Lebanese child is one basic hurdle. The shame culture that stigmatizes

disabilities, the globalization trend that favors cheap labor, and the political implications

of the beggar child have left many needs of the Lebanese children unaddressed.

Organizations for the children have managed to highlight these issues, yet the result of

their effort is still minimal.

No development can be sustainable if the youth segment of the population is not

accorded appropriate attention. Lebanese youth organizations have addressed major

issues relevant to the process, namely reconciliation, tolerance and unemployment. The

reconciliation and tolerance issues directly impact the prospects of peace in the country,

and the cohesiveness of the social fabric which are basic to sustainable development.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 286

The issue of unemployment, on the other hand, directly impacts future economic growth,

the youth being the major pool of the future workforce in Lebanon. While one of the

youth organizations studied tries to address the issue of high unemployment rates by

providing technical and vocational assistance to those who need it, a more serious effort

that should be provided by the government in this direction has not been achieved and the

more serious problem of foreign labor that inundates the Lebanese market has not yet

been addressed due to its political implications. Youth organizations' effort has been

marginal, due to the enormity of the task that lies ahead of them. Although their efforts

are well commended, the actual effect of their contribution is minimal, as evidenced by

the high number of Lebanese young people leaving the country.

The importance of the issues raised by the elderly and by the disabled lies in the

way in which they provide means for mainstreaming the marginalized groups of the

population, turning them into productive assets and according them due respect and

dignity. Efforts of the organizations of the elderly are very recent and have not resulted

in any change in governmental polices; the disabled people, on the other hand, have been

successful in their effort at the legal level, and application of the law is their next target.

The work of the anti-drug organizations has been successful, mainly in rehabilitation

efforts and in raising awareness among the youth population about the harm of drug use.

Their advocacy effort so far has been marginal and marginalized, and the result of their

efforts remains to be seen.

Organizations for peace and democracy have raised basic issues that are relevant

to the Lebanese society. These organizations have addressed the costs of the war, peace

initiatives and reconciliation, the need for a secular civic education to replace the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 287

sectarian one and an educational system that provides for a coherent and tolerant political

culture. There is a great need for work to be done in this area, and no matter how much is

being done, it is not enough. Reconciliation at the grass-roots level cannot be announced

or declared, it has to be nurtured and developed, while at the same time eradicating

structural causes underlying it.

Organizations for peace and democracy have also been addressing the issue of

active political participation. They have addressed this issue in two ways: first, by

demanding a change in the electoral law, and, second, by encouraging people to run for

public office and to vote. They have been partly successful in their second effort, but

have failed to bring about a fair and just electoral law. Regional politics have played a

major role in the nature of the electoral law that was recently passed, and the

organizations' effort to thwart it was unsuccessful. Democracy, based on competitive

politics, and effective governance, based on accountability and the rule of law, have both

been denied a fair chance by the new electoral law. Municipality elections proved to be

more democratic due to the absence of interference of sectarian and regional politics.

Two issues which were mentioned earlier in the report about the state of

sustainable human development in Lebanon have not been raised by advocacy NGOs-

the issues of the 810,000 Lebanese displaced due to the war and one million Syrian

workers currently working in Lebanon. Advocacy NGOs have stayed out of these two

relevant and substantial issues. The first issue has many internal political implications,

while the second has serious regional ones. Choosing to avoid these two issues is not due

to a failure to realize their importance, rather, the more logical explanation is that

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 288

advocacy NGOs have drawn limits for themselves when dealing with issues that are

highly politicized.

Increasing Participation in the Decision-making Process

There are several ways that advocacy NGOs promote increased participation in

the decision-making process:

1. Advocacy NGOs monitor and expose issues relevant to peoples’ needs;

2. They provide and suggest solutions to those needs and problems, based on their

actual experiences;

3. They provide or try to guarantee safe participation in the process, for people

interested in participating;

4. They increase awareness about issues;

5. They encourage and mobilize more people to be interested and involved in the

issues;

6. They provide institutional channels for peoples' participation, and

7. They act as watchdogs to keep government officials and private sector parties

accountable for their work.

This research shows that Lebanese advocacy NGOs have contributed to the

participation process in many of the ways listed above. All the issues raised are derived

from the actual life experiences and evolving needs of the people concerned. Not all

organizations interviewed have the organizational capabilities and expert knowledge to

tackle the issues they raise comprehensively. Yet organizations cooperated with experts

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 289

and research centers that provided them with the needed information. They relied mainly

on expert volunteers. Lawyers have always volunteered to support human rights and

women's organizations on legal issues, and helped organizations to review the laws in

question and provide alternatives and proposals for new laws, or amendments to existing

ones. For example, agricultural engineers from the American University of Beirut, who

form the largest number of members in the Green Line environmentalist organization,

have worked not only on raising issues of environmental violations, but also provided

solutions to the deteriorating conditions of certain Lebanese agricultural areas. Their

"Integrated Crop Management Project" provides for less use of pesticides while their

"Green Industry Project" calls for environment-friendly industries. Doctors have worked

very closely with organizations of the children and organizations of the disabled in order

to help prioritize and classify the needs. Disabled people themselves defined their needs

and presented proposals for the rights and access law, and women activists pushed for the

provision of day care centers to help working mothers retain their jobs. Women lawyer

activists have participated in scrutinizing the Lebanese laws and delineating laws that are

still in contradiction to CEDAW.

Once issues are raised, human rights groups try to provide and guarantee the

rights and safety of those who wish to voice their positions in opposition to government

policies, or in pointing out government violations. Their defense of freedom of

association and freedom of speech and expression has formed the bulk of their work.

Human rights organizations and lawyers have sued on behalf of demonstrators and

activists, who have been persecuted or detained without fair trials. Human rights lawyers

have volunteered in the past few months to defend Greenpeace activists who were

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 290

detained for demonstrating against a large chemical firm deemed a major polluter of the

sea, north of Beirut. They also volunteered to defend numbers of student activists who

were demonstrating and distributing brochures denouncing Syrian presence in Lebanon.

Advocacy organizations have been trying to increase peoples' awareness about

certain issues, and informing people about their rights and obligations. The hope is that

increased awareness eventually will turn into action and more activism. In 1998,

supporters of the personal status law were able to gather a petition with 55,000

signatures, which they presented to the President of the Republic, who endorsed it.

However, the civil law that was proposed was never forwarded to the Parliament for

discussion and approval. Women’s organizations and democracy organizations, prior to

the parliamentary elections of 1996 and the municipality elections of 1998, organized

meetings with community groups in villages all over Lebanon and encouraged people to

run for public office, and vote for the right candidates. Of 353 women who ran for

municipal elections, 139 were elected. Dr. Nawwaf Kabbarah, himself disabled, and the

president of the National Association for the Rights of the Disabled, ran in the

parliamentary elections o f 1996 in Tripoli, but did not succeed, nor did Linda Matar who,

at the time was president o f the Lebanese Women’s Council.

In fact, what advocacy organizations do best is provide institutional channels for

people to articulate their needs to the state. They structure and formalize efforts and

provide a legitimate podium for relevant issues to be addressed. NGOs provide a formal

entity with which government officials can establish contact and initiate dialogue, and

exchange information about peoples' needs and government policies to meet those needs.

A number of conferences have been held by advocacy NGOs, to which members of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 291

parliament, ministers and public officials have been invited as speakers and participants.

Recently an initiative was launched by the Lebanese NGO Forum to establish a

permanent forum comprising representatives from parliament and from the NGO

community in order to establish a dialogue between the people and their representatives,

and allow for increased participation by the people in the making and passing of the laws

and policies that affect their lives. The initiative is quite recent and has not yet

materialized into a specific strategy for action. Human rights NGOs have demanded a

new electoral law that provides for fair elections and proper representation of the people,

and women's organizations presented a proposal for a quota system that provides for the

allocation of 30 percent of the seats in parliament to women. Neither demand was met,

and advocacy NGOs have to continue their fight for increased participation in the

decision-making process.

Finally, advocacy NGOs act as watchdogs over government actions, to make sure

that, when laws are amended or new laws are passed, they are being applied and

enforced. Organizations for the disabled, even after the law of "Rights and Access" was

passed, continue their pressure today for the application of the law. Organizations for the

Children, despite the passage of the law for mandatory basic education, continue to lobby

for "a seat for every child.” Without monitoring the situation and acting as watchdogs

over government actions, their efforts will not be taken seriously and their effort at

participating in the decision-making process may be aborted.

Increasing participation in the decision-making process is a process requiring

continuous involvement, and one which does not stop with the achievement of one

demand or the passing of one law. Peoples' needs continue to evolve and change, and the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 292

role of advocacy organizations is to keep track of these evolving and emerging needs, and

to articulate them and provide suggestions and solutions for the decision-makers to take

into consideration.

Empowerment

Empowerment of people is another way of contributing to the democratization of

the political system. Empowerment involves two areas of action: first, the provision of

the proper legislation to protect the rights of various segments of the population, and,

second, public awareness and skill development of the people for access to these rights.

There is nothing more empowering to people in general, and the marginalized sectors of

the population in particular, than laws that spell out their rights and obligations.

However, laws alone are not enough, and concerned people must have easy access to

their rights.

Looking back at the issues raised by the Lebanese advocacy NGOs, one finds

that, in every issue that the organizations have addressed, the legal aspect of it was of

major concern. Turning a social need into a right provided for by law transforms services

to the beneficiaries from an act of charity to an act of governmental and social duty and

obligation. In fact, this is one of the basic differences between advocacy NGOs and

traditional NGOs, where the volunteer work of the latter still carries a sense of charity

and philanthropy. Human rights and women's organizations have worked intensively,

and lobbied for the ratification of international agreements. Children’s organizations

have focused on rights of children for basic education and primary health care. Disabled

and freed detainees have demanded and succeeded in obtaining a certain quota for

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 293

employment opportunities, in firms of the private sector and in government agencies.

Environmental organizations have lobbied for the consolidation of environmental laws to

make them more accessible and more easily enforceable. In fact, except for two

environmental organizations whose work is mainly focused on awareness and education,

all the organizations that were interviewed addressed the laws that govern their issues.

In the absence of an efficient government enthusiastic about law application and

law enforcement, peoples' awareness of their rights and the improvement of their skills to

access their rights become an absolute must for the empowerment of people. Lebanese

women’s advocacy organizations have published simplified versions of women's rights

and introduced large numbers of rural and poor women to their rights. Human rights

organizations activists have lobbied for and succeeded in introducing human rights into

schools curricula, as part of the study of civic education. Organizations for the disabled

have published, with the collaboration of the Ministry of Social Affairs, a guide listing all

the institutions that provide services to the disabled people and those that sell related

equipment. The guide also includes addresses and telephone numbers of government

offices and agencies, providing easier access to the disabled needs.

Although advocacy organizations have addressed almost every law that

discriminates against the various segments of the population represented by the

organizations of this study, the research shows that their success has been rather

marginal. Basic issues that can produce fundamental and positive changes in the existing

social structure, namely the personal status law and the confessional electoral law, were

left untouched. Advocacy NGOs have more room to maneuver in the awareness and

educational areas. Limitations on their efforts in these areas are a function of a lack of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 294

financial resources, managerial capabilities and professional human resources.

Commensurate with their numbers and their recent history their activity in terms of

raising consciousness and awareness has been relatively high and commendable.

Building Social Capital

Associational life is a source of social capital that produces civic engagement, and

facilitates individual and collective endeavor.

Social capital can be defined as the voluntary forms of social regulations. Social capital formation is embodied in the relations among people: it calls for their activation with a view to expanding their capabilities, choices and participation to achieve their common interests. The concept also calls for linking democracy and development to maintain and promote interaction between state and society. Social capital formation, along with human capital formation for development, fosters competent societies.13

Social capital formation in Lebanon is influenced by a number of factors. Some are of

international and regional origins, others can be traced to the internal political structures

and relations.

The social fabric is influenced by the sectarian setup and the nature of the political relations. And irrespective of differences in opinion as to the order of their importance, there is agreement as to the existence of a chain of mutual reactions between the political system and society, which gives the former a direct effect and a strong influence on the makeup of the social fabric.140

Other social and economic considerations have affected the formation of the

social capital. Some cultural values propagated by the schools, families and the media

have neither helped in promoting a common national identity nor motivated people to

139 UNDP Report, 1996. 140 Ibid.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 295

participate positively, in great numbers, in public affairs. It should be noted again here

that, although associational life produces social capital, not all social capital is conducive

to sustainable human development, and not all organizations contribute equally to the

formation of good social capital.

The question requires that the activities of these organizations be viewed in a context that goes beyond their role as instruments for providing assistance and services, for the welfare and charitable type. Do these organizations and associations provide a framework that prompts individuals to enter wider relations, or do they revive primary relations that derive from kinship and religious affiliation? In the latter case, they lose their inter-mediation function, hence their presence will no longer be indicative of openness and evolution of the civil society in the modem sense, as much as being a vehicle for reproducing traditional types of civil relationships, and for controlling local society and molding the needs of the individuals to suit personal and factional interests.141

The war in Lebanon has contributed to the reproduction of primary relationships

as a means of protection and security. It has strengthened traditional and religious types

of associations as peoples' loyalties have shifted to these institutions for the provision of

health, education and cultural services during the war years. However, the research

shows that in Lebanon organizations exist that are built around modem types of

affiliation, namely issues of interest to various segments of the population, regardless of

kinship or sectarian affiliation. Advocacy NGOs in Lebanon are this type of organization

that produces "good" social capital, and contributes positively to the democratization

process. The secular nature of these organizations along with their gender-mixed

constituency helps build the right kind of social capital within the organizations

themselves. Their outreach for other organizations, whether of the same specialty or

141 Ibid.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 296

other advocacy type, facilitates their collective efforts towards issues that promote

development, cohesiveness, democracy and peace.

Social capital formation has no geographical borders and Lebanese NGOs have

reached out to international organizations and bodies to build relationships that they can

draw on in times of need for support. As noted above, advocacy NGOs are neither the

sole players in the process of development nor the only elements of civil society

concerned with the process of development. However, successfully building social

capital with other elements of the civil society in Lebanon has been limited so far. Some

effort at improved relations between NGOs and the media has taken place, and both

parties have benefited from their cooperation. NGOs gained wider exposure of their

issues and efforts, and NGO themes have enriched media content. Women organizations

have recently worked and coordinated with syndicates and labor unions on issues related

to the labor law, work conditions and unemployment rates, yet the effort remains limited.

The fractured state and current crises of the Lebanese political parties, leave little chance

for coordination between them and the NGO sector. Given their young age, their limited

financial and human resources, as well as the enormity of the tasks they have accepted to

undertake, advocacy NGOs have contributed in only a rather limited way to the

development of social capital. However, their efforts, organized around the relevant

issues of peace, reconciliation, democracy, human, women's and children's rights are no

doubt heading in the right direction.

The last component of sustainable human development is a sustainable

environment. Economic growth in Lebanon has been associated with a severe

degradation of the environment. The BBSD approach argues that economic growth and a

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 297

sustainable environment are not necessarily in conflict and that there has been evidence

in the world that poverty and lack of economic growth have contributed to further

devastation of the environment. Proponents of this approach argue for an

environmentally sustainable development defined by the Brundtland Commission as

"development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of the

future generations to meet their own needs."142

This research shows that environmental organizations in Lebanon have addressed

most of the serious issues that threaten the sustainability of the Lebanese environment.

They have raised the issues without fear of threat or intimidation. They have worked

towards consolidation, application and enforcement of environmental laws and helped

introduce the general public and students to environmental practices and issues. They

have cooperated closely with the media, and their effort has been beneficial in giving

themselves exposure. However, as mentioned in the previous chapter, their success has

been more evident in awareness and consciousness raising efforts, and quite limited in

affecting issues that have political implications and in which people of high authority are

involved.

This research shows that advocacy NGOs, by definition and by practice, offer

little to the economic component of the sustainable human development process. Nothing

in the nature of advocacy NGOs prevents them from branching out into community

development projects or the provision of products and service at lower costs than those

provided by the private sector nor prevents them from filling the gap and providing for

services that the government is unable to meet. Data shows that organizations that have

142 Weaver et.al. 34.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 298

diversified into service-delivery and community-development projects have been more

successful in attracting funds, volunteers and maintaining the commitment of my

volunteers.’

In fact, this research shows that there are few organizations among those

interviewed that are basically service-oriented, such as those of the elderly or for the

handicapped children, which moved into advocacy work from their experience in

providing services. One organization for the children, one for the disabled and one for

disabled children have moved into the production and provision of products and services

at lower cost, two of the women’s organizations continue to provide daycare center

services and vocational training, and two women’s organizations and three human rights

organizations provide legal assistance and support, free of charge. However, the main

thrust of their contribution remains towards the process of increased democratization

The above discussion on the contributions of Lebanese advocacy NGOs to the

sustainable human development process shows that, in terms of the issues they raise,

advocacy NGOs have raised almost all of the relevant issues that provide for sustainable

human development, both in terms of their relevance to the particular context of the

Lebanese situation, namely issues of peace, sectarianism and reconciliation, as well as

issues central to the recent theoretical thought on development and democracy. In terms

of national issues, they have raised issues of human rights and freedom, the environment,

reconciliation, peace, unemployment, traffic safety, sectarianism, active political

participation, and, ultimately, democracy. They have addressed these issues both at the

legal level and at the public-awareness level. Besides national issues, they have

addressed interests and needs of specific segments of the population and in particular the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 299

marginalized segments of the population: women, children, youth, the elderly, the

disabled, and drug users. Again, as with the national issues, they have worked on both

legal reforms and public awareness.

As for the processes of promoting democracy, advocacy NGOs have resorted to

increased participation in the decision-making process, empowerment of the people and

building of social capital. Advocacy NGOs in Lebanon have been highly successful in

monitoring the state of affairs and exposing issues of relevance. They have also provided

solutions based on lived experiences. They have tried to guarantee the safety of those

who have opposed the government and voiced their discontent on certain issues.

However, they have not been always successful. They have increased peoples' awareness

of certain issues, yet their mobilization effort remains limited due to their lack of

financial and human resources. They have acted as watchdogs over government policies

and violations of the private sector, but they have not been very successful in inducing

positive results. Finally, despite their low level of institutionalization, they have been

able to act as mediators and provide a means for channeling and articulating peoples’

needs and demands.

In terms of empowerment, advocacy NGOs have been systematic in raising every

legal issue that can guarantee peoples' rights and meet their needs. As a result of various

political and confessional considerations, their effort has been limited, especially on basic

issues that affect the status quo. Organizations have been more successful in providing

awareness and assistance for people to access their rights.

In terms of building social capital, advocacy NGOs have the right constituency,

objectives and missions needed to build "good" social capital. However, many factors

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 300

have worked against their success in this area. The Lebanese social fabric and the

persistence of family, kinship and religious loyalties, the sectarian private educational

system, other non-supportive elements of civil society, as well as regional politics that

play on these structural weaknesses, render their contribution towards building "good"

social capital rather limited. However, their effort constitutes a small, rich nucleus of

potential, headed in the right direction and their outreach to international organizations

may enrich their experience and give them international support for internal momentum.

Conclusion

The primary purpose of this research was to explore the role of advocacy-type

NGOs in post-war Lebanon. Specifically, it focused on the contributions of advocacy

NGOs to the process of sustainable human development, which is defined here as

development that provides for economic growth, equitable distribution of the benefits of

growth, a democratic political system that guarantees human rights, freedom, gender

equity and the rights of other marginalized segments of the population, a healthy

functioning civil society, and, finally, a sustainable environment.

This research shows that advocacy NGOs in Lebanon have blurred the lines of

demarcation between social activism and political activism. They have linked the

personal to the political, and bridged the gap between the private and the public spheres.

They coalesced and articulated personal discontent and grievances and turned them into

collective public issues. This research shows that advocacy NGOs in Lebanon are

contributing mainly to the democratization of the political system. They are doing so by

raising relevant issues, empowering people and increasing their participation in the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 301

decision-making process, and building “good” social capital. However, despite the fact

that advocacy NGOs have raised most of the issues relevant to sustainable human

development and used different forms of advocacy to achieve their goals, their

contribution to the process has been limited, in particular on issues related to the

structural malfunctions of the Lebanese society that have led to the protracted civil war.

The young age of advocacy NGOs and internal challenges (lack of funds, professional

human resources and commitment) interacted with external challenges (macro-economic

malaise, political instability, a sectarian/political system, a patriarchal political culture,

and regional politics and interference) to make their contribution rather marginal. The

research also showed that the role and dynamics of advocacy NGOs in developing

countries differ significantly from those in developed countries, which makes it

imperative for these NGOs to redefine their advocacy role or expand it.

Theoretical Reconsideration

The early 1950s school of thought about democratization, introduced by Almond

and Dahl, spoke about societal prerequisites for democracy. This school emphasized an

effective system of justice and law enforcement, a minimum level of education that

provides for universal literacy, a substantial middle class, independent media and a civil

society comprising trade unions, professional associations and political parties.143 In the

absence of these prerequisites, democratization is unlikely to succeed or be sustainable.

143 Ibid. 223.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 302

This line of thought assumed that democratic activists' best bet is on the promotion of

these conditions.

Between 1960 and 1980, the focus of democratic thought shifted towards

economic development, and meeting basic human needs. This line of thought was based

on Abraham Maslow's theory of the hierarchy of human needs, which starts with

physiological needs, physical and economic security and moves up to self-esteem and

self-actualization.144 The first assumption of this thought is that economic development

and military security precede democratization, and that once these two needs are

satisfied, people will seek higher-order needs that can be met by a democratic system. A

second assumption here is that democracy will flourish only with a middle-class critical

mass, or a relatively large middle class in proportion to the population. Here, democratic

activists need to focus on economic development work that brings benefits to all

members of society.

A third perspective of the 1980s assumed that democracy is a learned practice, a

bundle of behaviors, skills, and values that can be taught and learned. It involves

complex bodies of knowledge and activities, ranging from managing campaigns to

administering elections and crafting legislation. This perspective argues that democracy

can be exported and spread primarily by contact. Although early stages of democratic

practices are fragile and may encounter some setbacks, time, perseverance and

experience gained in the process allow for democracy to become stable and secure. This

"just do it" approach is the fastest road to democratization. In societies where

m Ibid. 224.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 303

governments are authoritarian and repressive, civil societies, along with assistance from

international agencies, provide good training grounds. NGOs here should focus on

building their capacities as policy analysts, advocates, mobilizers and educators of active

political participation. All three perspectives, although different in logic, begin with the

need for observance and protection of human rights to guarantee the safety of altruistic

activists against threats by undemocratic governments and political systems.145

Lebanese NGOs’ work seems to fit well within the third approach to the

democratization process. They have been mainly concerned with monitoring government

policies, advocating new laws and legislation, and educating people in active political

participation. Lebanese advocacy NGOs are also in line with David Korten’s discussion,

reviewed in Chapter One, of the generational shift of NGOs' role from services and

small-scale community development, to a more catalytic advocacy role addressing and

seeking changes in specific policies and institutions. This research shows that, in view of

the limited success of advocacy NGOs in Lebanon, a need arises to define the role of

advocacy NGOs contextually, in particular due to the absence of social safety nets that

are usually provided by governments.

In the specific situation of Lebanon, transiting from a period of violence through economic recovery and reconstruction towards self-sustaining development, there is an evident need for broad support measures including the provision of welfare assistance to marginalized and deprived groups, compensation and incentive measures to victims of war and the displaced, and those left behind in the ongoing process of reconstruction and development.146

145 Weaver et al, 229. 146 UNDP Report, 1996.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 304

Earlier discussions have shown that post-war governments in Lebanon have

concentrated mainly on physical and infrastructure reconstruction. Social and human

reconstruction have been accorded less emphasis and attention. In the absence of safety

nets that "may cover a set of programmes for those population groups that benefit the

least from economic growth, including job creation, income support, provision of

services in the social, health and education domains."147 People turned to NGOs, and to

their own religious institutions for the satisfaction of old and emerging needs. In turn,

traditional and religion-based NGOs and sectarian political parties who developed their

own NGOs, stepped-in to meet those emerging needs. In fact, they have been

intensifying their efforts since the early beginning of the war, as government authority

collapsed and international funding and aid poured into the country. Filling the gap for

the government accorded them popularity and credibility among the marginalized

segments of the population, and favor in the eyes of the government. A working woman

who needed a daycare center to lodge her child while she went to work to earn a living,

could not wait for new legislation and government promises of allocations for a daycare

center. A disabled man who needed a wheelchair to move around could not wait for the

long awaited “Right and Access" law to be passed to get his chair. An orphaned child

could not be thrown out on the street until as the government would enact a law that

provided him the right home care and family setting.

Faithful to the theoretical definition of the role of advocacy NGOs, Lebanese

advocacy organizations have been absent from active involvement in the provision of

services and community development. A number of the advocacy NGOs studied have

147 Ibid.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 305

combined service delivery, community development and advocacy in their work. They

have done that with a theory of development and strategy of action different from those

of traditional NGOs. They provided services and products, and helped in small

development projects, without fostering and perpetuating dependency and, above all,

without a charity approach. AUXILlA’s strategy of keeping an orphaned child in a family

setting while providing decent work for family members, and Arc-En-Ciel providing the

disabled with opportunities to be productive parts of society, allowed these organizations

to overcome their internal challenges of lack of funds, volunteers, human resources and

commitment. The Family Planning Association's provision of educational and medical

services to poor women and children, and the Mouvement Social vocational training

programs for the unemployed youth have enlightened and enriched their advocacy work.

It has helped these organizations focus on genuine needs and home-grown solutions. It

allowed them to lobby for laws that are best fitted to the particular Lebanese situation,

with all its cultural specificities.

Hence, one may conclude that, aside from the basic focus on human rights that

should be part of every definition of an advocacy NGO role, the definition should

continue to be flexible and contextual. Depending on the economic conditions, the

political milieu and external challenges within which NGOs are functioning, they may

need to expand their role to cover all the socio-cultural, economic and political functions

of the NGO sector. They may also be able, in certain cases, to roll back their role into the

more focused theoretical definition of advocacy. The move in either direction is a

strategic one that should not impact negatively on their basic mission of addressing the

underlying structures of domination.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 306

A proper question at this point is what determines the direction of the move and

what role would advocacy NGOs be performing? The answer to this question depends on

the social, political, economic and cultural environment that advocacy NGOs find

themselves in. To make the discussion easier, three types of environments are advanced.

First, is an environment wherein a country is enjoying economic development and

exhibiting a high degree of democratic politics, after having achieved a certain level of

sustainable human development.

In such an environment of effective governance, efficiency, transparency and

accountability, like effective rule of law and procedures to arbitrate, a high level of

observance of human rights, gender equity and minorities’ rights, as well as a buoyant,

fair and just economic system, the role of advocacy NGOs may be defined as one of a

partnership with the government in the decision-making process and in formulating social

policies. In such countries, governments tend to have sufficient confidence to encourage

and seek collaboration with the NGO sector, and benefit from their experience in

providing innovative solutions to peoples’ problems. On the other hand, advocacy NGOs

continue to play their role as mediators between the people and the state, and continue to

articulate peoples’ needs, and suggestions vis-a- vis emerging new issues. At the same

time, advocacy NGOs continue their role as watch-dogs to make sure that policies and

changes in policies that they have advocated are being enforced and applied. In this kind

of environment, the role of advocacy NGOs is consistent with the theoretical definition of

being an attempt at increasing peoples’ participation in the decision-making process, on

issues affecting their lives, by speaking up and drawing society’s attention to problems

and by pressuring decision-makers into a solution. The main work of advocacy NGOs in

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 307

such an environment is the identification of issues for policy action, solution formulation,

mobilization of people for popular support, and, finally, building the political will to act

on the problem. Once this is achieved, advocacy NGOs turn into watch dogs to make

sure policies are being applied.

A second type of environment occurs when a country is experiencing economic

growth and development, but exhibiting a low degree of democracy. These are countries

where basic human needs are met, and people enjoy a certain level of physical and

economic security, yet governments are authoritarian and repressive and the decision­

making process is in the hands of a few members of the ruling elite. Civil society is

rather weak or absent, and human rights, women’s rights and minority rights are

marginalized and often violated. Advocacy NGOs’ best bet here is the “just do it”

approach to democracy. Their initial efforts may be prone to errors and failures, but

practice and perseverance allow democratization to proceed.

The cultural changes that take place in the process of learning the practice of

democracy, and the increased successful participation in civil society allows for the “take

off’ of civil society itself that, with time, will gather momentum and expand the number

of people participating in the public space. Advocacy NGOs in this environment should

acquire the catalytic role of social agents addressing institutional changes at the local and

national levels. They should act as policy analysts, advocates, mobilizers and educators.

Very often, while practicing this role, they are in direct opposition to the government. In

addressing issues that may threaten the existing structure of power, members of advocacy

NGOs may face threats to their lives and their freedom. Advocacy NGOs in this type of

environment need all the international support that they can get, as well as internal

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 308

support from other elements of civil society. Advocacy NGOs here need the support of

labor and trade unions to offset any private sector and market abuses of the lower classes;

they need the support of political parties to back their legislative and administrative

pressure and lobbying efforts. Advocacy NGOs’ main concern here is on enhancing the

process of democratization, the underlying assumption being, that economic development

as a prerequisite to democratization is already present.

A third environment in which advocacy NGOs may find themselves functioning

is when there is neither economic development nor democracy. The question is, where to

start? Social theorists on development and democracy have argued over the direction of

this causal relation for decades and studies have not been conclusive. Studies have

shown that there are times when a democratic practice grew out of states of extreme

poverty, while at other times, democracy was a product of economic growth. Economic

development, on the other hand, at times has been a product of good democratic practice,

and sometimes inexperienced democratizing governments have become paralyzed by

various pressures and demands to such an extent that both democracy and economic

growth were stifled.

Realizing that “If the rate of economic development in a democracy is too slow to

meet the ever-widening circle of democratic awareness and raised aspirations among the

people, the resulting demand overload may shortcircuit those institutions of political

I i t mediation, ultimately endangering the survival of democracy,” the sustainable human

development approach and the BBSD approach accorded democracy and development

148 Pamab Bardhan. Pranab Bardhan. Symposium on Democracy and Development. Journal of Economic Perspectives. Vol. 7, No. 3, Summer, 1993. 49.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 309

equal priority irrespective of the causal relationship between them. Democracy and

economic development should be simultaneous processes feeding into each other for any

development to be sustainable.

Advocacy NGOs focusing on institutional changes alone and increasing peoples

awareness of their rights, without a simultaneous economic empowerment of the people

may have the counter-effect of frustration or disenchantment. In such an environment,

advocacy NGOs may need to extend their role to engage in community development

programs that accelerate the economic development process, while at the same time

providing for services that are not offered by the government and the private sector. If

they are unable to cope with this expanding task themselves, they may seek alliances and

coordination with other NGOs who are able to provide these types of services and

development projects, and with whom they agree on the enabling theory and strategy.

Otherwise, they may find themselves loosing ground to other organizations of the

traditional type who are able to satisfy the needs of the poor and the marginalized.

Empowerment, participating in the decision-making process, and social capital

formation here take a new dimension and meaning. Empowerment becomes economic

empowerment, participation in the decision-making process becomes innovative grass­

roots solutions to community development, and social capital formation becomes a form

of networking between self-employed people and small business groups. On the social

cultural level, advocacy NGOs’ function in terms of empowerment becomes one of

training future leaders and building their self-esteem, self-confidence and organizational

skills. In terms of building social capital, advocacy NGOs would be promoting social

cohesion, combating isolation, alienation and anomie.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 310

It may be easier for service and community-development organizations to move

into advocacy than it is for advocacy organizations to expand into these areas. The move

may prove to be a strategic one that is badly needed when organizations are working in

an environment where all the conditions that are prerequisites for the emergence of a

healthy and well functioning civil society are absent. If advocacy NGOs, with their

secular and gender-mixed constituency, do not step in to work on community

development projects and social cohesion promotion, traditional NGOs which breed

dependency and re-enforce sectarian cleavages will be given a greater chance of success

and survival. Here lies the real value of the sustainable human development approach, in

being historically specific and focusing on peoples’ own definition of their problems and

definitions of the role of their modem civil organizations.

In Lebanon, there are a number of these organizations that are involved in service

provision, community development and advocacy work. The Lebanese Family Planning

Association and Arc-En-Ciel are two which are actively involved in the three forms of

NGO work. However, more organizations of this type were interviewed but not reported

in the study, due to the fact that they were multiple-issue organizations that did not fit

under any one of the categories studied. However, the Rene Moawad Foundation and the

Amel Foundation are two organizations of this type who have provided services,

launched community-development projects and lobbied for institutional changes. Both

organizations are secular and work on the national level in various regions of Lebanon,

catering to beneficiaries of mixed sectarian groups. Both organizations have been

successful in their service and community development programs and, partly, in their

advocacy efforts. Branching out of a service and community-development base to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 311

advocacy may be beneficial to these organizations as it builds grassroots support for their

issues, as well as solutions based on peoples’ experiences. At the same time these

organizations are securing volunteers, human resources and funds that would otherwise

have gone to other organizations. Although only a few organizations exist that can offset

the effect of confessional and sectarian organizations, their effort is a good start in the

right direction.

Another point that this study raises is that, in its discussion of civil society, the

sustainable human development approach and the BBSD approach underplay the role of

trade unions and political parties, thus reducing civil society to the bare minimum of non­

governmental organizations. Doing this does not help the promotion of civil society in its

modem secular form. In countries such as Lebanon, where sectarian loyalty still

overrides state loyalty, a little class consciousness that cuts across sectarian lines may

prove beneficial. There was a time when class consciousness in Lebanon may have

accentuated sectarian cleavages due to the intersection of class and sect. This may not be

the case any more in post-war Lebanon, as the Shia population who were the most

deprived of the Lebanese population, have gained ascendancy in political power,

economic development and social prestige. At the same time, the deteriorating economic

conditions in the country have leveled a large segment of the population into a state of

poverty, without discriminating against or sparing any particular sect of the population.

Secular political parties which have been silent vis-a-vis this trend and do not have a

history of providing social services to the deprived segments of the population have been

loosing grounds to sectarian political parties, and, in particular, Hezbollah which, in

addition to filling the gap in services that the government has been short of providing, has

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 312

also replaced the government in achieving the liberation of territory, political security and

national pride. Unless a coalition is brokered between secular NGOs, secular political

parties, and trade and labor unions, their separate and uncoordinated contributions to

sustainable human development will remain marginal, giving more room and momentum

to sectarian political parties, religious institutions and traditional NGOs, to continue their

role of perpetuating dependency and re-enforcing cleavages.

In developing countries, such as Lebanon, most often, initial equitable distribution

of productive assets (human labor and land) is absent, and advocacy NGOs have not yet

attained relative progress in producing a degree of democracy conducive to economic

development. Besides, the political will among people in power to affect economic

change that is beneficial to the population in general is usually absent. This being the

case, this study poses the question of who is going to address the issues of macro-

economic polices, if such a coalition among the secular elements of civil society does not

exist. Unless the building of this right kind of social capital is pursued and enhanced, an

alliance of two strange bedfellows namely fundamentalism and leftist ideology may

become the overriding paradigm of the coming years.

I suggest here that the sustainable development approach is an effort to dampen

class-consciousness which may be fostered by energized trade unions and religious

fundamentalism, enhanced by ideologically driven sectarian political parties. While

theoretically the approach may sound tenable, the above discussion shows that, politics

may point in the other direction. Nevertheless, the best thing about this approach is that it

leaves the dialogue and discussion open, and allows for historical and cultural

specificities.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 313

Recommendations

This study will be different in its recommendations from the conventional mode

of offering advice and suggestions for all the parties concerned in this research. In fact, it

leaves the study open for each party to choose what best fits and applies to its particular

situation. The purpose of this study was to explore the role of advocacy type NGOs in

post-war Lebanon. The research showed that the contributions of Lebanese advocacy

NGOs to sustainable human development has been limited, due to internal and external

challenges. Internal challenges seem to have a minor effect on this limitation compared

to external challenges. Nevertheless, a study that focuses mainly on these internal

challenges of lack of funds, commitment and professional human resources may prove

beneficial to the improvement of the internal dynamics of these organizations. A more

substantial study would be one that focuses exclusively on the external challenges to

these organizations, seeking suggestions from beneficiaries, organizational leadership,

the government and international organizations, on how these challenges may be met.

Furthermore, each cluster of variables used in this study may constitute a study by

itself on how it affects the performance of these organizations. An example of this would

be the effect of the financial status of these organizations and of the sources of funds on

the type of issues they pursue. A study of the ever-changing relationship between the

Lebanese government and decision makers, and advocacy NGOs may help guide NGOs

to improve their strategies, and the government to improve its policies. Each of the

categories of the organizations studied may be the subject of a study, by itself, thus

providing a more detailed treatment of the particular issues they raise. However, this

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 314

study ends with a few questions for future studies, which may prove complementary, and

may answer some of the questions raised by this study.

Perhaps the most relevant question here is whether NGOs can take over the role

of political parties and, if so, to what extent? Other questions include: How is the

globalization trend affecting the work of local NGOs? What role will information

technology have in advocacy NGOs? Is international funding helping local NGOs or is it

manufacturing consent?

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. APPENDIX A

QUESTIONNAIRE

Name of organization ------Phone Numbers) ------Name of respondent ______Position ------

A. Structure of the organization 1. Area of Activity: a. Urban b. Rural ______c. National 2. Age of Organization: Year Initiated Year Legally Established 3. Form of Advocacy: a. Monitoring b. Awareness c. Legal Pursuit d. Lobbying 4. If lobbying, what tools? a. Demonstrations Sit-ins b. Petitions c. Proposals of new laws and amendments d. Private audiences with people in power 5. Gender distribution in management positions: a. President: i. Male ii. Female b. Executive Director: i. Male ii. Female c. Secretary: i. Male ii. Female d. Board of Directors Percentage: i. Male ii. Female e. Staff Percentage: i. Male

315

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 316

ii. Female

6. Constituency by gender; i. Male ii. Female iii. Mixed 7. Constituency by Affiliation: i. Confessional ii. Secular iii. Mixed 8. Organizational Practices: i. formal ii informal 9. Organizational Practices-President: a. Appointed b. Elected How often? 10. Organizational Practices-Board of Directors: a. Appointed b. b. Elected How often? B. Financial Status: 1. Annual Budget (in US dollars) a. 5,000-25,000 b. 25,000-100,000 c. 100,000-200,000 d. 200,000-500,000 e. 500,000-1,000,000 f. 1,000,000 and over 2. Funding Sources: a. Auto-financing: i. Membership fees ii. Product sales iii. Social Activities iv. Service fees b. Government funding: i. Yearly aid ii. Project financing iii. Support with experts and staff c. Private sector financing: i. Private sector institutions ii. Business donations iii. Philanthropists

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 317

d. Arab Sources: i. Governments I NGOs iii. Individuals e. Foreign Sources: i. Governments ii. NGOs iii. Institutions 3. Satisfaction with financial status: i. Yes ii. No iii. Partial 4. Knowledge of sources and procedures of funding: i. Yes ii. No C. Interaction with other parties: 1. Relation with the government: i. Yes ii. No a. Type of relationship: i. Consultancy ii. Funding iii. Training iv. Other b. How do you rate your relation with the government, give examples: i. Cooperational i. Neutral ii. Confrontational 2. Relation with local NGOs: a. Are you an umbrella organization? i. Yes iii. No b Are you a member of an umbrella organization? i. Yes ii. No c. How do you rate your relation with local NGOs, give examples: i. Cooperational iii. Neutral iii. Confrontational iv. Other

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 318

3. Relation with foreign parties: a. Do you work with foreign parties? i. Yes ii. No c. What type of relationship? i. Funding ii. Consultancy iii. Training iv. Other c. How do you rate this relationship, give examples: i. Beneficial ii. Imposing .iii. Other D. Challenges 1. Internal challenges: a. Lack of funds b. Lack of volunteers c. Lack of professional human resources d. Lack of documentation and statistics e. Lack of institutionalization f. Other 2. External challenges: a. With local NGOs: i. Lack of coordination ii. Duplication iii. Competition iv. Other b. With society in general: i. Confessionalism ii. Lack of democracy iii. Lack of awareness iv. Capitalism v. Other E. Specific and unstructured questions: 1. Who started this effort and why? 2. How do you define your role? 3. On what issues have you worked? 4. On what issues are you working now? 5. On what issues will you be working? 6. Do you consider yourself successful in your efforts? Explain

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. APPENDIX B

LETTER OF ENTRY

AMERICAN UNIVERSITY WASHINGTON, 0 C

ORMOMIMT O f SOCIOLOGY

December 3,1998

To Whom It May Concern:

This is to certify that Ms. Rose Debbas is enrolled as a Ph.D. candidate in the Department of Sociology at American University in Washington, DC. She is currently conducting research on the role of NGOs in post-war Lebanon, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy of Sociology.

Any assistance or cooperation that you may extend to her in supplying data relevant to her research will be.greatly appreciated. Please do not hesitate to contact me in case you require any further information.

ipartment of Sociology American University

COLLEGE o r AITSAND SCIENCES

4 4 0 0 M assachusetts a v e n u z . n w W a s h in g t o n . DC 20016-1072 202-115-2475 F a x 202-S15-2477

319 Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. APPENDIX C

TABLE 11 AND 12 i\

320

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 321

TABLE 11 NAM ES AND TYPES OF ORGANIZATIONS Typo of Organization ifame of Organization Acronym

Environment (7/60) The G reen Line TGL

SO S Environment SOSE

Lebanese Environm ent Forum LEF TERRETERRE

Society for the protection o f nature SPLN

Environment Inform ation C enter n c

t G r e e n p e a c e GP •

Human rights (8/19) Association Libanaise des droits de 11)00006 ALDHOM Association pour la defense da droit at da hbarti ADDEL

Com m ittee for Lebanese detainees in Israeli prisons C LD IP

Human rights with no discrimination HRND

Foundation Joseph and Laure Moghaize! FJLM

M ovem ent for hum an rights MHR

Foundation of H um an rights and H um anitarian rights FEHRL

MERSAD MIRSAD

Women (6/140) Lebanese Family Planning Association LFPA

League ofW orking W om en LWW

L ebanese Council to resist violence against w om en LCRVAW

Lebanese Women Democratic Assembly LWDA

Com m ittee for W om en's Rights CWR

1 Lebanese N G O Committee for W om en LNGOCW

Children (7/80) A u x i l i a A u x i l i a Union pour la protection da I'en/once au Liban UPEL La Societe St. Vincent da Paul SVP

Lebanese Union for Child W elfare LUCW

N ational A gency for the L ebanese Child NALC Terra des Hommas TDH

i Save the Children STC

Youth (3/4) G eneration for Integration o f L ebanon G i l i Mbuvement Sociola MS

! Y outh A ssociation for Social A w areness YASA

Elderly (3/39) DarAlAJa A l Islamiya D Jl Foyer SL Oearges FSQ St. Vincent da Paul SVP :

Disabled (7/82) Lebanese Physically H andicapped U nion LPHU

L ebanese University League for the Blind LULB

N ational A ssociation for the Rights of D isabled NARD

Friends of the D isabled A ssociation FODA j Service Social pour la bian-atra da I'enfont SESOBEL i AntaAkM AA Arc an Cial AEC

Democracy (2/1) Lebanese Foundation for Perm anent Peace LFPP

Lebanese A ssociation for D em ocratic Elections LADE

Drugs (2/6) Oum al Hour VAN | S b u i infirmtert at Development Communototra \ SiDC

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 322

TABLE 12 AGE OF THE ORGANIZATIONS iNTERVlEWO Yarn* Emriionmtnt Human riqhk Woman Q ilM ian Youth Eldartv Disablad Damociacv Oruua 1930-1990 1 2 1 1951-1960 2 1 1961-1970 1 1971 1 1972 1973 1974 1975 1 1976 1 1977 1970 1 2 1979 1900 1 1 1901 1 1 1 1902 1903 1904 1 1905 1 1906 1907 1900 1 1 1909 2 1 1990 1991 1 1992 1 1 1 1993 1994 1 1 1995 1 2 1996 2 1 1 1 1 1997 1 1 1 1990 1 1999 2000 Total 7 0 6 7 3 3 7 2 2

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. APPENDIX D

PEOPLE INTERVIEWED

323

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. APPENDIX D

PEOPLE INTERVIEWED

Organization Name Person interviewed Interview Date

The Green Line Ziad Moussa April 99 SOS Environment Gaby Bustros April 99 Lebanese Environment Forum Malek Ghandour May 99 Tentons Ensemble de Realiser tin Reve Paul Abi Rached May 99 A nos Enfants Society for the Protection of Nature Ramzi Saidi May 99 Environment Information Center Ghada Mitri April 99 Greenpeace Ziad Gebara May 99 Association Libanaise des Droits de I ’Homme Juliette Wakim June 99 Association pour la Defense de Droit et de Liberte Ghassan Mokhaiber June 99 Committee for Lebanese Detainees in Israeli Prisons Mohammad Ali Harb June 99 Human Rights with no Discrimination Fadi Karam April 99 Foundation Joseph and Laure Moghaizel Fadi Moghaizel May 99 Movement for Human Rights Walid Slaibi June 99 Foundation for Human Rights and Humanitarian Rights Wael Kheir April 99 MIRSAD Kamal Batal May 99 Lebanese Family Planning Association Toufic Osseiran May 99 League of Working Women Iqbal Doughan May 99 Lebanese Council to Resist Violence against Women Zoya Rohana June 99 Lebanese Women Democratic Assembly Wadad Shakhtoura June 99 Committee for Women’s Rights Linda Mattar July 99 Lebanese NGO Committee for Women Amal Shaarani July 99 Auxilia Eli Choueifati June 99 Union pour la protection de UEnfance Au Liban Georges Khadij July 99 La Societe St. Vincent de Paul Albert Zoghbi August 99 Lebanese Union for Child Welfare Fadia Osman August 99 National Agency for the Lebanese Child Nour Salman August 99 Terre des Hommes Ms. Butel September 99

WJ Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 325

Save the Children Mouzna Al-Masri September 99 Generation for Integration of Lebanon Hikmat Asl-Zein August 99 Mouvement Social Maila Bakhash August 99 Youth Association for Social Awareness Ziad Aki September 99 Dar Al-Ajaza Al-Islamia Azzam houri September 99 Foyer St. Georges Father Dimitri Khouri September 99 St. Vincent de Paul Albert Zoghbi August 99 Lebanese Physically Handicapped Union Mohammad Ali Harb June 99 Lebanese University League for the Blind Ibrahim Al-Abdallah July 99 National Association for the Rights of the Disabled Nawwaf Kabbara July 99 Friends of the Disabled Association Mousa Sharafeddin August 99 Service Social pour le Bien-etre de I ’Enfant Yvonne Chami September 99 Anta Akhi Yvonne Chami September 99 Arc-En-Ciel Pierre Issa July 99 Lebanese Foundation for Permanent Peace Antoine Massara August 99 Lebanese Association for Democratic Paul Achkar September 99 Elections Oum-Al-Nour Eli Whaibi July 99 Soin Infirmiere et Development Eli Aaraj September 99 Communotaire

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. BIBLIOGRAPHY

Al-Azmeh, Aziz. Civil Society in the Middle East. British Journal of Middle Eastern Studies: Exeter, England (November 1998) Vol. 1., Issue 2.

Al-Baz, Shahida. Arab NGOs on the Threshold of the Twentv-first Century. (Cairo, Egypt: International Press, 1997).

Al-Baz, Shahida. The Role of Arab Civil Associations in Community Development. Economic and Social Council for West Asia (ESCWA). June 1998.

Al-Khazen, Farid. In Alliances and Conflicts among Political Parties in Lebanon. In Political Parties in Lebanon. Lebanese Foundation for Permanent Civil Peace. (Germany: Konrad Adenauer Foundation, Publ, 1998).

Al-Rahi, Haikal. Development of the Union Movement in Lebanon. In Unions and Professional Associations in Lebanon. Lebanese Association for Permanent Civil Peace. (Germany: Konrad Adenauer Foundation, Publ, 1999).

Al-Sayyid, Mustapha Kamel. The Concept of Civil Society and the Arab World. In Civil Society in the Middle East. Augustus Richard Norton, ed., Vol.l & 2. (Leiden, E.J. Brill Publ, 1994).

Amery, Hussein A. and Kubursi, Atif. The Litani River: The Case Against Interbasin Transfer. In Peace for Lebanon? From War to Reconstruction. Deidre Collins ed., (Boulder and London: Lynne Reinner Publ, 1994).

An Nahar Newspaper (Beirut, Lebanon) March 7,2000.

Arab Court. Arab Public Hearing on Legal Violence and Equality in the Family. 15, 16, and 17 March, 1998. (Beirut, Lebanon: Arab Court: The Permanent Arab Court to Resist Violence Against Women, 1998).

Beiner, Ronald, ed., Theorizing Citizenship. (Albany, N.Y: State University of New York Press, 1995).

Beydoun, Azzat Sharara and Dalai Bizri. Women in Social Work. Part II. (Beirut: Oxfam and European Union, 1998).

Cohen, Jean L. and Andrew Arato. Civil Society and Political Theory. (Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press, 1992).

326 Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 327

Copy Report. Committee on the Rights of the Child. Twelfth Session. Held at the Palais Des nations, Geneva, Switzerland, May 21,1996.

Daily Star Newspaper. April 14,1999.

de Tocqueville Alexis. Democracy in America, Vol. 1. Phillips Bradley, ed., (New York, N.Y. Vintage Books, 1945).

Emerging Lebanon. The Annual Business. Economic and Political Review, (llby Road. London, Oxford Business Group) 1999.

Equality in Rights and Obligations. A Report prepared by the Committee on Women's Rights. Beirut Lebanon, March, 1999.

Estes, Richard J. 1992. Internationalizing Social Work Education: A guide to Resources For a New Century. (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania School of Social Work).

Estes, Richard J. http://caster.ssw.upenn.edu/~restes/isw/chapter34.html 0323/97:28.

Faris, Hani A. The failure of peace making in Lebanon, 1975-1989. In Peace for Lebanon? From War to Reconstruction. Deirdre Collins, ed., (Bolder and London: Lynne Rienner Publishers, Inc. 1994).

Farsoun, Samih and Lucia P. Fort. The Problematic of Civil Society, Intellectual Discourse and Arab Intellectuals (manuscript), 1996.

Farsoun, Samih. Cultural Pluralism and Social Class in Lebanon, In Toward a Viable Lebanon. Halim Barakat ed., (Kent, Great Btitain: Mackays of Chatham Ltd. 1998), 109.

Gramsci, Antonio. Selections from the Prison Notebooks, trans. and ed. by Quintin Hoare and Geoffrey N. Smith. (New York, N.Y.: International Publishers, 1971).

Haddad, Antoine. Lebanese NGOs: Guidelines for a Common Strategy, (manuscript), 1995.

Hamza, Nabilah and Adnan Shaabouni. Sustainable Human Development and the Role of NGOs: The Case for Arab Countries, (manuscript); September, 1999.

Harris, William. Faces of Lebanon: Sects. Wars, and Global Extensions. (Priceton N.J.: Wiener, Publ, 1997).

Hudson, Michael C. The Precarious Republic: Political Modernization in Lebanon. (New York: Random House, 1968).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 328

Kabbara, Nawwaf. Democracies and The Oppressed Classes. In Lebanese Studies Presented to Joseph Moghaizel. (Beirut, Lebanon: An-Nahar Publ, 1996).

Kahi, Abdo. Paper presented at the Fifth Conference of the Lebanese Union for the Child, on Child Labor in Lebanon. May 1997.

Khairallah, Daoud, L.. Secular Democracy: A Viable Alternative to the Confessional System. In Peace for Lebanon? From War to Reconstruction. Deidre Collins. Ed., (Boulder and London: Lynne Reinner Publ, 1996).

Khalaf, Samir. Lebanese Labor Unions: Some Comparative Features. Middle East Economist Paper 1969.

Kiwan, Fadia. Civil Society in Lebanon and Building the Democratic State. In Lebanese Studies Presented to Joseph Moghaizel. (Beirut, Lebanon: An- Nahar Publ, 1996).

Kiwan, Fadia. Women’s Work in Civil Associations. (Beirut Friedrick Ebert and The Lebanese Women’s Council, 1994).

Korten, David C. Getting to the 21st Century. Voluntary Action and the Global Agenda. (West Hartford, Conn: Kumarian Press, Inc. 1990).

Kraidi, Marwan. Broadcasting Regulations and Civil Societ in Post-war Lebanon. In Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic M edia. (Washington, 1998). Vol. 42. Issue 3.

Madsen, Richard. “Citizenship and Civil Society: A Framework of rights and Obligations in Liberal, Traditional, and Social Democratic Regimes,” Contemporary Sociology. (Washington. July 1999). Vol. 28, Issue 4.

Maila, Joseph. The Ta'if Accord: An Evaluation. In Peace for Lebanon? From War to Reconstruction. Deidre Collins, ed., (Boulder and London: Lynne Reinner Publ, 1996).

Marx in Robert C. Tucker, ed. The Marx-Engels Reader. (New York, NY: W.W. Norton & Company, Inc.).

Messara, Antoine. In Political Parties in Lebanon. Lebanese Foundation for Permanent Civil Peace. (Germany: Konrad Adenauer Foundation, Publ, 1998).

Mhanna, Kamel. The Role of NGOs in Social Development, (manuscript) 1995.

Moghaizel, Laure. The Rights of Women in Lebanon, in the Light of International Conventions (Beirut: The Institute of Arab Women Studies, 1995).

Nassif, George. Giving Up Six Directives. In Political Parties in Lebanon, Lebanese Foundation for Permanent Civil Peace. (Germany: Konrad Adenauer Foundation, Publ, 1998).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 329

Norton, Augustus Richard. The Future of Civil Society in the Middle East. Middle East Journal. Vol.47. Issue No. 2. Spring 1993.

Pamab Bardhan. Symposium on Democracy and Development. Journal of Economic Perspectives. Vol. 7, No. 3, Summer, 1993.

Report prepared by the Women Council and Lebanese NGO committee. The National Report of the Non-Government Organizations in Lebanon, on the Achieved Progress in Implementing Beigin’s Action Plan. The Follow-up NGO Committee on Women’s Issues, The Lebanese Women’s Council. In collaboration with OXFAM, UNIFEM and Fredrick Ebert Foundation.

Saidi, Nasser. Peace for Lebanon? From War to Reconstruction, ed. Deirdre Collins. (Boulder and London. Lynne Reinner Publishers, Inc. 1994).

Salamon, L.M. and H.K. Anheir In search of the Non-Profit Sector: the Question of Definitions. Paper presented to the third international conference of research on voluntary and non profit organizations. Indiana University, Indianapolis March 1992.

Salem & Araji. Associational Life and Public Space in Beirut. Dialectics of Unity and Diversity. (Manuscript) (Beirut: The Lebanese Center for Policy Studies, with Support from the Rockefeller Foundation, 1997).

Salem & Araji. Associational Life and Public Space in Beirut: Dialectics of Unity and Diversity..(Manuscript) (Beirut: The Lebanese Center for Policy Studies, with Support from the Rockefeller Foundation, 1997).

Salem, Paul and Maya Araji. Associational Life and public space in Beirut: Dialectics of Unity and Diversity. (Manuscript), May, 1997.

Salem, Paul. Politics and Culture: Toward an Arab Agenda for the 21st Century. Middle East Policy, Washington. June, 1999. Vol. 6. Issue 4.

Sayegh, Rosemary. Palestinians in Lebanon: Uncertain Future in Peace for Lebanon? From War to Reconstruction. Deirdre Collins, editor. Lynne Rienner Publisher, Inc. Boulder, CO, 1994.97.

Shtai, Shawkat. Critical Questions in a stagnant State of the Unions. Ibid. 59-68.

Sibai, Abla Mehio and May Beydoun Elderly Lebanese Women in an Ageing World, in Al Raida, vol xvi 85, Spring 1999, 11-22.

Sleiman, Issam. Ibid. ’ The State of Human Rights in Lebanon. An Overview prepared by “Nouveaux Droits de L’Homme-Intemational-Mission au Liban, and Fondation des Droits de l’Homme et du Droit Humanitaire-Liban.”

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. 330

The Taif Resolutions and Human Rights. A Report published by the Federation for Human Rights and Humanitarian Rights.

UNICEF Report

United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) Report.

Uphoff, Norman. Grassroots Organizations and NGOs in Rural Development: Opportunities with diminishing States and Expanding Markets. World Development, 21 (4), 607-622.

Walzer, Michael. Rescuing Civil Society Dissent, Vol.46. Issue 1. (62-67), Winter 1999.

Weaver, James H. Michael T. Rock and Kenneth Kusterer. Achieving Broad-based Sustainable Development. (West Hartford, Conn: Kumarian Press, 1997), 214.

Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary, 1999.

Whittington, Keith E. Revisiting Tocqueville’s America: Society, Politics, and Association in the Nineteenth Century. American Behavioral Scientist, 42 21- 32.

Zakhia, Abdallah. Environmental Issues in Lebanon and Human Rights. In Lebanese Studies Presented to Joseph Moghaizel. An-Nahar Press Publishers. Beirut. 1996.274-292.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.